Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Determination of Threatened Status for the Polar Bear (Ursus maritimus) Throughout Its Range, 28212-28303 [E8-11105]
Download as PDF
28212
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Fish and Wildlife Service
50 CFR Part 17
[FWS-R7-ES-2008-0038; 1111 FY07 MO-B2]
RIN 1018-AV19
Endangered and Threatened Wildlife
and Plants; Determination of
Threatened Status for the Polar Bear
(Ursus maritimus) Throughout Its
Range
Background
Fish and Wildlife Service,
Interior.
ACTION: Final rule.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
AGENCY:
SUMMARY: We, the U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service (Service), determine
threatened status for the polar bear
(Ursus maritimus) under the
Endangered Species Act of 1973, as
amended (Act) (16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.).
Polar bears evolved to utilize the Arctic
sea ice niche and are distributed
throughout most ice-covered seas of the
Northern Hemisphere. We find, based
upon the best available scientific and
commercial information, that polar bear
habitat—principally sea ice—is
declining throughout the species’ range,
that this decline is expected to continue
for the foreseeable future, and that this
loss threatens the species throughout all
of its range. Therefore, we find that the
polar bear is likely to become an
endangered species within the
foreseeable future throughout all of its
range. This final rule activates the
consultation provisions of section 7 of
the Act for the polar bear. The special
rule for the polar bear, also published in
today’s edition of the Federal Register,
sets out the prohibitions and exceptions
that apply to this threatened species.
DATES: This rule is effective May 15,
2008. The U.S. District Court order in
Center for Biological Diversity v.
Kempthorne, No. C 08–1339 CW (N.D.
Cal., April 28, 2008) ordered that the 30day notice period otherwise required by
the Administrative Procedure Act be
waived, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3).
ADDRESSES: Comments and materials
received, as well as supporting scientific
documentation used in the preparation
of this rule, will be available for public
inspection, by appointment, during
normal business hours at: U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, Marine Mammals
Management Office, 1011 East Tudor
Road, Anchorage, AK 99503. Copies of
this final rule are also available on the
Service’s Marine Mammal website:
https://alaska.fws.gov/fisheries/mmm/
polarbear/issues.htm.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
21:43 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
Scott Schliebe, Marine Mammals
Management Office (see ADDRESSES
section) (telephone 907–786–3800).
Persons who use a telecommunications
device for the deaf (TDD) may call the
Federal Information Relay Service
(FIRS) at 1–800–877–8339, 24 hours a
day, 7 days a week.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Information in this section is
summarized from the following sources:
(1) The Polar Bear Status Review
(Schliebe et al. 2006a); (2) information
received from public comments in
response to our proposal to list the polar
bear as a threatened species published
in the Federal Register on January 9,
2007 (72 FR 1064); (3) new information
published since the proposed rule (72
FR 1064), including additional sea ice
and climatological studies contained in
the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate
Change (IPCC) Fourth Assessment
Report (AR4) and other published
papers; and (4) scientific analyses
conducted by the U.S. Geological
Survey (USGS) and co-investigators at
the request of the Secretary of the
Department of the Interior specifically
for this determination. For more
detailed information on the biology of
the polar bear, please consult the Status
Review and additional references cited
throughout this document.
Species Biology
Taxonomy and Evolution
Throughout the Arctic, polar bears are
known by a variety of common names,
including nanook, nanuq, ice bear, sea
¨
bear, isbj2005
21:49 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
in shallow-water areas, and also in other
areas where currents and ocean
upwelling increase marine productivity
and serve to keep the ice cover from
becoming too consolidated in winter
(Stirling and Smith 1975, p. 132;
Stirling et al. 1981, p. 49; Amstrup and
DeMaster 1988, p. 44; Stirling 1990, pp.
226–227; Stirling and ;ritsland 1995, p.
2,607; Amstrup et al. 2000b, p. 960).
Polar bear distribution in most areas
varies seasonally with the seasonal
extent of sea ice cover and availability
of prey. The seasonal movement
patterns of polar bears emphasize the
role of sea ice in their life cycle. In
Alaska in the winter, sea ice may extend
400 kilometers (km) (248 miles (mi))
south of the Bering Strait, and polar
bears will extend their range to the
southernmost proximity of the ice (Ray
1971, p. 13). Sea ice disappears from the
Bering Sea and is greatly reduced in the
Chukchi Sea in the summer, and polar
bears occupying these areas move as
much as 1,000 km (621 mi) to stay with
the pack ice (Garner et al. 1990, p. 222;
Garner et al. 1994, pp. 407–408).
Throughout the polar basin during the
summer, polar bears generally
concentrate along the edge of or into the
adjacent persistent pack ice. Significant
northerly and southerly movements of
polar bears appear to depend on
seasonal melting and refreezing of ice
(Amstrup 2000, p. 142). In other areas,
for example, when the sea ice melts in
Hudson Bay, James Bay, Davis Strait,
Baffin Bay, and some portions of the
Barents Sea, polar bears remain on land
for up to 4 or 5 months while they wait
for winter and new ice to form (Jonkel
et al. 1976, pp. 13–22; Schweinsburg
1979, pp. 165, 167; Prevett and
Kolenosky 1982, pp. 934–935;
Schweinsburg and Lee 1982, p. 510;
Ferguson et al. 1997, p. 1,592; Lunn et
al. 1997, p. 235; Mauritzen et al. 2001,
p. 1,710).
In areas where sea ice cover and
character are seasonally dynamic, a
large multi-year home range, of which
only a portion may be used in any one
season or year, is an important part of
the polar bear life history strategy. In
other regions, where ice is less dynamic,
home ranges are smaller and less
variable (Ferguson et al. 2001, pp.51–
52). Data from telemetry studies of adult
female polar bears show that they do not
wander aimlessly on the ice, nor are
they carried passively with the ocean
currents as previously thought
(Pedersen 1945 cited in Amstrup 2003,
p. 587). Results show strong fidelity to
activity areas that are used over
multiple years (Ferguson et al. 1997, p.
1,589). All areas within an activity area
are not used each year.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28213
The distribution patterns of some
polar bear populations during the open
water and early fall seasons have
changed in recent years. In the Beaufort
Sea, for example, greater numbers of
polar bears are being found on shore
than recorded at any previous time
(Schliebe et al. 2006b, p. 559). In Baffin
Bay, Davis Strait, western Hudson Bay
and other areas of Canada, Inuit hunters
are reporting an increase in the numbers
of bears present on land during summer
and fall (Dowsley and Taylor 2005, p. 2;
Dowsley 2005, p. 2). The exact reasons
for these changes may involve a number
of factors, including changes in sea ice
(Stirling and Parkinson 2006, p. 272).
Food Habits
Polar bears are carnivorous, and a top
predator of the Arctic marine ecosystem.
Polar bears prey heavily throughout
their range on ice-dependent seals
(frequently referred to as ‘‘ice seals’’),
principally ringed seals (Phoca hispida),
and, to a lesser extent, bearded seals
(Erignathus barbatus). In some locales,
other seal species are taken. On average,
an adult polar bear needs approximately
2 kg (4.4 lbs) of seal fat per day to
survive (Best 1985, p. 1035). Sufficient
nutrition is critical and may be obtained
and stored as fat when prey is abundant.
Although seals are their primary prey,
polar bears occasionally take much
larger animals such as walruses
(Odobenus rosmarus), narwhal
(Monodon monoceros), and belugas
(Delphinapterus leucas) (Kiliaan and
Stirling 1978, p. 199; Smith 1980, p.
2,206; Smith 1985, pp. 72–73; Lowry et
al. 1987, p. 141; Calvert and Stirling
1990, p. 352; Smith and Sjare 1990, p.
99). In some areas and under some
conditions, prey other than seals or
carrion may be quite important to polar
bear sustenance as short-term
supplemental forms of nutrition.
Stirling and ;ritsland (1995, p. 2,609)
suggested that in areas where ringed
seal populations were reduced, other
prey species were being substituted.
Like other ursids, polar bears will eat
human garbage (Lunn and Stirling 1985,
p. 2,295), and when confined to land for
long periods, they will consume coastal
marine and terrestrial plants and other
terrestrial foods (Russell 1975, p. 122;
Derocher et al. 1993, p. 252); however
the significance of such other terrestrial
foods to the long-term welfare of polar
bears may be limited (Lunn and Stirling
1985, p. 2,296; Ramsay and Hobson
1991, p. 600; Derocher et al. 2004, p.
169) as further expanded under the
section entitled ‘‘Adaptation’’ below.
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28214
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Reproduction
Polar bears are characterized by late
sexual maturity, small litter sizes, and
extended parental investment in raising
young, all factors that contribute to a
low reproductive rate (Amstrup 2003,
pp. 599–600). Reproduction in the
female polar bear is similar to that in
other ursids. Females generally mature
and breed for the first time at 4 or 5
years and give birth at 5 or 6 years of
age. Litters of two cubs are most
common, but litters of three cubs are
seen sporadically across the Arctic
(Amstrup 2003, p. 599). When foraging
conditions are difficult, polar bears may
‘‘defer’’ reproduction in favor of
survival (Derocher et al. 1992, p. 564).
Polar bears enter a prolonged estrus
between March and June, when
breeding occurs. Ovulation is induced
by mating (Wimsatt 1963, p. 72), and
implantation is delayed until autumn.
The total gestation period is 195 to 265
days (Uspenski 1977, cited in Amstrup
2003, p. 599), although active
development of the fetus is suspended
during most of this period. The timing
of implantation, and therefore the
timing of birth, is likely dependent on
body condition of the female, which
depends on a variety of environmental
factors. Pregnant females that spend the
late summer on land prior to denning
may not feed for 8 months (Watts and
Hansen 1987, p. 627). This may be the
longest period of food deprivation of
any mammal, and it occurs at a time
when the female gives birth to and then
nourishes new cubs.
Newborn polar bears are helpless and
have hair, but are blind and weigh only
0.6 kg (1.3 lb) (Blix and Lentfer 1979, p.
68). Cubs grow rapidly, and may weigh
10 to 12 kg (22 to 26 lbs) by the time
they emerge from the den in the spring.
Young bears will stay with their
mothers until weaning, which occurs
most commonly in early spring when
the cubs are 2.3 years of age. Female
polar bears are available to breed again
after their cubs are weaned; thus the
reproductive interval for polar bears is
3 years.
Polar bears are long-lived mammals
not generally susceptible to disease,
parasites, or injury. The oldest known
female in the wild was 32 years of age
and the oldest known male was 28,
though few polar bears in the wild live
to be older than 20 years (Stirling 1988,
p. 139; Stirling 1990, p. 225). Due to
extremely low reproductive rates, polar
bears require a high survival rate to
maintain population levels (Eberhardt
1985, p. 1,010; Amstrup and Durner
1995, pp. 1,313, 1,319). Survival rates
increase up to a certain age, with cubs-
VerDate Aug<31>2005
21:43 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
of-the-year having the lowest rates and
prime age adults (between 5 and 20
years of age) having survival rates that
can exceed 90 percent. Amstrup and
Durner (1995, p. 1,319) report that high
survival rates (exceeding 90 percent for
adult females) are essential to sustain
populations.
Polar Bear—Sea Ice Habitat
Relationships
Polar bears are distributed throughout
the ice-covered waters of the
circumpolar Arctic (Stirling 1988, p.
61), and rely on sea ice as their primary
habitat (Amstrup 2003, p. 587). Polar
bears depend on sea ice for a number of
purposes, including as a platform from
which to hunt and feed upon seals; as
habitat on which to seek mates and
breed; as a platform to move to
terrestrial maternity denning areas, and
sometimes for maternity denning; and
as a substrate on which to make longdistance movements (Stirling and
Derocher 1993, p. 241). Mauritzen et al.
(2003b, p. 123) indicated that habitat
use by polar bears during certain
seasons may involve a trade-off between
selecting habitats with abundant prey
availability versus the use of safer
retreat habitats (i.e., habitats where
polar bears have lower probability of
becoming separated from the main body
of the pack ice) of higher ice
concentrations with less prey. Their
findings indicate that polar bear
distribution may not be solely a
reflection of prey availability, but other
factors such as energetic costs or risk
may be involved.
Stirling et al. (1993, p. 15) defined
seven types of sea ice habitat and
classified polar bear use of these ice
types based on the presence of bears or
bear tracks in order to determine habitat
preferences. The seven types of sea ice
are: (1) stable fast ice with drifts; (2)
stable fast ice without drifts; (3) floe
edge ice; (4) moving ice; (5) continuous
stable pressure ridges; (6) coastal low
level pressure ridges; and (7) fiords and
bays. Polar bears were not evenly
distributed over these sea ice habitats,
but concentrated on the floe ice edge, on
stable fast ice with drifts, and on areas
of moving ice (Stirling 1990 p. 226;
Stirling et al. 1993, p. 18). In another
assessment, categories of ice types
included pack ice, shore-fast ice,
transition zone ice, polynyas, and leads
(linear openings or cracks in the ice)
(USFWS 1995, p. 9). Pack ice, which
consists of annual and multi-year older
ice in constant motion due to winds and
currents, is the primary summer habitat
for polar bears in Alaska. Shore-fast ice
(also known as ‘‘fast ice’’, it is defined
by the Arctic Climate Impact
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Assessment (2005, p. 190) as ice that
grows seaward from a coast and remains
in place throughout the winter; typically
it is stabilized by grounded pressure
ridges at its outer edge) is used for
feeding on seal pups, for movement, and
occasionally for maternity denning.
Open water at leads and polynyas
attracts seals and other marine
mammals and provides preferred
hunting habitats during winter and
spring. Durner et al. (2004, pp. 18–19;
Durner et al. 2007, pp. 17–18) found
that polar bears in the Arctic basin
prefer sea ice concentrations greater
than 50 percent located over the
continental shelf with water depths less
than 300 m (984 feet (ft)).
Polar bears must move throughout the
year to adjust to the changing
distribution of sea ice and seals (Stirling
1988, p. 63; USFWS 1995, p. 4). In some
areas, such as Hudson Bay and James
Bay, polar bears remain on land when
the sea ice retreats in the spring and
they fast for several months (up to 8
months for pregnant females) before fall
freeze-up (Stirling 1988, p. 63; Derocher
et al. 2004, p. 163; Amstrup et al. 2007,
p. 4). Some populations unconstrained
by land masses, such as those in the
Barents, Chukchi, and Beaufort Seas,
spend each summer on the multi-year
ice of the polar basin (Derocher et al.
2004, p. 163; Amstrup et al. 2007, p. 4).
In intermediate areas such as the
Canadian Arctic, Svalbard, and Franz
Josef Land archipelagos, bears stay on
the sea ice most of the time, but in some
years they may spend up to a few
months on land (Mauritizen et al. 2001,
p. 1,710). Most populations use
terrestrial habitat partially or
exclusively for maternity denning;
therefore, females must adjust their
movements in order to access land at
the appropriate time (Stirling 1988, p.
64; Derocher et al. 2004, p. 166).
Sea ice changes between years in
response to environmental factors may
have consequences for the distribution
and productivity of polar bears as well
as their prey. In the southern Beaufort
Sea, anomalous heavy sea ice conditions
in the mid-1970s and mid-1980s
(thought to be roughly in phase with a
similar variation in runoff from the
Mackenzie River) caused significant
declines in productivity of ringed seals
(Stirling 2002, p. 68). Each event lasted
approximately 3 years and caused
similar declines in the birth rate of polar
bears and survival of subadults, after
which reproductive success and
survival of both species increased again.
Maternal Denning Habitat
Throughout the species’ range, most
pregnant female polar bears excavate
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
dens in snow located on land in the fallearly winter period (Harington 1968, p.
6; Lentfer and Hensel 1980, p. 102;
Ramsay and Stirling 1990, p. 233;
Amstrup and Gardner 1994, p. 5). The
only known exceptions are in western
and southern Hudson Bay, where polar
bears first excavate earthen dens and
later reposition into adjacent snow drifts
(Jonkel et al. 1972, p. 146; Ramsay and
Stirling 1990, p. 233), and in the
southern Beaufort Sea, where a portion
of the population dens in snow caves
located on pack and shore-fast ice.
Successful denning by polar bears
requires accumulation of sufficient
snow for den construction and
maintenance. Adequate and timely
snowfall combined with winds that
cause snow accumulation leeward of
topographic features create denning
habitat (Harington 1968, p. 12).
A great amount of polar bear denning
occurs in core areas (Harington 1968,
pp. 7–8), which show high use over
time (see Figure 8). In some portions of
the species’ range, polar bears den in a
more diffuse pattern, with dens
scattered over larger areas at lower
density (Lentfer and Hensel 1980, p.
102; Stirling and Andriashek 1992, p.
363; Amstrup 1993, p. 247; Amstrup
and Gardner 1994, p. 5; Messier et al.
1994, p. 425; Born 1995, p. 81; Ferguson
et al. 2000a, p. 1125; Durner et al. 2001,
p. 117; Durner et al. 2003, p. 57).
Habitat characteristics of denning
areas vary substantially from the rugged
mountains and fjordlands of the
Svalbard archipelago and the large
islands north of the Russian coast (L2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
north slope of Alaska (Amstrup 1993, p.
247; Amstrup and Gardner 1994, p. 7;
Durner et al. 2001, p. 119; Durner et al.
2003, p. 61), to offshore pack icepressure ridge habitat (Amstrup and
Gardner 1994, p. 4; Fischbach et al.
2007, p. 1,400). The key characteristic of
all denning habitat is topographic
features that catch snow in the autumn
and early winter (Durner et al. 2003, p.
61). Across the range, most polar bear
dens occur relatively near the coast. The
main exception to coastal denning
occurs in the western Hudson Bay area,
where bears den farther inland in
traditional denning areas (Kolenosky
and Prevett 1983, pp. 243–244; Stirling
and Ramsay 1986, p. 349).
Current Population Status and Trend
The total number of polar bears
worldwide is estimated to be 20,000–
25,000 (Aars et al. 2006, p. 33). Polar
bears are not evenly distributed
throughout the Arctic, nor do they
comprise a single nomadic
cosmopolitan population, but rather
occur in 19 relatively discrete
populations (Aars et al. 2006, p. 33).
The use of the term ‘‘relatively discrete
population’’ in this context is not
intended to equate to the Act’s term
‘‘distinct population segments’’ (Figure
1). Boundaries of the 19 polar bear
populations have evolved over time and
are based on intensive study of
movement patterns, tag returns from
harvested animals, and, to a lesser
degree, genetic analysis (Aars et al.
2006, pp. 33–47). The scientific studies
regarding population bounds began in
the early 1970s and continue today.
Within this final rule we have adopted
the use of the term ‘‘population’’ to
describe polar bear management units
consistent with their designation by the
World Conservation Union-International
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28215
Union for Conservation of Nature and
Natural Resources (IUCN), Species
Survival Commission (SSC) Polar Bear
Specialist Group (PBSG) with
information available as of October 2006
(Aars et al. 2006, p. 33), and to describe
a combination of two or more of these
populations into ‘‘ecoregions,’’ as
discussed in following sections.
Although movements of individual
polar bears overlap extensively,
telemetry studies demonstrate spatial
segregation among groups or stocks of
polar bears in different regions of their
circumpolar range (Schweinsburg and
Lee 1982, p. 509; Amstrup et al. 1986,
p. 252; Amstrup et al., 2000b, pp. 957–
958.; Garner et al. 1990, p. 224; Garner
et al. 1994, pp.112–115; Amstrup and
Gardner 1994, p. 7; Ferguson et al. 1999,
pp. 313–314; Lunn et al. 2002, p. 41).
These patterns, along with information
obtained from survey and
reconnaissance, marking and tagging
studies, and traditional knowledge, have
resulted in recognition of 19 relatively
discrete polar bear populations (Aars et
al. 2006, p. 33). Genetic analysis
reinforces the boundaries between some
designated populations (Paetkau et al.
1999, p. 1,571; Amstrup 2003, p. 590)
while confirming the existence of
overlap and mixing among others
(Paetkau et al. 1999, p. 1,571; Cronin et
al. 2006, p. 655). There is considerable
overlap in areas occupied by members
of these groups (Amstrup et al. 2004, p.
676; Amstrup et al. 2005, p. 252), and
boundaries separating the groups are
adjusted as new data are collected.
These boundaries, however, are thought
to be ecologically meaningful, and the
19 units they describe are managed as
populations, with the exception of the
Arctic Basin population where few
bears are believed to be year-round
residents.
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Population size estimates and
qualitative categories of current trend
and status for each of the 19 polar bear
populations are discussed below. This
discussion was derived from
information presented at the IUCN/SSC
PBSG meeting held in Seattle,
Washington, in June 2005, and updated
with results that became available in
October 2006 (Aars et al. 2006, p. 33).
The following narrative incorporates
results from two recent publications
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
(Stirling et al. 2007; Obbard et al. 2007).
The remainder of the information on
each population is based on the
available status reports and revisions
given by each nation, as reported in
Aars et al. (2006).
Status categories include an
assessment of whether a population is
believed to be not reduced, reduced, or
severely reduced from historic levels of
abundance, or if insufficient data are
available to estimate status. Trend
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
categories include an assessment of
whether the population is currently
increasing, stable, or declining, or if
insufficient data are available to
estimate trend. In general, an
assessment of trend requires a
monitoring program or data to allow
population size to be estimated at more
than one point in time. Information on
the date of the current population
estimate and information on previous
population estimates and the basis for
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
ER15MY08.002
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28216
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
those estimates is detailed in Aars et al.
(2006, pp. 34–35). In some instances a
subjective assessment of trend has been
provided in the absence of either a
monitoring program or estimates of
population size developed for more than
one point in time. This status and trend
analysis only reflects information about
the past and present polar bear
populations. Later in this final rule a
discussion will be presented about the
scientific information on threats that
will affect the species within the
foreseeable future. The Act establishes a
five-factor analysis for using this
information in making listing decisions.
Populations are discussed in a
counterclockwise order from Figure 1,
beginning with East Greenland. There is
no population size estimate for the East
Greenland polar bear population
because no population surveys have
been conducted there. Thus, the status
and trend of this population have not
been determined. The Barents Sea
population was estimated to comprise
3,000 animals based on the only
population survey conducted in 2004.
Because only one abundance estimate is
available, the status and trend of this
population cannot yet be determined.
There is no population size estimate for
the Kara Sea population because
population surveys have not been
conducted; thus status and trend of this
population cannot yet be determined.
The Laptev Sea population was
estimated to comprise 800 to 1,200
animals, on the basis of an extrapolation
of historical aerial den survey data
(1993). Status and trend cannot yet be
determined for this population.
The Chukchi Sea population is
estimated to comprise 2,000 animals,
based on extrapolation of aerial den
surveys (2002). Status and trend cannot
yet be determined for this population.
The Southern Beaufort Sea population
is comprised of 1,500 animals, based on
a recent population inventory (2006).
The predicted trend is declining (Aars et
al. 2006, p.33), and the status is
designated as reduced. The Northern
Beaufort Sea population was estimated
to number 1,200 animals (1986). The
trend is designated as stable, and status
is believed to be not reduced. Stirling et
al. (2007, pp. 12–14) estimated longterm trends in population size for the
Northern Beaufort Sea population. The
model-averaged estimate of population
size from 2004 to 2006 was 980 bears,
and did not differ in a statistically
significantly way from estimates for the
periods of 1972 to 1975 (745 bears) and
1985 to 1987 (867 bears), and thus the
trend is stable. Stirling et al. (2007, p.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
13) indicated that, based on a number of
indications and separate annual
abundance estimates for the study
period, the population estimate may be
slightly biased low (i.e., might be an
underestimate) due to sampling issues.
The Viscount Melville Sound
population was estimated to number
215 animals (1992). The observed or
predicted trend based on management
action is listed as increasing (Aars et al.
2006, p. 33), although the status is
designated as severely reduced from
prior excessive harvest. The Norwegian
Bay population estimate was 190
animals (1998); the trend, based on
computer simulations, is noted as
declining, while the status is listed as
not reduced. The Lancaster Sound
population estimate was 2,541 animals
(1998); the trend is thought to be stable,
and status is not reduced. The
M’Clintock Channel population is
estimated at 284 animals (2000); the
observed or predicted trend based on
management actions is listed as
increasing although the status is
severely reduced from excessive
harvest. The Gulf of Boothia population
estimate is 1,523 animals (2000); the
trend is thought to be stable, and status
is designated as not reduced. The Foxe
Basin population was estimated to
number 2,197 animals in 1994; the
population trend is thought to be stable,
and the status is not reduced. The
Western Hudson Bay population
estimate is 935 animals (2004); the trend
is declining, and the status is reduced.
The Southern Hudson Bay population
was estimated to be 1,000 animals in
1988 (Aars et al. 2006, p. 35); the trend
is thought to be stable, and status is not
reduced. In a more recent analysis,
Obbard et al. (2007) applied open
population capture-recapture models to
data collected from 1984–86 and 1999–
2005 to estimate population size, trend,
and survival for the Southern Hudson
Bay population. Their results indicate
that the size of the Southern Hudson
Bay population appears to be
unchanged from the mid-1980s. From
1984–1986, the population was
estimated at 641 bears; from 2003–2005,
the population was estimated at 681
bears. Thus, the trend for this
population is stable. The Kane Basin
population was estimated to be
comprised of 164 animals (1998); its
trend is declining, and status is reduced.
The Baffin Bay population was
estimated to be 2,074 animals (1998);
the trend is declining, and status is
reduced. The Davis Strait population
was estimated to number 1,650 animals
based on traditional ecological
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28217
knowledge (TEK) (2004); data were
unavailable to assess trends or status.
Preliminary information from the
second of a 3-year population
assessment estimates the population
number to be 2,375 bears (Peacock et al.
2007, p. 7). The Arctic Basin population
estimate, trend, and status are unknown
(Aars et al. 2006, p. 35).
On the basis of information presented
above, two polar bear populations are
designated as increasing (Viscount
Melville Sound and M’Clintock
Channel-both were severely reduced in
the past and are recovering under
conservative harvest limits); six
populations are stable (Northern
Beaufort Sea, Southern Hudson Bay,
Davis Strait, Lancaster Sound, Gulf of
Bothia, Foxe Basin); five populations are
declining (Southern Beaufort Sea,
Norwegian Bay, Western Hudson Bay,
Kane Basin, Baffin Bay); and six
populations are designated as data
deficient (Barents Sea, Kara Sea, Laptev
Sea, Chukchi Sea, Arctic Basin, East
Greenland) with no estimate of trend.
The two populations with the most
extensive time series of data, Western
Hudson Bay and Southern Beaufort Sea,
are both considered to be declining.
As previously noted, scientific
information assessing this species in the
foreseeable future is provided later in
this final rule.
Polar Bear Ecoregions
Amstrup et al. (2007, pp. 6–8)
grouped the 19 IUCN-recognized polar
bear populations (Aars et al. 2006, p. 33)
into four physiographically different
functional groups or ‘‘ecoregions’’
(Figure 2) in order to forecast future
polar bear population status on the basis
of current knowledge of polar bear
populations, their relationships to sea
ice habitat, and predicted changes in sea
ice and other environmental variables.
Amstrup et al. (2007, p. 7) defined the
ecoregions ‘‘on the basis of observed
temporal and spatial patterns of ice
formation and ablation (melting or
evaporation), observations of how polar
bears respond to those patterns, and
how general circulation models (GCMs)
forecast future ice patterns.’’
The Seasonal Ice Ecoregion includes
the Western and Southern Hudson Bay
populations, as well as the Foxe Basin,
Baffin Bay, and Davis Strait
populations. These 5 IUCN-recognized
populations are thought to include a
total of about 7,200 polar bears (Aars et
al. 2006, p. 34–35). The 5 populations
experience sea ice that melts entirely in
summer, and bears spend extended
periods of time on shore.
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
The Archipelago Ecoregion, islands
and channels of the Canadian Arctic,
has approximately 5,000 polar bears
representing 6 populations recognized
by the IUCN (Aars et al. 2006, p. 34–35).
These populations are Kane Basin,
Norwegian Bay, Viscount Melville
Sound, Lancaster Sound, M’Clintock
Channel, and the Gulf of Boothia. Much
of this region is characterized by heavy
annual and multi-year ice that fills the
inter-island channels year round and
polar bears remain on the sea ice
throughout the year.
The polar basin was split into a
Convergent Ecoregion and a Divergent
Ecoregion, based upon the different
patterns of sea ice formation, loss (via
melt and transport) (Rigor et al. 2002, p.
2,658; Rigor and Wallace 2004, p. 4;
Maslanik et al. 2007, pp. 1–3; Meier et
al. 2007, pp. 428–434; Ogi and Wallace
2007, pp. 2–3).
The Divergent Ecoregion is
characterized by extensive formation of
annual sea ice that is transported toward
the Canadian Arctic islands and
Greenland, or out of the polar basin
through Fram Strait. The Divergent
ecoregion includes the Southern
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
Beaufort, Chukchi, Laptev, Kara, and
Barents Seas populations, and is
thought to contain up to 9,500 polar
bears. In the Divergent Ecoregion, as in
the Archipelago Ecoregion, polar bears
mainly stay on the sea ice year-round.
The Convergent Ecoregion, composed
of the Northern Beaufort Sea, Queen
Elizabeth Islands (see below), and East
Greenland populations, is thought to
contain approximately 2,200 polar
bears. Amstrup et al. (2007, p. 7)
modified the IUCN-recognized
population boundaries (Aars et al. 2006,
pp. 33,36) of this ecoregion by
redefining a Queen Elizabeth Islands
population and extending the original
boundary of that population to include
northwestern Greenland (see Figure 2).
The area contained within this
boundary is characterized by heavy
multi-year ice, except for a recurring
lead system that runs along the Queen
Elizabeth Islands from the northeastern
Beaufort Sea to northern Greenland
(Stirling 1980, pp. 307–308). The area
may contain over 200 polar bears and
some bears from other regions have been
recorded moving through the area
(Durner and Amstrup 1995, p. 339;
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Lunn et al. 1995, pp. 12–13). The
Northern Beaufort Sea and Queen
Elizabeth Islands populations occur in a
region of the polar basin that
accumulates ice (hence, the Convergent
Ecoregion) as it is moved from the polar
basin Divergent Ecoregion, while the
East Greenland population occurs in
area where ice is transported out of the
polar basin through the Fram Strait
(Comiso 2002, pp. 17–18; Rigor and
Wallace 2004, p. 3; Belchansky et al.
2005, pp. 1–2; Holland et al. 2006, pp.
1–5; Durner et al. 2007, p. 3; Ogi and
Wallace 2007, p. 2; Serreze et al. 2007,
pp. 1,533–1536).
Amstrup et al. (2007) do not
incorporate the central Arctic Basin
population into an ecoregion. This
population was defined by the IUCN in
2001 (Lunn et al. 2002, p.29) to
recognize polar bears that may reside
outside the territorial jurisdictions of
the polar nations. The Arctic Basin
region is characterized by very deep
water, which is known to be
unproductive (Pomeroy 1997, pp. 6–7).
Available data indicate that polar bears
prefer sea ice over shallow water (less
then 300 m (984 ft) deep) (Amstrup et
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
ER15MY08.003
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28218
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
al. 2000b, p. 962; Amstrup et al. 2004,
p. 675; Durner et al. 2007, pp. 18–19),
and it is thought that this preference
reflects increased hunting opportunities
over more productive waters. Also,
tracking studies indicate that few if any
bears are year-round residents of the
central Arctic Basin, and therefore this
relatively unpopulated portion of the
Arctic was not designated as an
ecoregion.
Sea Ice Environment
As described in detail in the ‘‘Species
Biology’’ section of this rule, above,
polar bears are evolutionarily adapted to
life on sea ice (Stirling 1988, p. 24;
Amstrup 2003, p. 587). They need sea
ice as a platform for hunting, for
seasonal movements, for travel to
terrestrial denning areas, for resting, and
for mating (Stirling and Derocher 1993,
p. 241). Moore and Huntington (in
press) classify the polar bear as an ‘‘iceobligate’’ species because of its reliance
on sea ice as a platform for resting,
breeding, and hunting, while Laidre et
al. (in press) similarly describe the polar
bear as a species that principally relies
on annual sea ice over the continental
shelf and areas toward the southern
edge of sea ice for foraging. Some polar
bears use terrestrial habitats seasonally
(e.g., for denning or for resting during
open water periods). Open water is not
considered to be an essential habitat
type for polar bears, because life
functions such as feeding, reproduction,
or resting do not occur in open water.
However, open water is a fundamental
part of the marine system that supports
seal species, the principal prey of polar
bears, and seasonally refreezes to form
the ice needed by the bears (see ‘‘Open
Water Habitat’’ section for more
information). Further, the open water
interface with sea ice is an important
habitat used to a great extent by polar
bears. In addition, the extent of open
water is important because vast areas of
open water may limit a bear’s ability to
access sea ice or land (see ‘‘Open Water
Swimming’’ section for more detail).
Snow cover, both on land and on sea
ice, is an important component of polar
bear habitat in that it provides
insulation and cover for young polar
bears and ringed seals in snow dens or
lairs (see ‘‘Maternal Denning Habitat’’
section for more detail).
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Sea Ice Habitat
Overview of Arctic Sea Ice
According to the Arctic Climate
Impact Assessment (ACIA 2005),
approximately two-thirds of the Arctic
is ocean, including the Arctic Ocean
and its shelf seas plus the Nordic,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
21:43 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
Labrador, and Bering Seas (ACIA 2005,
p. 454). Sea ice is the defining
characteristic of the marine Arctic
(ACIA 2005, p. 30). The Arctic sea ice
environment is highly dynamic and
follows annual patterns of expansion
and contraction. Sea ice is typically at
its maximum extent (the term ‘‘extent’’
is formally defined in the ‘‘Observed
Changes in Arctic Sea Ice’’ section) in
March and at its minimum extent in
September (Parkinson et al. 1999, p.
20,840). The two primary forms of sea
ice are seasonal (or first year) ice and
perennial (or multi-year) ice (ACIA
2005, p. 30). Seasonal ice is in its first
autumn/winter of growth or first spring/
summer of melt (ACIA 2005, p. 30). It
has been documented to vary in
thickness from a few tenths of a meter
near the southern margin of the sea ice
to 2.5 m (8.2 ft) in the high Arctic at the
end of winter (ACIA 2005, p. 30), with
some ice also that is thinner and some
limited amount of ice that can be much
thicker, especially in areas with ridging
(C. Parkinson, NASA, in litt. to the
Service, November 2007). If first-year
ice survives the summer melt, it
becomes multi-year ice. This ice tends
to develop a distinctive hummocky
appearance through thermal weathering,
becoming harder and almost salt-free
over several years (ACIA 2005, p. 30).
Sea ice near the shore thickens in
shallow waters during the winter, and
portions become grounded. Such ice is
known as shore-fast ice, land-fast ice, or
simply fast ice (ACIA 2005, p. 30). Fast
ice is found along much of the Siberian
coast, the White Sea (an inlet of the
Barents Sea), north of Greenland, the
Canadian Archipelago, Hudson Bay, and
north of Alaska (ACIA 2005, p. 457).
Pack ice consists of seasonal (or firstyear) and multi-year ice that is in
constant motion caused by winds and
currents (USFWS 1995, pp. 7–9). Pack
ice is used by polar bears for traveling,
feeding, and denning, and it is the
primary summer habitat for polar bears,
including the Southern Beaufort Sea
and Chukchi Sea populations, as first
year ice retreats and melts with the
onset of spring (see ‘‘Polar Bear-Sea Ice
Habitat Relationships’’ section for more
detail on ice types used by polar bears).
Movements of sea ice are related to
winds, currents, and seasonal
temperature fluctuations that in turn
promote its formation and degradation.
Ice flow in the Arctic often includes a
clockwise circulation of sea ice within
the Canada Basin and a transpolar drift
stream that carries sea ice from the
Siberian shelves to the Barents Sea and
Fram Strait.
Sea ice is an important component of
the Arctic climate system (ACIA 2005,
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28219
p. 456). It is an effective insulator
between the oceans and the atmosphere.
It also strongly reduces the oceanatmosphere heat exchange and reduces
wind stirring of the ocean. In contrast to
the dark ocean, pond-free sea ice (i.e.,
sea ice that has no meltwater ponds on
the surface) reflects most of the solar
radiation back into space. Together with
snow cover, sea ice greatly restricts the
penetration of light into the sea, and it
also provides a surface for particle and
snow deposition (ACIA 2005, p. 456). Its
effects can extend far south of the
Arctic, perhaps globally, e.g., through
impacting deepwater formation that
influences global ocean circulation
(ACIA 2005, p. 32).
Sea ice is also an important
environmental factor in Arctic marine
ecosystems. ‘‘Several physical factors
combine to make arctic marine systems
unique including: a very high
proportion of continental shelves and
shallow water; a dramatic seasonality
and overall low level of sunlight;
extremely low water temperatures;
presence of extensive areas of multi-year
and seasonal sea-ice cover; and a strong
influence from freshwater, coming from
rivers and ice melt’’ (ACIA 2005, p.
454). Ice cover is an important physical
characteristic, affecting heat exchange
between water and atmosphere, and
light penetration to organisms in the
water below. It also helps determine the
depth of the mixed layer, and provides
a biological habitat above, within, and
beneath the ice. The marginal ice zone,
at the edge of the pack ice, is important
for plankton production and planktonfeeding fish (ACIA 2005, p. 456)
Observed Changes in Arctic Sea Ice
Sea ice is the defining physical
characteristic of the marine Arctic
environment and has a strong seasonal
cycle (ACIA 2005, p. 30). There is
considerable inter-annual variability
both in the maximum and minimum
extent of sea ice, but it is typically at its
maximum extent in March and
minimum extent in September
(Parkinson et al. 1999, p. 20, 840). In
addition, there are decadal and interdecadal fluctuations to sea ice extent
due to changes in atmospheric pressure
patterns and their associated winds,
river runoff, and influx of Atlantic and
Pacific waters (Gloersen 1995, p. 505;
Mysak and Manak 1989, p. 402; Kwok
2000, p. 776; Parkinson 2000b, p. 10;
Polyakov et al. 2003, p. 2,080; Rigor et
al. 2002, p. 2,660; Zakharov 1994, p. 42).
Sea ice ‘‘extent’’ is normally defined as
the area of the ocean with at least 15
percent ice coverage, and sea ice ‘‘area’’
is normally defined as the integral sum
of areas actually covered by sea ice
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
28220
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
(Parkinson et al. 1999). ‘‘Area’’ is a more
precise measure of the areal extent of
the ice itself, since it takes into account
the fraction of leads (linear openings or
cracks in the ice) within the ice, but
‘‘extent’’ is more reliably observed
(Zhang and Walsh 2006). The following
sections discuss specific aspects of
observed sea ice changes of relevance to
polar bears.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Summer Sea Ice
Summer sea ice area and sea ice
extent are important factors for polar
bear survival (see ‘‘Polar Bear-Sea Ice
Habitat Relationships’’ section).
Seasonal or first-year ice that remains at
the end of the summer melt becomes
multi-year (or perennial) ice. The
amount and thickness of perennial ice is
an important determinant of future sea
ice conditions (i.e., gain or loss of ice)
(Holland and Bitz 2003; Bitz and Roe
2004). Much of the following discussion
focuses on summer sea ice extent (rather
than area).
Prior to the early 1970s, ice extent
was measured with visible-band
satellite imagery and aircraft and ship
reports. With the advent of passive
microwave (PM) satellite observations,
beginning in December 1972 with a
single channel instrument and then
more reliably in October 1978 with a
multi-channel instrument, we have a
more accurate, 3-decade record of
changes in summer sea ice extent and
area. Over the period since October
1978, successive papers have
documented an overall downward trend
in Arctic sea ice extent and area. For
example, Parkinson et al. (1999)
calculated Arctic sea ice extents, areas,
and trends for late 1978 through the end
of 1996, and documented a decrease in
summer sea ice extent of 4.5 percent per
decade. Comiso (2002) documented a
decline of September minimum sea ice
extent of 6.7 percent plus or minus 2.4
percent per decade from 1981 through
2000. Stroeve et al. (2005) analyzed data
from 1978 through 2004, and calculated
a decline in minimum sea ice extent of
7.7 percent plus or minus 3 percent per
decade. Comiso (2006, p. 72) included
observations for 2005, and calculated a
per-decade decline in minimum sea ice
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
extent of up to 9.8 percent plus or
minus 1.5 percent. Most recently,
Stroeve et al. (2007, pp. 1–5) estimated
a 9.1 percent per-decade decline in
September sea ice extent for 1979–2006,
while Serreze et al. (2007, pp. 1,533–
1,536) calculated a per-decade decline
of 8.6 percent plus or minus 2.9 percent
for the same parameter over the same
time period. These estimates differ only
because Serreze et al. (2007, pp. 1,533–
1,536) normalized the trend by the
1979–2000 mean, in order to be
consistent with how the National Snow
and Ice Data Center 1 calculates its
estimates (J. Stroeve, in litt. to the
Service, November 2007). This decline
translates to a decrease of 60,421 sq km
(23,328 sq mi) per year (NSIDC Press
Release, October 3, 2006).
The rate of decrease in September sea
ice extent appears to have accelerated in
recent years, although the acceleration
to date has not been shown to be
statistically significant (C. Bitz, in litt. to
the Service, November 2007). The years
2002 through 2007 all exceeded
previous record lows (Stroeve et al.
2005; Comiso 2006; Stroeve et al. 2007,
pp. 1–5; Serreze et al. 2007, pp. 1,533–
1,536; NSIDC Press Release, October 1,
2007), and 2002, 2005, and 2007 had
successively lower record-breaking
minimum extent values (https://
www.nsidc.org). The 2005 absolute
minimum sea ice extent of 5.32 million
sq km (2.05 million sq mi) for the entire
Arctic Ocean was a 21 percent reduction
compared to the mean for 1979 to 2000
(Serreze et al. 2007, pp. 1,533–1,536).
Nghiem et al. (2006) documented an
almost 50 percent reduction in
perennial (multi-year) sea ice extent in
the East Arctic Ocean (0 to 180 degrees
east longitude) between 2004 and 2005,
while the West Arctic Ocean (0 and 180
degrees west longitude) had a slight gain
during the same period, followed by an
1 The NSIDC is part of the University of Colorado
Cooperative Institute for Research in Environmental
Sciences (CIRES), is funded largely by the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA),
and is affiliated with the National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) National
Geophysical Data Center through a cooperative
agreement. A large part of NSIDC is the Polar
Distributed Active Archive Center, which is funded
by NASA.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
almost 70 percent decline from October
2005 to April 2006. Nghiem et al. (2007)
found that the extent of perennial sea
ice was significantly reduced by 23
percent between March 2005 and March
2007 as observed by the QuikSCAT/
SeaWinds satellite scatterometer.
Nghiem et al. (2006) presaged the
extensive decline in September sea ice
extent in 2007 when they stated: ‘‘With
the East Arctic Ocean dominated by
seasonal ice, a strong summer melt may
open a vast ice-free region with a
possible record minimum ice extent
largely confined to the West Arctic
Ocean.’’
Arctic sea ice declined rapidly to
unprecedented low extents in summer
2007 (Stroeve et al. 2008). On August
16–17, 2007, Arctic sea ice surpassed
the previous single-day (absolute
minimum) record for the lowest extent
ever measured by satellite (set in 2005),
and the sea ice was still melting (NSIDC
Arctic Sea Ice News, August 17, 2007).
On September 16, 2007 (the end of the
melt season), the 5-day running mean
sea ice extent reported by NSIDC was
4.13 million sq km (1.59 million sq mi),
an all-time record low. This was 23
percent lower than the previous record
minimum reported in 2005 (see Figure
3) (Stroeve et al. 2008) and 39 percent
below the long-term average from 1979
to 2000 (see Figure 4) (NSIDC Press
Release, October 1, 2007). Arctic sea ice
receded so much in 2007 that the socalled ‘‘Northwest Passage’’ through the
straits of the Canadian Arctic
Archipelago completely opened for the
first time in recorded history (NSIDC
Press Release, October 1, 2007). Based
on a time-series of data from the Hadley
Centre, extending back before the
advent of the PM satellite era, sea ice
extent in mid-September 2007 may have
fallen by as much as 50 percent from the
1950s to 1970s (Stroeve et al. 2008). The
minimum September Arctic sea ice
extent since 1979 is now declining at a
rate of approximately 10.7 percent per
decade (Stroeve et al. 2008), or
approximately 72,000 sq km (28,000 sq
mi) per year (see Figure 3 below)
(NSIDC Press Release, October 1, 2007).
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
ER15MY08.005
28221
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
ER15MY08.004
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28222
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
In August 2007, Arctic sea ice area
(recall that ‘‘area’’ is a different metric
than ‘‘extent’’ used in the preceding
paragraphs) also broke the record for the
minimum Arctic sea ice area in the
period since the satellite PM record
began in the 1970s (University of
Illinois Polar Research Group 2007 web
site; https://arctic.atmos.uiuc.edu/
cryosphere/). The new record was set a
full month before the historic summer
minimum typically occurs, and the
record minimum continued to decrease
over the next several weeks (University
of Illinois Polar Research Group 2007
web site). The Arctic sea ice area
reached an historic minimum of 2.92
million sq km (1.13 million sq mi) on
September 16, 2007, which was 27
percent lower than the previous (2005)
record Arctic ice minimum area
(University of Illinois Polar Research
Group 2007 web site). In previous
record sea ice minimum years, ice area
anomalies were confined to certain
sectors (North Atlantic, Beaufort/Bering
Sea, etc.), but the character of the 2007
summer sea ice melt was unique in that
it was both dramatic and covered the
entire Arctic Basin. Atlantic, Pacific,
and the central Arctic sectors all
showed large negative sea ice area
anomalies (University of Illinois Polar
Research Group 2007 web site).
Two key factors contributed to the
September 2007 extreme sea ice
minimum: thinning of the pack ice in
recent decades and an unusual pattern
of atmospheric circulation (Stroeve et al.
2008). Spring 2007 started out with less
ice and thinner ice than normal. Ice
thickness estimates from the ICESat
satellite laser altimeter instrument
indicated ice thicknesses over the Arctic
Basin in March 2007 of only 1 to 2 m
(3.3 to 6.6 ft) (J. Stroeve, in litt. to the
Service, November 2007). Thinner ice
takes less energy to melt than thicker
ice, so the stage was set for low levels
of sea ice in summer 2007 (J. Stroeve,
quoted in NSIDC Press Release, October
1, 2007). In general, older sea ice is
thicker than younger ice. Maslanik et al.
(2007) used an ice-tracking computer
algorithm to estimate changes in the
distribution of multi-year sea ice of
various ages. They estimated: that the
area of sea ice at least 5 years old
decreased by 56 percent between 1985
and 2007; that ice at least 7 years old
decreased from 21 percent of the ice
cover in 1988 to 5 percent in 2007; and
that sea ice at least 9 years old
essentially disappeared from the central
Arctic Basin. Maslanik et al. (2007)
attributed thinning in recent decades to
both ocean-atmospheric circulation
patterns and warmer temperatures. Loss
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
of older ice in the late 1980s to mid1990s was accentuated by the positive
phase of the Arctic Oscillation during
that period, leading to increased ice
export through the Fram Strait (Stroeve
et al. 2008). Another significant change
since the late 1990s has been the role of
the Beaufort Gyre, ‘‘the dominant wind
and ice drift regime in the central
Arctic’’ (Maslanik et al. 2007). ‘‘Since
the late 1990s * * * ice typically has
not survived the transit through the
southern portion of the Beaufort Gyre,’’
thus not allowing the ice to circulate in
its formerly typical clockwise pattern
for years while it aged and thickened
(Maslanik et al. 2007). Temperature
changes in the Arctic are discussed in
detail in the section entitled ‘‘Air and
Sea Temperatures.’’
Another factor that contributed to the
sea ice loss in the summer of 2007 was
an unusual atmospheric pattern, with
persistent high atmospheric pressures
over the central Arctic Ocean and lower
pressures over Siberia (Stroeve et al.
2008). The skies were fairly clear under
the high-pressure cell, promoting strong
melt. At the same time, the pattern of
winds pumped warm air into the region.
While the warm winds fostered further
melt, they also helped push ice away
from the Siberian shore.
Winter Sea Ice
The maximum extent of Arctic winter
sea ice cover, as documented with PM
satellite data, has been declining at a
lower rate than summer sea ice
(Parkinson et al. 1999, p. 20,840;
Richter-Menge et al. 2006, p. 16), but
that rate appears to have accelerated in
recent years. Parkinson and Cavalieri
(2002, p. 441) reported that winter sea
ice cover declined at a rate of 1.8
percent plus or minus 0.6 percent per
decade for the period 1979 through
1999. More recently, Richter-Menge et
al. (2006, p. 16) reported that March sea
ice extent was declining at a rate of 2
percent per decade based on data from
1979–2005, Comiso (2006) calculated a
decline of 1.9 plus or minus 0.5 percent
per decade for 1979–2006, and J.
Stroeve (in litt. to the Service,
November 2007) calculated a decline of
2.5 percent per decade, also for 1979–
2005.
In 2005 and 2006, winter maximum
sea ice extent set record lows for the era
of PM satellite monitoring (October
1978 to present). The 2005 record low
winter maximum preceded the thenrecord low summer minimum during
the same year, while winter sea ice
extent in 2006 was even lower than that
of 2005 (Comiso 2006). The winter 2007
Arctic sea ice maximum was the
second-lowest in the satellite record,
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
narrowly missing the March 2006 record
(NSIDC Press Release, April 4, 2007). J.
Stroeve (in litt. to the Service,
November 2007) calculated a rate of
decline of 3.0 plus or minus 0.8 percent
per decade for 1979–2007.
Cumulative Annual Sea Ice
Parkinson et al. (1999) documented
that Arctic sea ice extent for all seasons
(i.e., annual sea ice extent) declined at
a rate of 2.8 percent per decade for the
period November 1978 through
December 1996, with considerable
regional variation (the greatest absolute
declines were documented for the Kara
and Barents Sea, followed by the Seas
of Okhotsk and Japan, the Arctic Ocean,
Greenland Sea, Hudson Bay, and
Canadian Archipelago; percentage
declines were greatest in the Seas of
Okhotsk and Japan, at 20.1 percent per
decade, and the Kara and Barents Seas,
at 10.5 percent per decade). More
recently, Comiso and Nishio (2008)
utilized satellite data gathered from late
1978 into 2006, and estimated an annual
rate decline of 3.4 percent plus or minus
0.2 percent per decade. They also found
regions where higher negative trends
were apparent, including the Greenland
Sea (8.0 percent per decade), the Kara/
Barents Seas (7.2 percent per decade),
the Okhotsk Sea (8.7 percent per
decade), and Baffin Bay/Labrador Sea
(8.6 percent per decade). Comiso et al.
(2008) included satellite data from 1979
through early September 2007 in their
analyses. They found that the trend of
the entire sea ice cover (seasonal and
perennial sea ice) has accelerated from
a decline of about 3 percent per decade
in 1979–1996 to a decline of about 10
percent per decade in the last 10 years.
Statistically significant negative trends
in Arctic sea ice extent now occur n all
calendar months (Serreze et al. 2007,
pp. 1,533–1,536).
Sea Ice Thickness
Sea ice thickness is an important
element of the Arctic climate system.
The sea ice thickness distribution
influences the sea ice mass budget and
ice/ocean/atmosphere exchange
(Holland et al. 2006a). Sea ice thickness
has primarily been measured with
upward-looking sonar on submarines
and on moored buoys; this sonar
provides information on ice draft, the
component of the total ice thickness
(about 90 percent) that projects below
the water surface (Serreze et al. 2007,
pp. 1,533–1,536). Rothrock et al. (1999,
p. 3,469) compared sea-ice draft data
acquired on submarine cruises between
1993 and 1997 with similar data
acquired between 1958 and 1976, and
concluded that the mean sea-ice draft at
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
the end of the melt season (i.e.,
perennial or multi-year ice) had
decreased by about 1.3 m (4.3 ft) in most
of the deep water portion of the Arctic
Ocean. One limitation of submarine
sonar data is sparse sampling, which
complicates interpretation of the results
(Serreze et al. 2007, pp. 1,533–1,536).
Holloway and Sou (2002) noted
concerns regarding the temporal and
spatial sampling of ice thickness data
used in Rothrock et al. (1999), and
concluded from their modeling exercise
that ‘‘a robust characterization over the
half-century time series consists of
increasing volume to the mid-1960s,
decadal variability without significant
trend from the mid-1960s to the mid1980s, then a loss of volume from the
mid-1980s to the mid-1990s.’’ Rothrock
et al. (2003, p. 28) conducted further
analysis of the submarine-acquired data
in conjunction with model simulations
and review of other modeling studies,
and concluded that all models agree that
sea ice thickness decreased between 0.6
and 0.9 m (2 and 3 ft) from 1987 to
1996. Their model showed a modest
recovery in thickness from 1996 to 1999.
Yu et al. (2004, p. 11) further analyzed
submarine sonar data and concluded
that total ice volume decreased by 32
percent from the 1960s and 1970s to the
1990s in the central Arctic Basin.
Fowler et al. (2004) utilized a new
technique for combining remotelysensed sea ice motion and sea ice extent
to ‘‘track’’ the evolution of sea ice in the
Arctic region from October 1978
through March 2003. Their analysis
revealed that the area of the oldest sea
ice (i.e., sea ice older than 4 years) was
decreasing in the Arctic Basin and being
replaced by younger (first-year) ice. The
extent of the older ice was retreating to
a relatively small area north of the
Canadian Archipelago, with narrow
bands spreading out across the central
Arctic (Fowler et al. 2004, pp. 71–74).
More recently, Maslanik et al. (2007)
documented a substantial decline in the
percent coverage of old ice within the
central Arctic Basin. In 1987, 57 percent
of the ice pack in this area was 5 or
more years old, with 25 percent of this
ice at least 9 years old. By 2007, only
7 percent of the ice pack in this area was
5 or more years old, and ice at least 9
years old had completely disappeared.
This is significant because older ice is
thicker than younger ice, and therefore
requires more energy to melt. The
reduction in the older ice types in the
Arctic Basin translates into a reduction
in mean ice thickness from 2.6 m in
March 1987 to 2.0 m in March 2007
(Stroeve et al. 2008).
Kwok (2007, p. 1) studied six annual
cycles of perennial (multi-year) Arctic
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
sea ice coverage, from 2000 to 2006, and
found that after the 2005 summer melt,
only about four percent of the thin, firstyear ice that formed the previous winter
survived to replenish the multi-year sea
ice area (NASA/JPL News Release, April
3, 2007). That was the smallest amount
of multi-year ice replenishment
documented in the study, and resulted
in perennial ice coverage in January
2006 that was 14 percent smaller than
in January 2005. Kwok (2007, p. 1)
attributed the decline to unusually high
amounts of ice exported from the Arctic
in the summer of 2005, and also to an
unusually warm winter and summer
prior to September 2005.
Length of the Melt Period
The length of the melt period (or
season) affects sea ice cover (extent and
area) and sea ice thickness (Hakkinen
and Mellor 1990; Laxon et al. 2003). In
general terms, earlier onset of melt and
lengthening of the melt season result in
decreased total sea ice cover at the end
of summer (i.e., the end of the melt
season) (Stroeve et al. 2005, p. 3).
Belchansky et al. (2004, p. 1) found that
changes in multi-year ice area measured
in January were significantly correlated
with duration of the intervening melt
season. Kwok found a correlation
between the number of freezing and
melting temperature days and area of
multi-year sea ice replenished in a year
(NASA/JPL News Release, April 3,
2007).
Comiso (2003, p. 3,506), using data for
the period 1981–2001, calculated that
the Arctic sea ice melt season was
increasing at a rate of 10 to 17 days per
decade during that period. Including
additional years in his analyses, Comiso
(2005, p. 50) subsequently found that
the length of the melt season was
increasing at a rate of approximately
13.1 days per decade. Stroeve et al.
(2006 pp. 367–374) analyzed melt
season duration and melt onset and
freeze-up dates from satellite passive
microwave data for the period 1979
through 2005, and found that the Arctic
is experiencing an overall lengthening
of the melt season at a rate of about 2
weeks per decade.
The NSIDC documented a trend of
earlier onset of the melt season for the
years 2002 through 2005; the melt
season arrived earliest in 2005,
occurring approximately 17 days before
the mean date of onset of the melt
season (NSIDC 2005, p. 6). In 2007, in
addition to the record-breaking
September minimum sea ice extent,
NSIDC scientists noted that the date of
the lowest sea ice extent shifted to later
in the year (NSIDC Press Release,
October 1, 2007). The minimum sea ice
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28223
extent occurred on September 16, 2007;
from 1979 to 2000, the minimum
usually occurred on September 12. This
is consistent with a lengthening of the
melt season.
Parkinson (2000) documented a clear
decrease in the length of the sea ice
season throughout the Greenland Sea,
Kara and Barents Seas, Sea of Okhotsk,
and most of the central Arctic Basin. On
the basis of observational data, Stirling
et al. (cited in Derocher et al. 2004)
calculated that break-up of the annual
ice in Western Hudson Bay is occurring
approximately 2.5 weeks earlier than it
did 30 years ago. Consistent with these
results, Stirling and Parkinson (2006)
analyzed satellite data for Western
Hudson Bay for November 1978 through
2004 and found that, on average, ice
break-up has been occurring about 7 to
8 days earlier per decade. Stirling and
Parkinson (2006) also investigated ice
break-up in Foxe Basin, Baffin Bay,
Davis Strait, and Eastern Hudson Bay in
Canada. They found that ice break-up in
Foxe Basin has been occurring about 6
days earlier each decade and ice breakup in Baffin Bay has been occurring 6
to 7 days earlier per decade. Long-term
results from Davis Strait were not
conclusive, particularly because the
maximum percentage of ice cover in
Davis Strait varies considerably more
between years than in western Hudson
Bay, Foxe Basin, or Baffin Bay.
Conversely, Stirling and Parkinson
(2006) documented a negative shortterm trend from 1991 to 2004 in Davis
Strait. In eastern Hudson Bay, there was
not a statistically significant trend
toward earlier break-up.
Understanding Observed Declines in
Arctic Sea Ice
The observed declines in the extent of
Arctic sea ice are well documented, and
more pronounced in the summer than in
the winter. There is also evidence that
the rate of sea ice decline is increasing.
This decline in sea ice is of great
importance to our determination
regarding the status of the polar bear.
Understanding the causes of the decline
is also of great importance in assessing
what the future might hold for Arctic
sea ice, and, thus, considerable effort
has been devoted to enhancing our
understanding. This understanding will
inform our determination regarding the
status of the polar bear within the
foreseeable future as determined in this
rule.
In general terms, sea ice declines can
be attributed to three conflated factors:
warming, atmospheric changes
(including circulation and clouds), and
changes in oceanic circulation (Stroeve
and Maslowski 2007). Serreze et al.
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
28224
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
(2007, pp. 1,533–1,536) characterize the
decline of sea ice as a conflation of
thermodynamic and dynamic processes:
‘‘Thermodynamic processes involve
changes in surface air temperature
(SAT), radiative fluxes, and ocean
conditions. Dynamic processes involve
changes in ice circulation in response to
winds and ocean currents.’’ In the
following paragraphs we discuss
warming, changes in the atmosphere,
and changes in oceanic circulation,
followed by a synthesis. It is critically
important that we understand the
dynamic forces that govern all aspects of
sea ice given the polar bear’s almost
exclusive reliance on this habitat.
Air and Sea Temperatures
Estimated rates of change in surface
air temperature (SAT) over the Arctic
Ocean over the past 100 or more years
vary depending on the time period,
season, and data source used (Serreze et
al. 2007, pp. 1,533–1,536). Serreze et al.
(2007, pp. 1,533–1,536) note that,
although natural variability plays a large
role in SAT variations, the overall
pattern has been one of recent warming.
Polyakov et al. (2003) compiled SAT
trends for the maritime Arctic for the
period 1875 through 2000 (as measured
by coastal land stations, drifting ice
stations, and Russian North Pole
stations) and found that, since 1875, the
Arctic has warmed by 1.2 degrees
Celsius (C), an average warming of 0.095
degree C per decade over the entire
period, and an average warming of 0.05
± 0.04 degree C per decade during the
20th century. The increases were
greatest in winter and spring, and there
were two relative maxima during the
century (the late 1930s and the 1990s).
The ACIA analyzed land-surface air
temperature trends as recorded in the
Global Historical Climatology Network
(GHCN) database, and documented a
statistically significant warming trend of
0.09 degree C per decade during the
period 1900–2003 (ACIA 2005, p. 35).
For periods since 1950, the rate of
temperature increase in the marine
Arctic documented in the GHCN (ACIA
2005, p. 35) is similar to the increase
noted by Polyakov et al. (2003).
Rigor et al. (2000) documented
positive trends in SAT for 1979 to 1997;
the trends were greatest and most
widespread in spring. Comiso (2006)
analyzed data from the Advanced Very
High Resolution Radiometer (AVHRR)
for 1981 to 2005, and documented an
overall warming trend of 0.54 ± 0.11
degrees C per decade over sea ice.
Comiso noted that ‘‘it is apparent that
significant warming has been occurring
in the Arctic but not uniformly from one
region to another.’’ The Serreze et al.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
(2007, pp. 1,533–1,536) assessment of
data sets from the National Centers for
Environmental Prediction and the
National Center for Atmospheric
Research indicated strong surface and
low-level warming for the period 2000
to 2006 relative to 1979 to 1999,
consistent with the observed sea ice
losses.
Stroeve and Maslowski (2007) noted
that anomalously high temperatures
have been consistent throughout the
Arctic since 2002. Further support for
warming comes from studies indicating
earlier onset of spring melt and
lengthening of the melt season (e.g.,
Stroeve et al. 2006, pp. 367–374), and
data that point to increased downward
radiation toward the surface, which is
linked to increased cloud cover and
water vapor (Francis and Hunter 2006,
cited in Serreze et al. 2007, pp. 1,533–
1,536).
According to the IPCC AR4 (IPCC
2007, p. 36), 11 of 12 years from 1995
to 2006 (the exception being 1996) were
among the 12 warmest years on record
since 1850; 2005 and 1998 were the
warmest two years in the instrumental
global surface air temperature record
since 1850. Surface temperatures in
1998 were enhanced by the major 1997–
˜
1998 El Nino but no such large-scale
atmospheric anomaly was present in
2005. The IPCC AR4 concludes that the
‘‘warming in the last 30 years is
widespread over the globe, and is
greatest at higher northern latitudes
(IPCC 2007, p. 37).’’ Further, the IPCC
AR4 states that greatest warming has
occurred in the northern hemisphere
winter (December, January, February)
and spring (March, April, May). Average
Arctic temperatures have been
increasing at almost twice the rate of the
rest of the world in the past 100 years.
However, Arctic temperatures are highly
variable. A slightly longer Arctic warm
period, almost as warm as the present,
was observed from 1925 to 1945, but its
geographical distribution appears to
have been different from the recent
warming since its extent was not global.
Finally, Comiso (2005, p. 43)
determined that for each 1 degree C
increase in surface temperature (global
average) there is a corresponding
decrease in perennial sea ice cover of
about 1.48 million sq km (0.57 million
sq mi).
Changes in Atmospheric Circulation
Links have also been established
between sea ice loss and changes in sea
ice circulation associated with the
behavior of key atmospheric patterns,
including the Arctic Oscillation (AO;
also called the Northern Annular Mode
(NAM)) (e.g., Thompson and Wallace
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2000; Limpasuvan and Hartmann 2000)
and the more regional, but closely
related North Atlantic Oscillation (NAO;
e.g., Hurrell 1995). First described in
1998 by atmospheric scientists David
Thompson and John Wallace, the Arctic
Oscillation is a measure of air-pressure
and wind patterns in the Arctic. In the
so-called ‘‘positive phase’’ (or high
phase), air pressure over the Arctic is
lower than normal and strong westerly
winds occur in the upper atmosphere at
high latitudes. In the so-called ‘‘negative
phase’’ (or low phase), air pressure over
the Arctic is higher than normal, and
the westerly winds are weaker.
Rigor et al. (2002, cited in Stroeve and
Maslowski 2007) showed that when the
AO is positive in winter, altered wind
patterns result in more offshore ice
motion and ice divergence along the
Siberian and Alaskan coastlines; this
leads to the production of more
extensive areas of thinner, first-year ice
that requires less energy to melt. Rigor
and Wallace (2004, cited in Deweaver
2007) suggested that the recent
reduction in September ice extent is a
delayed reaction to the export of multiyear ice during the high-AO winters of
1989 through 1995. They estimated that
the recovery of sea ice to its normal
extent should take between 10 and 15
years. However, Rigor and Wallace
(2004) estimated that the combined
winter and summer AO-indices can
explain less than 20 percent of the
variance in summer sea ice extent in the
western Arctic Ocean where most of the
recent reductions in sea ice cover have
occurred. The notion that AO-related
export of multi-year ice from the Arctic
is the principal cause of observed
declines in Arctic sea ice extent has
been questioned by several authors,
including Overland and Wang (2005),
Comiso (2006), Stroeve and Maslowski
(2007), Serreze et al. (2007, pp. 1,533–
1,536), and Stroeve et al. (2008) who
note that sea ice extent has not
recovered despite the return of the AO
to a more neutral state since the late
1990s. Overland and Wang (2005) noted
that the return of the AO to a more
neutral state was accompanied by
southerly wind anomalies from 2000–
2005 which contributed to reducing the
ice cover over time and ‘‘conditioning’’
the Arctic for the extensive summer sea
ice reduction in 2007 (J. Overland
NOAA, pers. comm. to FWS, 2007).
Maslanik et al. (2007) reached a similar
conclusion that despite the return of the
AO to a more neutral state, wind and ice
transport patterns that favor reduced ice
cover in the western and central Arctic
continued to play a role in the loss of
sea ice in those regions. Maslanik et al.
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
(2007) believe that circulation patterns
such as the Beaufort Gyre, which in the
past helped to maintain old ice in the
Arctic Basin, are now acting to export
ice, as the multi-year ice is no longer
surviving the transport through the
Chukchi and East Siberian Seas.
According to DeWeaver (2007):
‘‘Recognizing the need to incorporate
AO variability into considerations of
recent sea ice decline, Lindsay and
Zhang (2005) used an ocean-sea ice
model to reconstruct the sea ice
behavior of the satellite era and identify
separate contributions from ice motion
and thermodynamics. Similar
experiments with similar results were
also reported by Rothrock and Zhang
(2005) and Koberle and Gerdes (2003).’’
Rothrock and Zhang (2005, cited in
Serreze et al. 2007, pp. 1,533–1,536),
using a coupled ice-ocean model,
argued that although wind forcing was
the dominant driver of declining ice
thickness and volume from the late
1980s through the mid-1990s, the ice
response to generally rising air
temperatures was more steadily
downward over the study period (1948
to 1999). ‘‘In other words, without wind
forcing, there would still have been a
downward trend in ice extent, albeit
smaller than that observed’’ (Serreze et
al. 2007, pp. 1,533–1,536). Lindsay and
Zhang (2005, cited in Serreze et al.
2007, pp. 1,533–1,536) came to similar
conclusions in their modeling study:
‘‘Rising air temperature reduced ice
thickness, but changes in circulation
also flushed some of the thicker ice out
of the Arctic, leading to more open
water in summer and stronger
absorption of solar radiation in the
upper (shallower depths of the) ocean.
With more heat in the ocean, thinner ice
grows in autumn and winter.’’
Changes in Oceanic Circulation
According to Serreze et al. (2007, pp.
1,533–1,536), it appears that changes in
ocean heat transport have played a role
in declining Arctic sea ice extent in
recent years. Warm Atlantic waters
enter the Arctic Ocean through the Fram
Strait and Barents Sea (Serreze et al.
2007, pp. 1,533–1,536). This water is
denser than colder, fresher (less dense)
Arctic surface waters, and sinks
(subducts) to form an intermediate layer
between depths of 100 and 800 m (328
and 2,624 ft) (Quadfasel et al. 1991)
with a core temperature significantly
above freezing (DeWeaver 2007; Serreze
et al. 2007, pp. 1,533–1,536).
Hydrographic data show increased
import of Atlantic-derived waters in the
early to mid-1990s and warming of this
inflow (Dickson et al. 2000; Visbeck et
al. 2002). This trend has continued,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
characterized by pronounced pulses of
warm inflow (Serreze et al. 2007, pp.
1,533–1,536). For example, strong ocean
warming in the Eurasian Basin of the
Arctic Ocean in 2004 can be traced to
a pulse entering the Norwegian Sea in
1997–1998 and passing through Fram
Strait in 1999 (Polyakov et al. 2007).
The anomaly found in 2004 was tracked
through the Arctic system and took
about 1.5 years to travel from the
Norwegian Sea to the Fram Strait region,
and an additional 4.5–5 years to reach
the Laptev Sea slope (Polyakov et al.
2007).
Polyakov et al. (2007) reported that
mooring-based records and
oceanographic surveys suggest that a
new pulse of anomalously warm water
entered the Arctic Ocean in 2004.
Further Polyakov et al. (2007) stated
that: ‘‘combined with data from the
previous warm anomaly * * * this
information provides evidence that the
Nansen Basin of the Arctic Ocean
entered a new warm state. These two
warm anomalies are progressing
towards the Arctic Ocean interior * * *
but still have not reached the North Pole
observational site. Thus, observations
suggest that the new anomalies will
soon enter the central Arctic Ocean,
leading to further warming of the polar
basin. More recent data, from summer
2005, showed another warm anomaly
set to enter the Arctic Ocean through the
Fram Strait (Walczowski and Piechura
2006). These inflows may promote ice
melt and discourage ice growth along
the Atlantic ice margin (Serreze et al.
2007, pp. 1,533–1,536).
Once Atlantic water enters the Arctic
Ocean, the cold halocline layer (CHL)
separating the Atlantic and surface
waters largely insulates the ice from the
heat of the Atlantic layer. Observations
suggest a retreat of the CHL in the
Eurasian basin in the 1990s (Steele and
Boyd 1998, cited in Serreze et al. 2007,
pp. 1,533–1,536). This likely increased
Atlantic layer heat loss and ice-ocean
heat exchange (Serreze et al. 2007, pp.
1,533–1,536), which would serve to
erode the edge of the sea ice on a yearround basis (C. Bitz, in litt. to the
Service, November 2007). Partial
recovery of the CHL has been observed
since 1998 (Boyd et al. 2002, cited in
Serreze et al. 2007, pp. 1,533–1,536),
and future behavior of the CHL is an
uncertainty in projections of future sea
ice loss (Serreze et al. 2007, pp. 1,533–
1,536).
Synthesis
From the previous discussion, surface
air temperature warming, changes in
atmospheric circulation, and changes in
oceanic circulation have all played a
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28225
role in observed declines of Arctic sea
ice extent in recent years.
According to DeWeaver (2007):
‘‘Lindsay and Zhang (2005) propose a
three-part explanation of sea ice
decline,’’ which incorporates both
natural AO variability and warming
climate. In their explanation, a warming
climate preconditions the ice for decline
as warmer winters thin the ice, but the
loss of ice extent is triggered by natural
variability such as flushing by the AO.
Sea ice loss continues after the flushing
because of the sea-ice albedo feedback
mechanism which warms the sea even
further. In recent years, flushing of sea
ice has continued through other
mechanisms despite a relaxation of the
AO since the late 1990s. The sea-ice
albedo feedback effect is the result of a
reduction in the extent of brighter, more
reflective sea ice or snow, which reflects
solar energy back into the atmosphere,
and a corresponding increase in the
extent of darker, more absorbing water
or land that absorbs more of the sun’s
energy. This greater absorption of
energy causes faster melting, which in
turn causes more warming, and thus
creates a self-reinforcing cycle or
feedback loop that becomes amplified
and accelerates with time. Lindsay and
Zhang (2005, p. 4,892) suggest that the
sea-ice albedo feedback mechanism
caused a tipping point in Arctic sea ice
thinning in the late 1980s, sustaining a
continual decline in sea ice cover that
cannot easily be reversed. DeWeaver
(2007) believes that the work of Lindsay
and Zhang (2005) suggests that the
observed record of sea ice decline is best
interpreted as a combination of internal
variability and external forcing (via
GHGs), and raises the possibility that
the two factors may act in concert rather
than as independent agents.
Evidence that warming resulting from
GHG forcing has contributed to sea ice
declines comes largely from model
simulations of the late 20th century
climate. Serreze et al. (2007, pp. 1,533–
1,536) summarized results from Holland
et al. (2006, pp. 1–5) and Stroeve et al.
(2007, pp. 1–5), and concluded that the
qualitative agreement between model
results and actual observations of sea ice
declines over the PM satellite era is
strong evidence that there is a forced
component to the decline. This is
because each of these models would be
in its own phase of natural variability
and thus could show an increase or
decrease in sea ice, but the fact that they
all show a decrease indicates that more
than natural variability is involved, i.e.,
that external forcing by GHGs is a factor.
In addition, the model results do not
show a decline if they are not forced
with the observed GHGs. Serreze et al.
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
28226
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
(2007, pp. 1,533–1,536) concluded:
‘‘These results provide strong evidence
that, despite prominent contributions of
natural variability in the observed
record, GHG loading has played a role.’’
Hegerl et al. (2007) used a new
approach to reconstruct and attribute a
1,500-year temperature record for the
Northern Hemisphere. Based on their
analysis to detect and attribute
temperature change over that period,
they estimated that about a third of the
warming in the first half of the 20th
century can be attributed to
anthropogenic GHG emissions. In
addition, they estimated that the
magnitude of the anthropogenic signal
is consistent with most of the warming
in the second half of the 20th century
being anthropogenic.
Observed Changes in Other Key
Parameters
Snow Cover on Ice
Northern Hemisphere snow cover, as
documented by satellite over the 1966 to
2005 period, decreased in every month
except November and December, with a
step like drop of 5 percent in the annual
mean in the late 1980s (IPCC 2007, p.
43). April snow cover extent in the
Northern Hemisphere is strongly
correlated with temperature in the
region between 40 and 60 degrees N
Latitude; this reflects the feedback
between snow and temperature (IPCC
2007, p. 43).
The presence of snow on sea ice plays
an important role in the Arctic climate
system (Powell et al. 2006). Arctic sea
ice is covered by snow most of the year,
except when the ice first forms and
during the summer after the snow has
melted (Sturm et al. 2006). Warren et al.
(1999, cited in IPCC 2007 Chapter 4)
analyzed 37 years (1954–1991) of snow
depth and density measurements made
at Soviet drifting stations on multi-year
Arctic sea ice. They found a weak
negative trend for all months, with the
largest being a decrease of 8 cm (3.2 in)
(23 percent) in May.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Precipitation
The Arctic Climate Impact
Assessment (2005) concluded that
‘‘overall, it is probable that there was an
increase in arctic precipitation over the
past century.’’ An analysis of data in the
Global Historical Climatology Network
(GHCN) database indicated a significant
positive trend of 1.4 percent per decade
(ACIA 2005) for the period 1900 through
2003. New et al. (2001, cited in ACIA
2005)) used uncorrected records and
found that terrestrial precipitation
averaged over the 60 degree to 80 degree
N latitude band exhibited an increase of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
0.8 percent per decade over the period
from 1900 to 1998. In general, the
greatest increases were observed in
autumn and winter (Serreze et al. 2000).
According to the ACIA (2005)
calculations: (1) during the Arctic
warming in the first half of the 20th
century (1900–1945), precipitation
increased by about 2 percent per
decade, with significant positive trends
in Alaska and the Nordic region; (2)
during the two decades of Arctic cooling
(1946–1965), the high-latitude
precipitation increase was roughly 1
percent per decade, but there were large
regional contrasts with strongly
decreasing values in western Alaska, the
North Atlantic region, and parts of
Russia; and (3) since 1966, annual
precipitation has increased at about the
same rate as during the first half of the
20th century. The ACIA report (2005)
notes that these trends are in general
agreement with results from a number of
regional studies (e.g., Karl et al. 1993;
Mekis and Hogg 1999; Groisman and
Rankova 2001; Hanssen-Bauer et al.
1997; F2005
21:43 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
Of the various types of climate
models, the Atmosphere-Ocean General
Circulation Models (AOGCMs, also
known as General Circulation Models
(GCMs)) are acknowledged as the
principal and most rapidly-developing
tools for simulating the response of the
global climate system to various GHG
and aerosol emission scenarios. The
climates simulated by these models
have been verified against observations
in several model intercomparison
programs (e.g., Achuta Rao et al. 2004;
Randall et al. 2007) and have been
found to be generally realistic
(DeWeaver 2007). Additional
confidence in model simulations comes
from experiments with a hierarchy of
simpler models, in which the dominant
processes represented by climate
models (e.g., heat and momentum
transport by mid-latitude weather
systems) can be isolated and studied
(DeWeaver 2007).
For projected changes in climate and
Arctic sea ice conditions, our proposed
rule (72 FR 1064) relied primarily on
results in the IPCC’s Third Assessment
Report (TAR) (IPCC 2001b), the Arctic
Climate Impact Assessment (ACIA 2005,
p. 99), and selected peer-reviewed
papers (e.g., Johannessen et al. 2004;
Holland et al. 2006, pp. 1–5). The IPCC
TAR used results derived from 9AOGCM ensemble (i.e, averaged results
from 9 AOGCMs) and three SRES
emissions scenarios (A2, B2, and IS92a).
The ACIA (2005, p. 99) used a 5AOGCM ensemble under two SRES
emissions scenarios (A2 and B2);
however, the B2 emissions scenario was
chosen as the primary scenario for use
in ACIA analyses (ACIA 2005). These
reports relied on ensembles rather than
single models, because ‘‘no one model
can be chosen as ’best’ and it is
important to use results from a range of
models’’ (IPCC 2001, Chapter 8). The
other peer-reviewed papers used in the
proposed rule (72 FR 1064) tend to
report more-detailed results from a one
or two model simulations using one
SRES scenario.
After the proposed rule was published
(72 FR 1064), the IPCC released its
Fourth Assessment Report (AR4) (IPCC
2007), a detailed assessment of current
and predicted future climates around
the globe. Projected changes in climate
and Arctic sea ice conditions presented
in the IPCC AR4 have been used
extensively in this final rule. The IPCC
AR4 used results from state-of-the-art
climate models that have been
substantially improved over the models
used in the IPCC TAR and ACIA reports
(M. Holland, NCAR, in litt. to the
Service, 2007; DeWeaver 2007). In
addition, the IPCC AR4 used results
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28227
from a greater number of models (23)
than either the IPCC TAR or ACIA
reports. ‘‘This larger number of models
running the same experiments allows
better quantification of the multi-model
signal as well as uncertainty regarding
spread across the models, and also
points the way to probabilistic estimates
of future climate change’’ (IPCC 2007, p.
761). Finally, the IPCC AR4 used a
greater number of emissions scenarios
(4) than either the IPCC TAR or ACIA
reports. The emission scenarios
considered in the AR4 include A2, A1B,
and B1, as well as a ‘‘year 2000 constant
concentration’’ scenario; this choice was
made solely due to the limited
computational resources for multimodel simulations using comprehensive
AOGCMs, and ‘‘does not imply any
preference or qualification of these three
scenarios over the others’’ (IPCC 2007,
p.761). For all of these reasons, there is
considerable confidence that the
AOGCMs used in the IPCC AR4 provide
credible quantitative estimates of future
climate change, particularly at
continental scales and above (IPCC
2007, p. 591), and we have determined
that these results are rightly included in
the category of best available scientific
information upon which to base a listing
decision for the polar bear.
In addition to the IPCC AR4 results,
this final rule utilizes results from a
large number of peer-reviewed papers
(e.g., Parkinson et al. 2006; Zhang and
Walsh 2006; Arzel et al. 2006; Stroeve
et al. 2007, pp. 1–5; Holland et al. 2006,
pp. 1–5; Wang et al. 2007, pp. 1,093–
1,107; Overland and Wang 2007a, pp. 1–
7; Chapman and Walsh 2007) that
provide more detailed information on
climate change projections for the
Arctic.
Uncertainty in Climate Models
The fundamental physical laws
reflected in climate models are well
established, and the models are broadly
successful in simulating present-day
climate and recent climate change (IPCC
2007, cited in DeWeaver 2007). For
Arctic sea ice, model simulations
unanimously project declines in areal
coverage and thickness due to increased
GHG concentrations (DeWeaver 2007).
They also agree that GHG-induced
warming will be largest in the high
northern latitudes and that the loss of
sea ice will be much larger in summer
than in winter (Meehl et al. 2007, cited
in DeWeaver 2007). However, despite
the qualitative agreement among climate
model projections, individual model
results for Arctic sea ice decline span a
considerable range (DeWeaver 2007).
Thus, projections from models are often
expressed in terms of the typical
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28228
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
behavior of a group (ensemble) of
simulations (e.g., Arzel et al. 2006; Flato
et al. 2004; Holland et al. 2006, pp. 1–
5).
DeWeaver (2007) presents a detailed
analysis of uncertainty associated with
climate models and their projections for
Arctic sea ice conditions. He concludes
that two main sources of uncertainty
should be considered in assessing Arctic
sea ice simulations: uncertainties in the
construction of climate models and
unpredictable natural variability of the
climate system. DeWeaver (2007) states
that while most aspects of climate
simulations have some degree of
uncertainty, projections of Arctic
climate change have relatively higher
uncertainty. This higher level of
uncertainty is, to some extent, a
consequence of the smaller spatial scale
of the Arctic, since climate simulations
are believed to be more reliable at
continental and larger scales (Meehl et
al. 2007, IPCC 2007, both cited in
DeWeaver 2007). The uncertainty is also
a consequence of the complex processes
that control the sea ice, and the
difficulty of representing these
processes in climate models. The same
processes which make Arctic sea ice
highly sensitive to climate change, the
ice-albedo feedback in particular, also
make sea ice simulations sensitive to
any uncertainties in model physics (e.g.,
the representation of Arctic clouds)
(DeWeaver 2007).
DeWeaver (2007) also discusses
natural variability of the climate system.
He states that the atmosphere, ocean,
and sea ice comprise a ‘‘nonlinear
chaotic system’’ with a high level of
natural variability unrelated to external
climate forcing. Thus, even if climate
models perfectly represented all climate
system physics and dynamics, inherent
climate unpredictability would limit our
ability to issue highly, detailed forecasts
of climate change, particularly at
regional and local spatial scales, into the
middle and distant future (DeWeaver
2007).
DeWeaver (2007) states that the
uncertainty in model simulations
should be assessed through detailed
model-to-model and model-toobservation comparisons of sea ice
properties like thickness and coverage.
In principle, inter-model sea ice
variations are attributable to differences
in model construction, but attempts to
relate simulation differences to specific
model differences generally have not
been successful (e.g., Flato et al. 2004,
cited in DeWeaver 2007). A practical
consequence of uncertainty in climate
model simulations of sea ice is that a
mean and spread of an ensemble of
simulations should be considered in
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
deciding the likely fate of Arctic sea ice.
Some model-to-model variation (or
spread) in future sea ice behaviors is
expected even among high-quality
simulations due to natural variability,
but spread that is a consequence of poor
simulation quality should be avoided.
Thus, it is desirable to define a selection
criterion for membership in the
ensemble, so that only those models that
demonstrate sufficient credibility in
present-day sea ice simulation are
included. Fidelity in sea ice hindcasts
(i.e., the ability of models to accurately
simulate past to present-day sea ice
conditions) is an important
consideration. This same perspective is
shared by other researchers, including
Overland and Wang (2007a, p. 1), who
state: ‘‘Our experience (Overland and
Wang 2007b) as well as others (Knutti
et al. 2006) suggest that one method to
increase confidence in climate
projections is to constrain the number of
models by removal of major outliers
through validating historical
simulations against observations. This
requirement is especially important for
the Arctic.’’
Projection Results in the IPCC TAR and
ACIA
This section briefly summarizes the
climate model projections of the IPCC
TAR and the ACIA, the principal reports
used in the proposed rule (72 FR 1064),
while the following section presents
detailed results published subsequent to
those reports, including in the IPCC
AR4.
All models in the IPCC TAR predicted
continued Arctic warming and
continued decreases in the Arctic sea
ice cover in the 21st century due to
increasing global temperatures, although
the level of increase varied between
models. The TAR projected a global
mean temperature increase of 1.4 degree
C by the mid-21st century compared to
the present climate for both the A2 and
B2 scenarios (IPCC 2001b). Toward the
end of the 21st century (2071 to 2100),
the mean change in global average
surface air temperature, relative to the
period 1961–1990, was projected to be
3.0 degrees C (with a range of 1.3 to 4.5
degrees C) for the A2 scenario, and 2.2
degrees C (with a range of 0.9 to 3.4
degrees C) for the B2 scenario. Relative
to glacier and sea ice change, the TAR
reported that ‘‘The representation of seaice processes continues to improve,
with several climate models now
incorporating physically based
treatments of ice dynamics * * *.
Glaciers and ice caps will continue their
widespread retreat during the 21st
century and Northern Hemisphere snow
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
cover and sea ice are projected to
decrease further.’’
The ACIA concluded that, for both the
A2 and B2 emissions scenarios, models
projected mean temperature increases of
2.5 degrees C for the region north of 60
degrees N latitude by the mid-21st
century (ACIA 2005, p. 100). By the end
of the 21st century, Arctic temperature
increases were projected to be 7 degrees
C and 5 degrees C for the A2 and B2
scenarios, respectively, compared to the
present climate (ACIA 2005, p. 100).
Greater warming was projected for the
autumn and winter than for the summer
(ACIA 2005, p. 100).
The ACIA utilized projections from
the five ACIA-designated AOGCMs to
evaluate changes in sea ice conditions
for three points in time (2020, 2050, and
2080) relative to the climatological
baseline (2000) (ACIA 2005, p. 192). In
2020, the duration of the sea ice freezing
period was projected to be shorter by 10
days; winter sea ice extent was expected
to decline by 6 to 10 percent from
baseline conditions; summer sea ice
extent was expected to decline such that
continental shelves were likely to be ice
free; and there would be some reduction
in multi-year ice, especially on shelves
(ACIA 2005, Table 9.4). In 2050, the
duration of the sea ice freezing period
was projected to be shorter by 15 to 20
days; winter sea ice extent was expected
to decline by 15 to 20 percent; summer
sea ice extent was expected to decline
30 to 50 percent from baseline
conditions; and there would be
significant loss of multi-year ice, with
no multi-year ice on shelves. In 2080,
the duration of the sea ice freezing
period was projected to be shorter by 20
to 30 days; winter sea ice extent was
expected to decline such that there
probably would be open areas in the
high Arctic (Barents Sea and possibly
Nansen Basin); summer sea ice extent
was expected to decline 50 to 100
percent from baseline conditions; and
there would be little or no multi-year
ice.
According to ACIA (2005, p. 193), one
model indicated an ice-free Arctic
during September by the mid-21st
century, but this model simulated less
than half of the observed September seaice extent at the start of the 21st century.
None of the other models projected icefree summers in the Arctic by 2100,
although the sea-ice extent projected by
two models decreased to about onethird of initial (2000) and observed
September values by 2100.
Projection Results in the IPCC AR4 and
Additional Projections
The IPCC AR4, released a few months
after publication of our proposed listing
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
due to climate change that is already
committed (IPCC 2007, p. 749). By the
mid-21st century (2046–2065), the
choice of SRES scenario becomes more
important for globally averaged surface
air temperature warming (with increases
of 1.3 degree C for the B1 scenario, 1.8
degree C for A1B, and 1.7 degree C for
A2). During this time period, about a
third of that warming is projected to be
due to climate change that is already
committed (IPCC 2007, p. 749).
The ‘‘limited sensitivity’’ of the
results is because the state-of-the-art
climate models used in the AR4 have
known physics in connecting increases
in GHGs to temperature increases
through radiation processes (Overland
and Wang 2007a, pp. 1–7, cited in J.
Overland, NOAA, in litt. to the Service,
2007), and the GHG levels used in the
SRES emissions scenarios are relatively
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
similar until around 2040–2050 (see
Figure 5). Because increases in GHGs
have lag effects on climate and
projections of GHG emissions can be
extrapolated with greater confidence
over the next few decades, model results
projecting out for the next 40 to 50 years
(near-term climate change estimates)
have greater credibility than results
projected much further into the future
(long-term climate change) (J. Overland,
NOAA, in litt. to the Service, 2007).
Thus, the uncertainty associated with
emissions is relatively smaller for the
45-year ‘‘foreseeable future’’ for the
polar bear listing. After 2050,
uncertainty associated with various
climate mechanisms and policy/societal
changes begins to increase, as reflected
in the larger confidence intervals
around the trend lines in Figure 5
beyond 2050.
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
ER15MY08.006
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
rule for the polar bear (72 FR 1064),
presents results from state-of-the-art
climate models that are substantially
improved over models used in the IPCC
TAR and ACIA reports (M. Holland,
NCAR, in litt. to the Service FWS, 2007;
DeWeaver 2007). Results of the AR4 are
presented in this section, followed by
discussion of several key, peer-reviewed
articles that discuss results presented in
the AR4 in greater detail or use AR4
simulations to conduct additional, indepth analyses.
In regard to surface air temperature
changes, the IPCC AR4 states that the
range of expected globally averaged
surface air temperature warming shows
limited sensitivity to the choice of SRES
emissions scenarios for the early 21st
century (between 0.64 and 0.69 degrees
C for 2011 to 2030 compared to 1980 to
1999, a range of only 0.05 °C), largely
28229
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28230
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
However, even if GHG emissions had
stabilized at 2000 levels, the global
climate system would already be
committed to a warming trend of about
0.1 degree C per decade over the next
two decades, in the absence of large
changes in volcanic or solar forcing.
Meehl et al. (2006) conducted climate
change scenario simulations using the
Community Climate System Model,
version 3 (CCSM3, National Center for
Atmospheric Research), with all GHG
emissions stabilized at 2000 levels, and
found that the global climate system
would already be committed to 0.40
degree C more warming by the end of
the 21st century.
With respect to warming in the Arctic
itself, the AR4 concludes: ‘‘At the end
of the 21st century, the projected annual
warming in the Arctic is 5 degrees C,
estimated by the multi-model A1B
ensemble mean projection’’ (see IPCC
2007, p. 908, Fig. 11.21). The acrossmodel range for the A1B scenario varied
from 2.8 to 7.8 degrees C. Larger mean
warming was found for the A2 scenario
(5.9 degrees C), and smaller mean
warming was found for the B1 scenario
(3.4 degrees C); both with proportional
across-model ranges. Chapman and
Walsh (2007, cited IPCC 2007, p. 904)
concluded that the across-model and
across-scenario variability in the
projected temperatures are both
considerable and of comparable
amplitude.
In regard to changes in sea ice, the
IPCC AR4 concludes that, under the
A1B, A2, and B1 SRES emissions
scenarios, large parts of the Arctic
Ocean are expected to be seasonally ice
free by the end of the 21st century (IPCC
2007, p. 73). Some projections using the
A2 and A1B scenarios achieve a
seasonally ice-free Arctic by as early as
2080–2090 (IPCC 2007, p.771, Figure
10.13a, b). Sea ice reductions are greater
in summer than winter, thus it is
summer sea ice cover that is projected
to be lost in some models by 2080–2090,
not winter sea ice cover. The reduction
in sea ice cover is accelerated by
positive feedbacks in the climate
system, including the ice-albedo
feedback (which allows open water to
receive more heat from the sun during
summer, the insulating effect of sea ice
is reduced and the increase in ocean
heat transport to the Arctic further
reduces ice cover) (IPCC 2007, p. 73).
While the conclusions of the IPCC
TAR and AR4 are similar with respect
to the Arctic, the confidence level
associated with independent reviews of
AR4 is greater, owing to improvements
in the models used and the greater
number of models and emissions
scenarios considered (J. Overland,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
NOAA, in litt. to the Service, 2007).
Climate models still have challenges
modeling some of the regional
differences caused by changing decadal
climate patterns (e.g., Arctic
Oscillation). To help improve the
models further, the evaluation of AR4
models has been on-going both for how
well they represent conditions in the
20th century and how their predicted
results for the 21st century compare
(Parkinson et al. 2006; Zhang and Walsh
2006; Arzel et al. 2006; Stroeve et al.
2007, pp. 1–5; Holland et al. 2006, pp.
1–5; Wang et al. 2007, pp. 1,093–1,107;
Chapman and Walsh 2007).
Arzel et al. (2006) and Zhang and
Walsh (2006) evaluate the sea ice results
from the IPCC AR4 models in more
detail. Arzel et al. (2006) investigated
projected changes in sea ice extent and
volume simulated by 13 AOGCMs (also
known as GCMs) driven by the SRES
A1B emissions scenario. They found
that the models projected an average
relative decrease in sea ice extent of
15.4 percent in March, 61.7 percent in
September, and 27.7 percent on an
annual basis when comparing the
periods 1981–2000 and 2081–2100; the
average relative decrease in sea ice
volume was 47.8 percent in March, 78.9
percent in September, and 58.8 percent
on an annual basis when comparing the
periods 1981–2000 and 2081–2100.
More than half the models (7 of 13)
reach ice-free September conditions by
2100, as reported in some previous
studies (Gregory et al. 2002,
Johannessen et al. 2004, both cited in
Arzel et al. 2006).
Zhang and Walsh (2006) investigated
changes in sea ice area simulated by 14
AOGCMs driven by the SRES A1B, A2,
and B1 emissions scenarios. They found
that the annual mean sea ice area during
the period 2080–2100 would be
decreased by 31.1 percent in the A1B
scenario, 33.4 percent in the A2
scenario, and 21.6 percent in the B1
scenario relative to the observed sea ice
area during the period 1979–1999. They
further determined that the area of
multi-year sea ice during the period
2080–2100 would be decreased by 59.7
percent in the A1B scenario, 65.0
percent in the A2 scenario, and 45.8
percent in the B1 scenario relative to the
ensemble mean multi-year sea ice area
during the period 1979–1999.
Dumas et al. (2006) generated
projections of future landfast ice
thickness and duration for nine sites in
the Canadian Arctic and one site on the
Labrador coast using the Canadian
Centre for Climate Modelling and
Analysis global climate model (CGCM2).
For the Canadian Arctic sites the mean
maximum ice thickness is projected to
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
decrease by roughly 30 cm (11.8 in)
from 1970–1989 to 2041–2060 and by
roughly 50–55 cm (19.7–21.7 in) from
1970–1989 to 2081–2100. Further, they
projected a reduction in the duration of
sea ice cover of 1 and 2 months by
2041–2060 and 2081–2100, respectively,
from the baseline period of 1970–1989.
In addition simulated changes in freezeup and break-up revealed a 52-day later
freeze-up and 30-day earlier break-up by
2081–2100.
Holland et al. (2006, pp. 1–5)
analyzed an ensemble of seven
projections of Arctic summer sea ice
from the Community Climate System
Model, version 3 (CCSM3; National
Center for Atmospheric Research, USA)
utilizing the SRES A1B emissions
scenario. CCSM3 is the model that
performed best in simulating the actual
observations for Arctic ice extent over
the PM satellite era (Stroeve et al. 2007,
pp. 1–5). Holland et al. (2006, pp. 1–5)
found that the CCSM3 simulations
compared well to actual observations for
Arctic ice extent over the PM satellite
era, including the rate of its recent
retreat. They also found that the
simulations did not project that sea ice
retreat would continue at a constant rate
into the future. Instead, the CCSM3
simulations indicate abrupt shifts in the
ice cover, with one CCSM3 simulation
showing an abrupt transition starting
around 2024 with continued rapid
retreat for around 5 years. Every CCSM3
run had at least one abrupt event (an
abrupt event being defined as a time
when a 5-year running mean exceeded
three times the 2001–2005 observed
retreat) in the 21st century, indicating
that near ice-free Septembers could be
reached within 30–50 years from now.
Holland et al. (2006, pp. 1–5) also
discussed results from 15 additional
models used in the IPCC AR4, and
concluded that 6 of 15 other models
‘‘exhibit abrupt September ice retreat in
the A1B scenario runs.’’ The length of
the transition varied from 3 to 8 years
among the models. Thus, in these model
simulations, it was found that once the
Arctic ice pack thins to a vulnerable
state, natural variability can trigger an
abrupt loss of the ice cover so that
seasonally ice-free conditions can
happen within a decade’s time (J.
Stroeve, in litt. to the Service, November
2007).
Finally, Holland et al. (2006, pp. 1–5)
noted that the emissions scenario used
in the model affected the likelihood of
future abrupt transitions. In models
using the SRES B1 scenario (i.e., with
GHG levels increasing at a slower rate),
only 3 of 15 models show abrupt
declines lasting from 3 to 5 years. In
models using the A2 scenario (i.e., with
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
GHG levels increasing at a faster rate),
7 of 11 models with available data
obtain an abrupt retreat in the ice cover;
the abrupt events last from 3 to 10 years
(Holland et al. 2006, pp. 1–5).
In order to increase confidence in
climate model projections, several
studies have sought to constrain the
number of models used by validating
climate change in the models
simulations against actual observations
(Knutti et al. 2006; Hall and Ou 2006).
The concept is to create a shorter list of
‘‘higher confidence’’ models by
removing outlier model projections that
do not perform well when compared to
20th century observational data
(Overland and Wang 2007a, pp. 1–7).
This has been done for temperatures
(Wang et al. 2007, pp. 1,093–1,107), sea
ice (Overland and Wang 2007a, pp. 1–
7; Stroeve et al. 2007, pp. 1–5), and sea
level pressure (SLP; defined as
atmospheric pressure at sea level) and
precipitation (Walsh and Chapman,
pers. comm. with J. Overland, NOAA,
cited in litt. to the Service, 2007).
Overland and Wang (2007a, pp. 1–7)
investigated future regional reductions
in September sea ice area utilizing a
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
subset of AR4 models that closely
simulate observed regional ice
concentrations for 1979–1999 and were
driven by the A1B emissions scenario.
They used a selection criterion, similar
to Stroeve et al. (2007, pp. 1–5), to
constrain the number of models used by
removing outliers so as to increase
confidence in the projections used. Out
of an initial set of 20 potential models,
11 models were retained for the Arcticwide area, 4 were retained for the Kara/
Laptev Sea area, 8 were retained for the
East Siberian/Chukchi Sea, and 11 were
retained for the Beaufort Sea (Overland
and Wang 2007a, pp. 1–7). Using these
constrained subsets, Overland and
Wang (2007a, pp. 1–7) found that there
is: ‘‘considerable evidence for loss of sea
ice area of greater than 40 percent by
2050 in summer for the marginal seas of
the Arctic basin. This conclusion is
supported by consistency in the
selection of the same models across
different regions, and the importance of
thinning ice and increased open water
at mid-century to the rate of ice loss.’’
More specifically, Overland and Wang
(2007a, pp. 1–7) found that ‘‘By 2050, 7
of 11 models estimate a loss of 40
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28231
percent or greater of summer Arctic ice
area. Six of 8 models show a greater
than 40 percent ice loss in the East
Siberian/Chukchi Seas and 7 of 11
models show this loss for the Beaufort
Sea. The percentage of models with
major ice loss could be considered
higher, as two of the models that retain
sea ice are from the same Canadian
source and thus cannot be considered to
be completely independent. These
results present a consistent picture:
there is a substantial loss of sea ice for
most models and regions by 2050’’ (see
Figure 6). With less confidence, they
found that the Bering, Okhotsk, and
Barents seas have a similar 40 percent
loss of sea ice area by 2050 in winter;
Baffin Bay/Labrador shows little change
compared to current conditions
(Overland and Wang 2007a, pp. 1–7).
Overland and Wang (2007a, pp. 1–7)
also note that the CCSM3 model
(Holland et al. 2006, pp. 1–5) is one of
the models with the most rapid ice loss
in the 21st century; this model is also
one of the best at simulating historical
20th century observations (also see
Figure 12 in DeWeaver (2007)).
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
DeWeaver (2007), applying a similar
conceptual approach as Overland and
Wang (2007a, pp. 1–7) and Stroeve et al.
(2007, pp. 1–5), used a selection
criterion to construct an ensemble of 10
climate models that most accurately
depicted sea-ice extent, from the 20
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
models that contributed sea ice data to
the AR4. This 10-model ensemble was
used by the USGS for assessing
potential polar bear habitat loss (Durner
et al. 2007). DeWeaver’s selection
criterion was to include only those
models for which the mean 1953–1995
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
simulated September sea ice extent is
within 20 percent of its actual observed
value (as taken from the Hadley Center
Sea Ice and Sea Surface Temperature
(HadISST) data set (Raynor et al. 2003)).
DeWeaver (2007) then investigated the
future performance of his 10-model
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
ER15MY08.007
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28232
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
simulations for the the period 1953–
1995 had to be within 20 percent of
observations). The observational record
for the Arctic by Stroeve et al. (2007, pp.
1–5) made use of a blended record of
PM satellite-era (post November 1978)
and pre-PM satellite era data (early
satellite observation, aircraft and ship
reports) described by Meier et al. (2007,
pp. 428–434) and spanning the years
1953–2006 (Stroeve et al. 2007, pp. 1–
5).
Stroeve et al.’s (2007, pp. 1–5) results
revealed that the observed trend of
September sea ice from 1953–2006 (a
decline of 7.8 ± 0.6 percent per decade)
is three times larger than the 13-model
mean trend (a decline of 2.5 ± 0.2
percent per decade). In addition, none
of the 13 models or their individual
ensemble members has trends in
September sea ice as large as the
observed trend for the entire observation
period (1953–2006) or the 11-year
period 1995–2006 (Stroeve et al. 2007,
pp. 1–5) (see Figure 7). March sea ice
trends are not as dramatic, but the
modeled decreases are still smaller than
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
observed (Stroeve et al. 2007, pp. 1–5).
Stroeve et al. (2007, pp. 1–5) offer two
alternative interpretations to explain the
discrepancies between the modeled
results and the observational record.
The first is that the ‘‘observed
September trend is a statistically rare
event and imprints of natural variability
strongly dominate over any effect of
GHG loading’’ (Stroeve et al. 2007, pp.
1–5). The second is that, if one accepts
that the suite of simulations is a
representative sample, ‘‘the models are
deficient in their response to
anthropogenic forcing’’ (Stroeve et al.
2007, pp. 1–5). Although there is some
evidence that natural variability is
influencing the sea ice decrease, Stroeve
et al. (2007, pp. 1–5) believe that ‘‘while
IPCC AR4 models incorporate many
improvements compared to their
predecessors, shortcomings remain’’
(Stroeve et al. 2007, pp. 1–5) when they
are applied to the Arctic climate system,
particularly in modeling Arctic
Oscillation variability and accurately
parameterizing sea ice thickness.
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
ER15MY08.008
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
ensemble driven by the SRES A1B
emissions scenario. He found that: all 10
models projected declines of September
sea ice extent of over 30 percent by the
middle of the 21st century (i.e., 2045–
2055); 4 of 10 models projected declines
September sea ice in excess of 80
percent by mid-21st century; and 7 of 10
models lose over 97 percent of their
September sea ice by the end of the 21st
century (i.e., 2090–2099) (DeWeaver
2007).
Stroeve et al. (2007, pp. 1–5)
compared observed Arctic sea ice extent
from 1953–2006 with 20th and 21st
century simulation results from an
ensemble of 18 AR4 models forced with
the SRES A1B emission scenario. Like
Overland and Wang (2007a) and
DeWeaver (2007), Stroeve et al. (2007,
pp. 1–5) applied a selection criterion to
limit the number of models used for
comparison. Of the original 18 models
in the ensemble, 13 were selected
because their performance simulating
20th century September sea ice extent
satisfied the selection criterion
established by the authors (i.e., model
28233
28234
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
The observational record indicates
that current summer sea ice losses
appear to be about 30 years ahead of the
ensemble of modeled values, which
suggests that a transition towards a
seasonally ice-free Arctic might occur
sooner than the models indicate (J.
Stroeve, in litt. to the Service, November
2007). However, Stroeve et al. (2007, pp.
1–5) note that the two models that best
match observations over the PM satellite
era-CCSM3 and UKMO_HADGEM1
(Hadley Center for Climate Prediction
and Research, UK)-incorporate
relatively sophisticated sea ice models
(McLaren et al. 2006 and Meehl et al.
2006, both cited in Stroeve et al. 2007,
pp. 1–5). The same two models were
mentioned by Gerdes and Koberle
(2007) as having the most realistic sea
ice thickness simulations. If only the
results of CCSM3 are considered, as in
Holland et al. (2006, pp. 1–5), model
simulations compare well to actual
observations for Arctic ice extent over
the PM satellite era, including the rate
of its recent retreat, and simulations of
future conditions indicate that near icefree Septembers could be reached
within 30–50 years from now. If the
record ice losses from the summer of
2007 are considered, it appears more
likely the transition towards a seasonal
ice cover will occur during the first half
of this century (Stroeve et al. 2007, pp.
1–5) (see Figure 7). DeWeaver (2007)
cautions that reliance on a multi-model
ensemble is preferred to a single model,
because the ensemble represents a
balance between the desire to focus on
the most credible models and the
competing desire to retain a large
enough sample to assess the spread of
possible outcomes.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Projected Changes in Other Parameters
Air Temperature
As previously noted, IPCC AR4
simulations using a multi-model
ensemble and the A1B emissions
scenario project that, at the end of the
21st century (i.e., the period 2080–
2099), the Arctic will be approximately
5 degrees C warmer, on an annual basis,
than in the earlier part of 20th century
(i.e., the period 1980–1999) (IPCC 2007,
p. 904). Larger mean warming of 5.9
degrees C is projected for the A2
scenario, while smaller mean warming
of 3.4 degrees C is projected for the B1
scenario. J. Overland (NOAA, in litt. to
the Service, 2007) and associates
recently estimated Arctic land
temperatures north of 60 degrees N
latitude out to 2050 for the 12 models
selected in Wang et al. (2007, pp. 1,093–
1,107). The average warming from this
reduced set of models is an increase of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
3 degrees C in surface temperatures; the
range of model projections is 2–4
degrees C, which is an estimate of the
range of uncertainly in scientists’ ability
to model Arctic climate. An increase in
surface temperatures of 3 degrees C by
2050 will have a major impact on the
timing of snowmelt timing (i.e., will
lead to earlier snowmelt) (J. Overland,
NOAA, in litt. to the Service, 2007).
Precipitation
The IPCC AR4 simulations show a
general increase in precipitation over
the Arctic at the end of the 21st century
(i.e., the period 2080–2099) in
comparison to the 20th century (i.e., the
period 1980–1999) (IPCC 2007, p. 906).
According to the AR4 report (IPCC 2007,
p. 906), ‘‘the precipitation increase is
robust among the models and
qualitatively well understood, attributed
to the projected warming and related
increased moisture convergence.’’
Differences between the projections for
different emissions scenarios are small
in the first half of the 21st century but
increase later. ‘‘The spatial pattern of
the projected change shows the greatest
percentage increase over the Arctic
Ocean (30 to 40 percent) and smallest
(and even slight decrease) over the
northern North Atlantic (less then 5
percent). By the end of the 21st century,
the projected change in the annual mean
arctic precipitation varies from 10 to 28
percent, with an ensemble median of 18
percent in the A1B scenario’’ (IPCC
2007, p. 906). Larger mean precipitation
increases are found for the A2 scenario
with 22 percent; smaller mean
precipitation increases are found for the
B1 scenario with 13 percent. The
percentage precipitation increase is
largest in winter and smallest in
summer, consistent with the projected
warming. The across-model scatter of
the precipitation projections is
substantial.
Putkonen and Roe (2003) presented
the results of a global climate modeling
effort using an older simulation model
(from the TAR era) that predicted a 40
percent increase in the worldwide area
of land affected by rain-on-snow events
from 1980–1989 to 2080–2089. Rennert
et al. (2008) refined the estimate in
Putkonen and Roe (2003) using daily
data from a 5-member ensemble of the
CCSM3 for the periods 1980–1999 and
2040–2059. The future scenario
indicated increased frequency of rainon-snow events in much of Alaska and
far eastern Siberia. Decreases in rain-onsnow were shown broadly to be due to
projected decreases in snow pack in the
model, not a decrease in rain events.
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Previous Federal Actions
Information about previous Federal
actions for the polar bear can be found
in our proposed rule and 12-month
finding published in the Federal
Register on January 9, 2007 (72 FR
1064), and the ‘‘Summary of Comments
and Recommendations’’ section below.
On April 28, 2008, the United States
District Court for the Northern District
of California ordered us to publish the
final determination on whether the
polar bear should be listed as an
endangered or threatened species by
May 15, 2008. AS part of its order, the
Court ordered us to waive the standard
30-day effective date for the final
determination.
Summary of Comments and
Recommendations
In the January 9, 2007, proposed rule
to list the polar bear as a threatened
species under the Act (72 FR 1064), we
opened a 90-day public comment period
and requested that all interested parties
submit factual reports, information, and
comments that might contribute to
development of a final determination for
polar bear. The public comment period
closed on April 9, 2007. We contacted
appropriate Federal and State agencies,
Alaska Native Tribes and tribal
organizations, governments of polar bear
range countries (Canada, Russian
Federation, Denmark (Greenland) and
Norway), city governments, scientific
organizations, peer reviewers (see
additional discussion below regarding
peer review of proposed rule), and other
interested parties to request comments.
The Secretary of the Interior also
announced the proposed rule and
public comment period in a press
release issued on December 27, 2006.
Newspaper articles appeared in the
Anchorage Daily News, Washington
Post, New York Times, Los Angeles
Times, Wall Street Journal, and many
local or regional papers across the
country, as well as local, national, and
international television and radio news
programs that also notified the public
about the proposed listing and comment
period.
In response to requests from the
public, public hearings were held in
Washington, DC (March 5, 2007),
Anchorage, Alaska (March 1, 2007), and
Barrow, Alaska (March 7, 2007). These
hearings were announced in the Federal
Register of February 15, 2007 (72 FR
7381), and in the Legal Section of the
Anchorage Daily News (February 2,
2007). For the Barrow, Alaska, public
hearing we established teleconferencing
capabilities to provide an opportunity to
receive testimony from outlying
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
communities. The communities of
Kaktovik, Gambell, Kotzebue,
Shishmaref, and Point Lay, Alaska,
participated in this public hearing via
teleconference. The public hearings
were attended by a total of
approximately 305 people.
In addition, the Secretary of the
Interior, at the time the proposal to list
the polar bear as a threatened species
was announced, asked the U.S.
Geological Survey (USGS) to assist the
Service by collecting and analyzing
scientific data and developing models
and interpretations that would enhance
the base of scientific data for the
Service’s use in developing the final
decision. On September 7, 2007, the
USGS provided the Service with its
analyses in the form of nine scientific
reports that analyze and integrate a
series of studies on polar bear
population dynamics, range-wide
habitat use, and changing sea ice
conditions in the Arctic. The Service, in
turn, reopened the public comment
period on September 20, 2007 (72 FR
53749), for 15 days to notify the public
of the availability of these nine reports,
to announce our intent to consider the
reports in making our final listing
determination, and to ask the public for
comments on the reports. On the basis
of numerous requests from the public,
including the State of Alaska, the public
comment period on the nine reports was
extended until October 22, 2007 (72 FR
56979).
While some commenters provided
extensive technical comments on the
reports, a thorough evaluation of
comments received found no significant
scientific disagreement regarding the
adequacy or accuracy of the scientific
information used in the reports. In
general, comments on the nine reports
raised the following themes: assertions
that loss of sea ice reflects natural
variability and not a trend; current
population status or demographics do
not warrant listing; new information
justifies listing as endangered; and
additional information is needed
because of uncertainty associated with
future climate scenarios. Commenters
also re-iterated concerns and issues
raised during the public comment
period on the proposed rule. New,
supplementary information became
available following publication of the
proposed rule that supports the climate
models used in the nine USGS reports,
and helps clarify the relative
contribution of natural variability in
future climate scenarios provided by the
climate models. Comments on the
significance of the status and
demographic information helped clarify
our analyses. We find that the USGS
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
reports, in concert with additional new
information in the literature, clarify our
understanding of polar bears and their
environment and support our initial
conclusions regarding the status of the
species. We believe the information
presented by USGS and other sources
provides a broad and solid scientific
basis for the analyses and findings in
this rule. Technical comments received
from the public on the USGS reports
and our responses to those comments
are available on our website at: https://
alaska.fws.gov/fisheries/mmm/
polarbear/issues.htm.
During the public comment periods,
we received approximately 670,000
comments including letters and post
cards (43,513), e-mail (626,947), and
public hearing testimony (75). We
received comments from Federal
agencies, foreign governments, State
agencies, Alaska Native Tribes and
tribal organizations, Federal
commissions, local governments,
commercial and trade organizations,
conservation organizations, nongovernmental organizations, and private
citizens.
Comments received provided a range
of opinions on the proposed listing, as
follows: (1) unequivocal support for the
listing with no additional information
included; (2) unequivocal support for
the listing with additional information
provided; (3) equivocal support for the
listing with or without additional
information included; (4) unequivocal
opposition to the listing with no
additional information included; and (5)
unequivocal opposition to the listing
with additional information included.
Outside the public comment periods,
we received an additional
approximately 58,000 cards, petitions,
and letters pertaining to the proposed
listing of the polar bear as a threatened
species. We reviewed those submissions
in detail for content and found that they
did not provide information that was
substantively diiferent from what we
had already received. Therefore, we
determined that reopening the comment
period was not necessary.
To accurately review and incorporate
the publicly-provided information in
our final determination, we worked
with the eRulemaking Research Group,
an academic research team at the
University of Pittsburgh that has
developed the Rule-Writer’s Workbench
(RWW) analytical software. The RWW
enhanced our ability to review and
consider the large numbers of
comments, including large numbers of
similar comments, on our proposed
listing, allowing us to identify similar
comments as well as individual ideas,
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28235
data, recommendations, or suggestions
on the proposed listing.
Peer Review of the Proposed Rule
In accordance with our policy
published on July 1, 1994 (59 FR
34270), we solicited expert opinion on
information contained in the proposed
rule from 14 knowledgeable individuals
with scientific expertise that includes
familiarity with the polar bear, the
geographic region in which the polar
bear occurs, Arctic ecology, climatology,
and Traditional Ecological Knowledge
(TEK). The selected polar bear
specialists included scientists from all
polar bear range countries, and who
work in both academia and in
government. The selected climate
scientists are all active in research and
published in Arctic climate systems and
sea ice dynamics. We sought expertise
in TEK from internationally recognized
native organizations.
We received responses from all 14
peer reviewers. Thirteen peer reviewers
found that, in general, the proposed rule
represented a thorough, clear, and
balanced review of the best scientific
information available from both
published and unpublished sources of
the current status of polar bears. The
one exception expressed concern that
the proposed rule was flawed, biased,
and incomplete, that it would do
nothing to address the underlying issues
associated with global warming, and
that a listing would be detrimental to
the Inuit of the Arctic. In addition, peer
reviewers stated that the background
material on the ecology of polar bears
represents a solid overview of the
species’ ecology relevant to the issue of
population status. They also stated that
information about the five natural or
manmade factors that may already have
affected polar bear populations, or may
affect them in the future, is presented
and evaluated in a fair and balanced
way and is based on scientifically sound
data. They further stated that the
information as presented justified the
conclusion that polar bears face threats
throughout their range. Several peer
reviewers provided additional insights
to clarify points in the proposed rule, or
references to recently-published studies
that update material in the proposal.
Several peer reviewers referenced the
Fourth Assessment Report of the
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate
Change (IPCC AR4). Reports from
Working Groups I, II, and III of the IPCC
AR4 were published earlier in 2007, and
the AR4 Synthesis Report was released
in November 2007. The Working Group
I report updates information in the
proposed rule with considerable new
observational information on global
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
28236
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
climate change, as well results from
independent scientific review of the
results from over 20 current-generation
climate models. The significance of the
Working Group I report, as noted by the
peer reviewers with climatological
expertise, is that the spatial resolution
and physics of climate models have
improved such that uncertainties
associated with various model
components, including prescribed ocean
conditions, mobile sea ice, clouds/
radiation, and land/atmosphere
exchanges, have been reduced
significantly from previous-generation
models (i.e., those used in the IPCC
Third Assessment Report).
One peer reviewer recommended that
appropriate effort should be made to
integrate the existing sources of Alaska
native and other indigenous traditional
and contemporary ecological knowledge
(TEK) into our final rule. In addition,
the peer reviewer recommended that we
actively conduct community outreach to
obtain this information from Alaska
villages located within the range of the
polar bear.
One peer reviewer opposed the listing
and asserted that existing regulatory
mechanisms are adequate because the
Inuit people will account for climate
change in setting harvest quotas for
polar bears.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Peer Review Comments
We reviewed all comments received
from peer reviewers for substantive
issues and new information regarding
the proposed designation of the polar
bear as a threatened species. Comments
and responses have been consolidated
into key issues in this section.
Comment PR1: The importance of sea
ice to polar bears is not well articulated
in the proposed rule, and the
consequences of polar bears using land
as an alternative ‘‘platform’’ are
understated.
Our response: We recognize the vital
importance of sea ice as habitat for polar
bears. New information and analyses of
specific sea ice characteristics important
to polar bears has been prepared by
USGS (Durner et al. 2007), and
incorporated into this final rule.
Projections of changes to sea ice and
subsequent effects on resource values to
polar bears during the foreseeable future
have also been included in the analyses
in this final rule (see ‘‘Polar Bear—Sea
Ice Habitat Relationships’’ section). The
consequences of prolonged use of
terrestrial habitats by polar bears are
also discussed in detail in the ‘‘Effects
of Sea Ice Habitat Change on Polar
Bears’’ section of this final rule. We
believe that we have objectively
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
assessed these consequences, and have
not under- or overstated them.
Comment PR2: The importance of
snow cover to successful reproduction
by polar bears and their primary prey,
ringed seals, should receive greater
emphasis.
Our response: We recognize the
importance of snow cover for denning
polar bears and pupping ringed seals.
Additional new information has been
included in the sections on climate and
the section ‘‘Effects of Sea Ice Habitat
Changes on Polar Bear Prey,’’ ‘‘Maternal
Denning Habitat,’’ and ‘‘Access to and
Alteration of Denning Areas’’ sections.
Comment PR3: Harvest programs in
Canada provide conservation benefits
for polar bears and are therefore
important to maintain. In addition,
economic benefits from subsistence
hunting and sport hunting occur.
Our response: We recognize the
important contribution to conservation
that scientifically based sustainable use
programs can have. We further
recognize the past significant benefits to
polar bear management in Canada that
have accrued as a result of the 1994
amendments to the MMPA that allow
U.S. citizens who legally sport-harvest a
polar bear from an MMPA-approved
population in Canada to bring their
trophies back into the United States. In
addition, income from fees collected for
trophies imported into the United States
are directed by statute to support polar
bear research and conservation
programs that have resulted in
conservation benefits to polar bears in
the Chukchi Sea region.
We recognize that hunting provides
direct economic benefits to local native
communities that derive income from
supporting and guiding hunters, and
also to people who conduct sport
hunting programs for U.S. citizens.
However these benefits cannot be and
have not been factored into our listing
decision for the polar bear.
We note that, under the MMPA, the
polar bear will be considered a
‘‘depleted’’ species on the effective date
of this listing. As a depleted species,
imports could only be authorized under
the MMPA if the import enhanced the
survival of the species or was for
scientific research. Therefore,
authorization for the import of sporthunted trophies will no longer be
available under section 104(c)(5) of the
MMPA. Neither the Act nor the MMPA
restricts take beyond the United States
and the high seas, so otherwise legal
take in Canada is not affected by the
threatened listing.
Comment PR4: The ability of polar
bears to adapt to a changing
environment needs to be addressed
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
directly, with a focus on the importance
of rates of environmental change
relative to polar bear generation time.
Our response: We have addressed this
issue by adding a section to the final
rule entitled ‘‘Adaptation’’ under
‘‘Summary of Factors Affecting the Polar
Bear.’’ Information regarding how polar
bears survived previous warming events
is scant, but some evidence indicates
that polar bears survived by altering
their geographic range, rather than
evolving through natural selection. The
pace at which ice conditions are
changing and the long generation time
of polar bears appear to preclude
adaptation of new physiological
mechanisms and physical
characteristics through natural
selection. In addition, the known
current physiological, physical, and
behavioral characteristics of polar bears
suggest that behavioral adaptation will
be insufficient to prevent a pronounced
reduction in polar bear distribution, and
therefore abundance, as a result of
declining sea ice. Current evidence
suggests there is little likelihood that
extended periods of torpor,
consumption of terrestrial foods, or
capture of seals in open water will be
sufficient mechanisms to counter the
loss of sea ice as a platform for hunting
seals. Projections of population trends
based upon habitat availability, as
discussed in the USGS reports by
Durner et al. (2007) and Amstrup et al.
(2007) serve to further clarify the
changes currently occurring, or
expected to occur, as sea ice declines.
Comment PR5: Harvest levels for
some polar bear populations in Nunavut
(Canada) are not sustainable and should
be discussed; however, these concerns
do not materially alter the primary
finding of the proposed rule.
Our response: Although we have
some concerns about the current harvest
levels for some polar populations in
Nunavut, we agree that these concerns
do not materially alter the primary
finding of the proposed rule. As
discussed in Factors B and D, impacts
from sport hunting or harvest are not
threats to the species throughout its
range. We recognize that, as discussed
in detail in this final rule, the
management of polar bears in Canada
and other countries is evolving. We
believe that our evaluation of the
management of the polar bear
populations in Canada, which includes
participation in the annual Canadian
Polar Bear Technical Committee (PBTC)
meeting, provides us with the best
available information upon which to
base future management decisions.
Comment PR6: The most important
aspect relative to climate change is that
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
the most recent assessment of the IPCC
(AR4) includes projections that climate
warming and sea ice decline are likely
to continue. This new information as
well as other new sea ice information
needs to be incorporated into the final
analysis.
Our response: We agree that new
information on climate warming and sea
ice decline, as discussed in the IPCC
AR4 as well as numerous other recent
scientific papers, is of great significance
relative to assessing polar bear habitat
and population status and trends. Our
final analysis has been updated to
incorporate this new information (see
‘‘Sea Ice Habitat’’ and ‘‘Polar Bear—Sea
Ice Habitat Relationships’’ sections).
Comment PR7: Polar bear population
status information needs to highlight
areas of both population decline and
population increase, and the
relationship of the two to overall status
of the species.
Our response: Our final analysis has
been updated with new population
information (see ‘‘Current Population
Status and Trend’’ section).
Comment PR8: The Service did not
consider the impacts of listing the polar
bear on Inuit economies.
Our response: Under section
4(b)(1)(A) of the Act, we must base a
listing decision solely on the best
scientific and commercial data available
as it relates to the listing five factors in
section 4(a)(1) of the Act. The legislative
history of this provision clearly states
the intent of Congress to ensure that
listing decisions are ‘‘* * * based solely
on biological criteria and to prevent
non-biological criteria from affecting
such decisions * * *’’ (House of
Representatives Report Number 97–835,
97th Congress, Second Session 19
(1982)). As further stated in the
legislative history, ‘‘* * * economic
considerations have no relevance to
determinations regarding the status of
species * * *’’ (Id. at 20).
Comment PR9: Concerning sport
hunting, listing will not help reduce
take of polar bears.
Our response: As discussed under
Factors B and D below, we recognize
that sport hunting or other forms of
harvest (both legal and illegal) may be
affecting several polar bear populations,
but we have determined that
overutilization is not a threat to the
species throughout all or a significant
portion of its range. Amstrup et al.
(2007) found that the impact of harvest
on the status of polar bear populations
is far outweighed by the effects of sea
ice losses projected into the future. In
addition, we have concluded that, in
general, national and local management
regimes established for the sustainable
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
harvest of polar bears are adequate. We
have determined that polar bear harvest
by itself, in the absence of declines due
to changes in sea ice habitat, would not
be a sufficient threat to justify listing the
species in all or a significant portion of
its range. However, we have also
concluded that harvest may become a
more important factor in the future for
populations experiencing nutritional
stress.
Comment PR10: Inuit will account for
climate change in setting subsistence
harvest quotas, thus the existing
regulatory mechanism is adequate.
Our response: As discussed in this
final rule (see ‘‘Polar Bear—Sea Ice
Habitat Relationships’’ section), the loss
of sea ice habitat is considered to
threaten the polar bear throughout its
range. Adjusting harvest levels based on
the consequences of habitat loss and
corresponding reduction in physical
condition, recruitment, and survival
rates is prudent and precautionary, and
such adjustments may be addressed
through existing and future harvest
management regimes. However, we find
that these steps will not be sufficient to
offset population declines resulting
from loss of sea ice habitat.
Comment PR11: The proposed rule
does not adequately reflect the state of
traditional and contemporary
indigenous knowledge regarding polar
bears and climate change.
Our response: We have further
expanded this rule to include
information obtained from Kavry’s work
in Chukotka, Russia (Kochnev et al.
2003) and Dowsley and Taylor’s work in
Nunavut, Canada (Dowsley and Taylor
2005), as well as information received
during our public hearings.
Additionally, we have reviewed
information available on polar bears and
climate change from the Alaska Native
Science Commission (https://
www.nativescience.org/issues/
climatechange.htm). Discussion
documents available on their web page
generally support the conclusions
reached in this document; for example,
they observe that: ‘‘Saami are seeing
their reindeer grazing pastures change,
Inuit are watching polar bears waste
away because of a lack of sea ice, and
peoples across the Arctic are reporting
new species, particularly insects’’
(https://www.arcticpeoples.org/
KeyIssues/ClimateChange/Start.html).
Thus, traditional and contemporary
indigenous knowledge recognizes that
climate-related changes are occurring in
the Arctic and that these changes are
negatively impacting polar bears.
Comment PR12: The proposed rule
does not sufficiently question the
reliability of scientific models used.
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28237
Science is not capable of responding to
vague terms such as ‘‘it is likely’’
‘‘foreseeable future.’’
Our response: Literature used in the
proposed rule was the best available
peer-reviewed scientific information at
the time. The proposed rule was based
largely on results presented in the Arctic
Climate Impact Assessment (ACIA
2005) and the IPCC Third Assessment
Report (TAR) (IPCC 2001), plus several
individual peer-reviewed journal
articles. The ACIA and IPCC TAR are
synthesis documents that present
detailed information on climate
observations and projections, and
represent the consensus view of a large
number of climate change scientists.
Thus, they constituted the best scientific
information available at the time the
proposed rule was drafted. The
proposed rule contained a
determination of ‘‘foreseeable future’’
(i.e., 45 years) as it pertains to a possible
listing of polar bears under the Act, and
an explanation of how that 45-year
timeframe was determined. This final
rule contains the same determination of
‘‘foreseeable future’’ (i.e., 45 years), as
well as an explanation of how that 45year timeframe was determined
(through a consideration of reliable data
on changes currently being observed
and projected for the polar bear’s sea ice
habitat, and supported by information
on the life history (generation time) and
population dynamics of polar bears).
Thus, we disagree with the commenter
that this is a vague term.
The final rule has been revised to
reflect the most current scientific
information, including the results of the
IPCC AR4 plus a large number of peerreviewed journal articles. The IPCC AR4
assigns specific probability values to
terms such as ‘‘unlikely,’’ ‘‘likely,’’ and
‘‘very likely.’’ We have attempted to use
those terms in a manner consistent with
how they are used in the IPCC AR4.
We have taken our best effort to
identify the limitations and
uncertainties of the climate models and
their projections used in the proposed
rule. In this final rule, we have provided
a more detailed discussion to ensure a
balanced analysis regarding the causes
and potential impacts of climate change,
and have discussed the limitations and
uncertainties in the information that
provided the basis for our analysis and
decision.
Public Comments
We reviewed all comments received
from the public for substantive issues
and new information regarding the
proposed designation of the polar bear
as a threatened species. Comments and
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
28238
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
responses have been consolidated into
key issues in this section.
Issue 1: Polar Bear Population Decline
Comment 1: Current polar bear
populations are stable or increasing and
the polar bear occupies its entire
historical range. As such, the polar bear
is not in imminent danger of extinction
and, therefore, should not be listed
under the Act.
Our response: We agree that polar
bears presently occupy their available
range and that some polar bear
populations are stable or increasing. As
discussed in the ‘‘Current Population
Status and Trend’’ section of the rule,
two polar bear populations are
designated by the PBSG as increasing
(Viscount Melville Sound and
M’Clintock Channel); six populations
are stable (Northern Beaufort Sea,
Southern Hudson Bay, Davis Strait,
Lancaster Sound, Gulf of Bothia, Foxe
Basin); five populations are declining
(Southern Beaufort Sea, Norwegian Bay,
Western Hudson Bay, Kane Basin,
Baffin Bay), and six populations are
designated as data deficient (Barents
Sea, Kara Sea, Laptev Sea, Chukchi Sea,
Arctic Basin, East Greenland) with no
estimate of trend (Aars et al. 2006). The
two populations with the most
extensive time series of data, Western
Hudson Bay and Southern Beaufort Sea,
are considered to be declining. The two
increasing populations (Viscount
Melville Sound and M’Clintock
Channel) were severely reduced in the
past as a result of overharvest and are
now recovering as a result of
coordinated international efforts and
harvest management.
The current status must be placed in
perspective, however, as many
populations were declining prior to
1973 due to severe overharvest. In the
past, polar bears were harvested
extensively throughout their range for
the economic or trophy value of their
pelts. In response to the population
declines, five Arctic nations (Canada,
Denmark on behalf of Greenland,
Norway, Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics, and the United States),
recognized the polar bear as a
significant resource and adopted an
inter-governmental approach for the
protection and conservation of the
species and its habitat, the 1973
Agreement on the Conservation of Polar
Bears (1973 Agreement). This agreement
limited the use of polar bears for
specific purposes, instructed the Parties
to manage populations in accordance
with sound conservation practices based
on the best available scientific data, and
called the range States to take
appropriate action to protect the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
ecosystems upon which polar bears
depend. In addition, Russia banned
harvest in 1956, harvest quotas were
established in Canada in 1968, and
Norway banned hunting in 1973. With
the passage of the MMPA in 1972, the
United States banned sport hunting of
polar bears and limited the hunt to
Native people for subsistence purposes.
As a result of these coordinated
international efforts and harvest
management leading to a reduction in
harvest, polar bear numbers in some
previously-depressed populations have
grown during the past 30 years.
We have determined that listing the
polar bear as a threatened species under
the Act is appropriate, based on our
evaluation of the actual and projected
effects of the five listing factors on the
species and its habitat. While polar
bears are currently distributed
throughout their range, the best
available scientific information,
including new USGS studies relating
status and trends to loss of sea ice
habitat (Durner et al. 2007; Amstrup et
al. 2007), indicates that the polar bear is
not currently in danger of extinction
throughout all or a significant portion of
their range, but are likely to become so
within the 45-year ‘‘foreseeable future’’
that has been established for this rule.
This satisfies the definition of a
threatened species under the Act;
consequently listing the species as
threatened is appropriate. For additional
information on factors affecting, or
projected to affect, polar bears, please
see the ‘‘Summary of Factors Affecting
the Polar Bear’’ section of this final rule.
Comment 2: The perceived status of
the Western Hudson Bay population is
disputed because data are unreliable,
earlier population estimates cannot be
compared to current estimates, and
factors other than climate change could
contribute to declines in the Western
Hudson Bay population.
Our response: The Western Hudson
Bay population is the most extensively
studied polar bear population in the
world. Long-term demographic and vital
rate (e.g., survival and recruitment) data
on this population exceed those
available for any other polar bear
population. Regehr et al. (2007a) used
the most advanced analysis methods
available to conduct population
analyses of the Western Hudson Bay
population. Trend data demonstrate a
statistically-significant population
decline over time with a substantial
level of precision. The authors
attributed the population decline to
increased natural mortality associated
with earlier sea ice breakup and to the
continued harvest of approximately 40
polar bears per year. Other factors such
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
as the effects of research, tourism
harassment, density dependence, or
shifts in distribution were not
demonstrated to impact this population.
Regehr et al. (2007a) indicated that
overharvest did not cause the
population decline; however, as the
population declined, harvest rates could
have contributed to further depressing
the population. Additional information
has been included in the ‘‘Western
Hudson Bay’’ section of this final rule
that provides additional details on these
points.
Comment 3: The apparent decline in
the Southern Beaufort Sea population is
not significantly different from the
previous population estimate.
Our response: The Southern Beaufort
Sea and Western Hudson Bay
populations are the two most studied
polar bear populations. Regehr et al.
(2006) found no statistically significant
difference between the most recent and
earlier population estimates for the
Southern Beaufort Sea population due
to the large confidence interval for the
earlier population estimate, which
caused the confidence intervals for both
estimates to overlap. However, we note
that the Southern Beaufort Sea
population has already experienced
decreases in cub survival, significant
decreases in body weights for adult
males, and reduced skull measurements
(Regehr et al. 2006; Rode et al. 2007).
Similar changes were documented in
the Western Hudson Bay population
before a statistically significant decline
in that population was documented
(Regehr et al. 2007a). The status of the
Southern Beaufort Sea population was
determined to be declining on the basis
of declines in vital rates, reductions in
polar bear habitat in this area, and
declines in polar bear condition, factors
noted by both the Canadian Polar Bear
Technical Committee (PBTC 2007) and
the IUCN Polar Bear Specialist Group
(Aars et al. 2006).
Comment 4: Population information
from den surveys of the Chukchi Sea
polar bear population is not sufficiently
reliable to provide population estimates.
Our response: We recognize that the
population estimates from previous den
and aerial surveys of the Chukchi Sea
population (Chelintsev 1977; Derocher
et al. 1998; Stishov 1991a, b; Stishov et
al. 1991) are quite dated and have such
wide confidence intervals that they are
of limited value in determining
population levels or trends for
management purposes. What the best
available information indicates is that,
while the status of the Chukchi Sea
population is thought to have increased
following a reduction of hunting
pressure in the United States, this
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
population is now thought to be
declining due primarily to overharvest.
Harvest levels for the past 10–15 years
(150–200 bears per year), which
includes the legal harvest in Alaska and
an illegal harvest in Chukoktka, Russia,
are probably unsustainable. This harvest
level is close to or greater than the
unsustainable harvest levels
experienced prior to 1972 (when
approximately 178 bears were taken per
year). Furthermore, this population has
also been subject to unprecedented
summer/autumn sea ice recessions in
recent years, resulting in a
redistribution of more polar bears to
terrestrial areas in some years. Please
see additional discussion of this
population in the ‘‘Current Population
Status and Trend’’ section of this
document.
Comment 5: Interpretation of
population declines is questionable due,
in some cases, to the age of the data and
in other cases the need for caution due
to perceived biases in data collection.
Our response: We used the best
available scientific information in
assessing population status, recognizing
the limitations of some of the
information. This final rule benefits
from new information on several
populations (Obbard et al. 2007; Stirling
et al. 2007; Regehr et al. 2007a, b) and
additional analyses of the relationship
between polar bear populations and sea
ice habitat (Durner et al. 2007). New
information on population status and
trends is included in the ‘‘Current
Population Status and Trend’’ section of
this rule.
Comment 6: Polar bear health and
fitness parameters do not provide
reliable insights into population trends.
Our response: We recognize there are
limits associated with direct
correlations between body condition
and population dynamics; however
changes in body condition have been
shown to affect reproduction and
survival, which in turn can have
population level effects. For example,
the survival of polar bear cubs-of-theyear has been directly linked to their
weight and the weight of their mothers,
with lower weights resulting in reduced
survival (Derocher and Stirling 1996;
Stirling et al. 1999). Changes in body
condition indices were documented in
the Western Hudson Bay population
before a statistically significant decline
in that population was documented
(Regehr et al. 2007a). Thus, changes in
these indices serve as an ‘‘early
warning’’ that may signal imminent
population declines. New information
from Rode et al. (2007) on the
relationship between polar bear body
condition indices and sea ice cover is
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
also included in the ‘‘Effects of Sea Ice
Habitat Change on Polar Bears’’ section
of this final rule.
Comment 7: Polar bears have survived
previous warming events and therefore
can adapt to current climate changes.
Our response: We have addressed this
issue by adding two sections to the final
rule entitled ‘‘Adaptation’’ and
‘‘Previous Warming Periods and Polar
Bears’’ under ‘‘Summary of Factors
Affecting the Polar Bear.’’ To summarize
these sections, we find that the long
generation time of polar bears and the
known physiological and physical
characteristics of polar bears
significantly constrain their ability to
adapt through behavioral modification
or natural selection to the
unprecedentedly rapid loss of sea ice
habitat that is occurring and is projected
to continue throughout the species’
range. Derocher et al. (2004, p. 163, 172)
suggest that this rate of change will limit
the ability of polar bears to respond and
survive in large numbers. In addition,
polar bears today experience multiple
stressors (e.g., harvest, contaminants, oil
and gas development, and additional
interactions with humans) that were not
present during historical warming
periods. Thus, both the cumulative
effects of multiple stressors and the
rapid rate of climate change today create
a unique and unprecedented challenge
for present-day polar bears in
comparison to historical warming
events. See also above response to
Comment PR4.
Comment 8: Polar bears will adapt
and alternative food sources will
provide nutrition in the future. There
are many food resources that polar bears
could exploit as alternate food sources.
Our response: New prey species could
become available to polar bears in some
parts of their range as climate change
affects prey species distributions.
However, polar bears are uniquely
adapted to hunting on ice and need
relatively large, stable seal populations
to survive (Stirling and ;ritsland 1995).
The best available evidence indicates
that ice-dependent seals (also called
‘‘ice seals’’) are the only species that
would be accessible in sufficient
abundance to meet the high energetic
requirements of polar bears. Polar bears
are not adapted to hunt in open water,
therefore, predation on pelagic (openocean) seals, walruses, and whales, is
not likely due to the energetic effort
needed to catch them in an open-water
environment. Other ice-associated seals,
such as harp or hooded seals, may
expand their ranges and provide a nearterm source of supplemental nutrition
in some areas. Over the long term,
however, extensive periods of open
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28239
water may ultimately stress seals as sea
ice (summer feeding habitat) retreats
further north from southern rookeries.
We found no new evidence suggesting
that seal species with expanding ranges
will be able to compensate for the
nutritional loss of ringed seals
throughout the polar bear’s current
range. Terrestrial food sources (e.g.,
animal carcasses, birds, musk oxen,
vegetation) are not likely to be reliably
available in sufficient amounts to
provide the caloric value necessary to
sustain polar bears. For additional
information on this subject, please see
the expanded discussion of
‘‘Adaptation’’ under ‘‘Summary of
Factors Affecting the Polar Bear.’’
Comment 9: Commenters expressed a
variety of opinions on the determination
of ‘‘foreseeable future’’ for the polar
bear, suggesting factors such as the
number and length of generations as
well as the timeframe over which the
threat can be analyzed be used to
identify an appropriate timeframe.
Our response: ‘‘Foreseeable future’’
for purposes of listing under the Act is
determined on the basis of the best
available scientific data. In this rule, it
is based on the timeframe over which
the best available scientific data allow
us to reliably assess the effect of
threats—principally sea ice loss—on the
polar bear, and is supported by speciesspecific factors, including the species’
life history characteristics (generation
time) and population dynamics. The
timeframe over which the best available
scientific data allow us to reliably assess
the effect of threats on the species is the
critical component for determining the
foreseeable future. In the case of the
polar bear, the key threat is loss of sea
ice, the species’ primary habitat.
Available information, including results
of the IPCC AR4, indicates that climate
change projections over the next 40–50
years are more reliable than projections
over the next 80–90 years. On the basis
of our analysis, as reinforced by
conclusions of the IPCC AR4, we have
determined that climate changes
projected within the next 40–50 years
are more reliable than projections for
the second half of the 21stcentury, for
a number of reasons (see section on
‘‘Projected Changes in Arctic Sea Ice’’
for a detailed explanation). For this final
rule, we have also identified three polar
bear generations (adapted from the
IUCN Red List criteria) or 45 years as an
appropriate timeframe over which to
assess the effects of threats on polar bear
populations. This timeframe is long
enough to take into account multigenerational population dynamics,
natural variation inherent with
populations, environmental and habitat
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
28240
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
changes, and the capacity for ecological
adaptation (Schliebe et al. 2006a). The
45-year timeframe coincides with the
timeframe within which climate model
projections are most reliable. This final
rule provides a detailed explanation of
the rationale for selecting 45 years as the
foreseeable future, including its
relationship to observed and projected
changes in sea ice habitat (as well as the
precision and certainty of the projected
changes) and polar bear life history and
population dynamics. Therefore, this
period of time is supported by speciesspecific aspects of polar bears and the
time frame of projected habitat loss with
the greatest reliability.
One commenter erroneously
identified Congressional intent to limit
foreseeable future to 10 years. We
reviewed the particular document
provided by the commenter-a
Congressional Question & Answer
response, dated September 26, 1972,
which was provided by the U.S.
Department of Commerce’s National
Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration’s Deputy Administrator
Pollock. Rather than expressing
Congressional intent, this
correspondence reflects the Commerce
Department’s perspective at that time
about foreseeable future and not
Congressional intent. Furthermore, Mr.
Pollock’s generic observations in 1972
are not relevant to the best scientific
data available regarding the status of the
polar bear, which has been recognized
by leading polar bear biologists as
having a high degree of reliability out to
2050.
Issue 2: Changes in Environmental
Conditions
Comment 10: An increase in landfast
ice will result in increased seal
productivity and, therefore, increased
feeding opportunities for polar bears.
Our response: We agree that future
feeding opportunities for polar bears
will in part relate to how climate change
affects landfast ice because of its
importance as a platform for ringed seal
lairs. As long as landfast ice is available,
ringed seals probably will be available
to polar bears. Research by RosingAsvid (2006) documented a strong
increase in the number of polar bears
harvested in Greenland during milder
climatic periods when ringed seal
habitat was reduced (less ice cover) and
lair densities were higher because seals
were concentrated; these two factors
provide better spring hunting for polar
bears. In contrast to periodic warming,
however, climate models project
continued loss of sea ice and changes in
precipitation patterns in the Arctic. Seal
lairs require sufficient snow cover for
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
lair construction and maintenance, and
snow cover of adequate quality that
persists long enough to allow pups to
wean prior to onset of the melt period.
Several studies described in this final
rule have linked declines in ringed seal
survival and recruitment with climate
change that has resulted in increased
rain events (which has lead to increased
predation on seals) and decreased
snowfall. Therefore, while polar bears
may initially respond favorably to a
warming climate due to an increased
ability to capture seals, future
reductions in seal populations will
ultimately lead to declines in polar bear
populations. Additional information
was added to the section ‘‘Effects of Sea
Ice Habitat Changes on Polar Bear Prey’’
to clarify this point.
Comment 11: Polar bears will have
increased hunting opportunities as the
amount of marginal, unconsolidated sea
ice increases.
Our response: Marginal ice occurs at
the edge of the polar basin pack ice; ice
is considered unconsolidated when
concentrations decline to less than 50
percent. The ability of polar bears to
catch a sufficient number of seals in
marginal sea ice will depend upon both
the characteristics of the sea ice and the
abundance of and access to prey. Loss
of sea ice cover will reduce seal
numbers and accessibility to polar
bears, as discussed in ‘‘Reduced prey
availability’’ section of this final rule.
Even if ringed seals maintained their
current population levels, which is
unlikely, Harwood and Stirling (2000)
suggest that ringed seals would remain
near-shore in open water during
summer ice recession, thereby limiting
polar bear access to them. Benthic
(ocean bottom) feeders, such as bearded
seals and walruses, may also decrease in
abundance and/or accessibility as ice
recedes farther away from shallow
continental shelf waters. Increased open
water and reduced sea ice
concentrations will provide seals with
additional escape routes, diminish the
need to maintain breathing holes, and
serve to make their location less
predictable and less accessible to polar
bears, resulting in lowered hunting
success. Polar bears would also incur
higher energetic costs from additional
movements required for hunting in or
swimming through marginal,
unconsolidated sea ice. Additional
information from Derocher et al. (2004)
was added to the section ‘‘Effects of Sea
Ice Habitat Changes on Polar Bear Prey’’
to clarify this point.
Comment 12: Polar bears will benefit
from increased marine productivity as
ocean waters warm farther north.
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Our response: If marine productivity
in the Arctic increases, polar bears may
benefit from increased seal productivity
initially, provided that sea ice habitat
remains available. As previously
mentioned, polar bears need sea ice as
a platform for hunting. Evidence from
Western Hudson Bay, Southern Hudson
Bay, and Southern Beaufort Sea
populations indicates that reductions in
polar bear body condition in these
populations are the result of reductions
in sea ice. Additional new information
on the relationship between body
condition, population parameters, and
sea ice habitat for the Southern Beaufort
Sea population (Rode et al. 2007) has
been incorporated into the section on
effects of sea ice change on polar bears.
The extent to which marine
productivity increases may benefit polar
bears will be influenced, in part, by
ringed seals’ access to prey. Arctic cod
(Boreogadus saida), which are the
dominant prey item in many areas,
depend on sea ice cover for protection
from predators (Gaston et al. 2003). In
western Hudson Bay, Gaston et al.
(2003) detected Arctic cod declines
during periods of reduced sea ice
habitat. Should Arctic cod abundance
decline in other areas, we do not know
whether ringed seals will be able to
switch to other pelagic prey or whether
alternate food sources will be adequate
to replace the reductions in cod.
Comment 13: Sufficient habitat will
remain in the Canadian Arctic and polar
region to support polar bears for the
next 40–50 years; therefore, listing is not
necessary.
Our response: Both the percentage of
sea ice habitat and the quality of that
habitat will be significantly reduced
from historic levels over the next 40–50
years (Meehl et al. 2007; Durner et al.
2007; IPCC 2007). New information on
the extent and magnitude of sea ice loss
is included previously in the section
entitled ‘‘Observed Changes in Arctic
Sea Ice’’ of this rule. Reductions in the
area, timing, extent, and types of sea
ice,among other effects, are expected to
increase the energetic costs of
movement and hunting to polar bears,
reduce access to prey, and reduce access
to denning areas. The ultimate effect of
these impacts are likely to result in
reductions in reproduction and survival,
and corresponding decreases in
population numbers. We agree that
receding sea ice may affect archipelagic
polar bear populations later than
populations inhabiting the polar basin,
because seasonal ice is projected to
remain present longer in the archipelago
than in other areas of the polar bear’s
range. The high Arctic archipelago is
limited however, in its ability to sustain
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
a large number of polar bears because:
(1) changes in the extent of ice and
precipitation patterns are already
occurring in the region; (2) the area is
characterized by lower prey
productivity (e.g., lower seal densities);
and (3) polar bears moving into this area
would increase competition among
bears and ultimately affect polar bear
survival. In addition, a small, higherdensity population of polar bears in the
Canadian Arctic would be subject to
increased vulnerability to perturbations
such as disease or accidental oil
discharge from vessels. Because of the
habitat changes anticipated in the next
40–50 years, and the corresponding
reductions in reproduction and survival,
and, ultimately, population numbers,
we have determined that the polar bear
is likely to be in danger of extinction
throughout all or a significant portion of
its range by 2050.
Issue 3: Anthropogenic Effects
Comment 14: Disturbance from and
cumulative effects of oil and gas
activities in the Arctic are
underestimated or incompletely
addressed.
Our response: Oil and gas activities
will likely continue in the future in the
Arctic. Additional, updated information
has been included in the section ‘‘Oil
and Gas Exploration, Development, and
Production’’ in Factor A. We
acknowledge that disturbance from oil
and gas activities can be direct or
indirect and may, if not subject to
appropriate mitigation measures,
displace bears or their primary prey
(ringed and bearded seals). Such
disturbance may be critical for denning
polar bears, who may abandon
established dens before cubs are ready
to leave due to direct disturbance. We
note that incidental take of polar bears
due to oil and gas activities in Alaska
are evaluated and regulated under the
MMPA (Sec. 101a(5)A) and incidental
take regulations are in place based on an
overall negligible effect finding.
Standard and site specific mitigation
measures are prescribed by the Service
and implemented by the industry (see
detailed discussion in the section
‘‘Marine Mammal Protection Act of
1972, as amended’’ under Factor D).
Indirect and cumulative effects of the
myriad of activities associated with
major oil and gas developments can be
a concern regionally. However, the
effects of oil and gas activities, such as
oil spills, are generally associated with
low probabilities of occurrence, and are
generally localized in nature, We
acknowledge that the sum total of
documented impacts from these
activities in the past have been minimal
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
(see discussion in the ‘‘Oil and Gas
Exploration, Development, and
Production’’ section). Therefore, we do
not believe that we have underestimated
or incompletely addressed disturbance
from or cumulative effects of oil and gas
activities on polar bears, and have
accurately portrayed the effect of oil and
gas activities on the status of the species
within the foreseeable future.
Comment 15: The potential effects of
oil spills on polar bears are
underestimated, particularly given the
technical limitations of cleaning up an
oil spill in broken ice.
Our response: We do not wish to
minimize our concern for oil spills in
the Arctic marine environment. We
agree that the effects of a large volume
oil spill to polar bears could be
significant within the specific area of
occurrence, but we believe that the
probability of such a spill in Alaska is
generally very low. At a regional level
we have concerns over the high oil spill
probabilities in the Chukchi Sea under
hypothetical future development
scenarios (Minerals Management
Service (MMS) 2007). An oil spill in this
area could have significant
consequences to the Chukchi Sea polar
bear population (MMS 2007). However,
under the MMPA, since 1991 the oil and
gas industry in Alaska has sought and
obtained incidental take authorization
for take of small numbers of polar bears.
Incidental take cannot be authorized
under the MMPA unless the Service
finds that any take that is likely to occur
will have no more than a negligible
impact on the species. Through this
authorization process, the Service has
consistently found that a large oil spill
is unlikely to occur. The oil and gas
industry has incorporated technological
and response measures that minimize
the risk of an oil spill. A discussion of
potential additive effects of mortalities
associated with an oil spill in polar bear
populations where harvest levels are
close to the maximum sustained yield
has been included in this final rule (see
discussion in the ‘‘Oil and Gas
Exploration, Development, and
Production’’ section).
Comment 16: The effects to polar
bears from contaminants other than
hydrocarbons are underestimated.
Our response: We added information
on the status of regulatory mechanisms
pertaining to contaminants, which
summarizes what is currently known
about the potential threat of each class
of contaminants with respect to current
production and future trends in
production and use. Based on a
thorough review of the scientific
information on their sources, pathways,
geographical distribution, and biological
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28241
effects, and as discussed in the analysis
section of this final rule, we do not
believe that contaminants currently
threaten the polar bear.
Comment 17: Cumulative effects of
threat factors on polar bear populations
are important, and need a more indepth
analysis than presented in the proposed
rule.
Our response: The best available
information on the potential cumulative
effects from oil and gas activities in
Alaska to polar bears and their habitat
was incorporated into the final rule
(National Research Council (NRC)
2003). We also considered the
cumulative effects of hunting,
contaminants, increased shipping,
increases in epizootic events, and
inadequacy of existing regulatory
mechanisms in our analyses. We have
determined that there are no known
regulatory mechanisms in place at the
national or international level that
directly and effectively address the
primary threat to polar bears-the
rangewide loss of sea ice habitat within
the foreseeable future. We also
acknowledge that there are some
existing regulatory mechanisms to
address anthropogenic causes of climate
change, and these mechanisms are not
expected to be effective in counteracting
the worldwide growth of GHG
emissions within the foreseeable future.
In addition, we have determined that
overutilization does not currently
threaten the species throughout all or a
significant portion of its range.
However, harvest is likely exacerbating
the effects of habitat loss in several
populations. In addition, continued
harvest and increased mortality from
bear-human encounters or other forms
of mortality may become a more
significant threat factor in the future,
particularly for populations
experiencing nutritional stress or
declining population numbers as a
consequence of habitat change. We have
found that the other factors, while not
currently rising to a level that threatens
the species, may become more
significant in the future as populations
face stresses from habitat loss. Modeling
of potential effects on polar bears of
various factors (Amstrup et al. 2007)
identified loss of sea ice habitat as the
dominant threat. Therefore, our analysis
in this final rule has focused primarily
on the ongoing and projected effects of
sea ice habitat loss on polar bears within
the foreseeable future.
Issue 4: Harvest
Comment 18: Illegal taking of bears is
a significant issue that needs additional
management action.
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28242
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Our response: We recognize that
illegal take has an impact on some polar
bear populations, especially for the
Chukchi Sea population and possibly
for other populations in Russia. We also
believe that a better assessment of the
magnitude of illegal take in Russia is
needed, and that illegal harvest must be
considered when developing
sustainable harvest limits. We also
conclude that increased use of coastal
habitat by polar bears could increase the
impact of illegal hunting in Russia, by
bringing bears into more frequent
contact with humans. However,
available scientific information
indicates that poaching and illegal
international trade in bear parts do not
threaten the species throughout all or a
significant portion of its range.
Comment 19: The Service should not
rely solely on the Bilateral Agreement to
remedy illegal take in Russia. Listing
under the Act is necessary to allow for
continued legal subsistence hunting.
Our response: As discussed in the
‘‘Summary of Factors Affecting the Polar
Bear’’ section of this rule, we have
found that harvest and poaching affect
some polar bear populations, but those
effects are not significant enough to
threaten the species throughout all or a
significant portion of its range. To the
extent that poaching is affecting local
populations in Russia, the Service
believes that the best tool to address
these threats is the Agreement between
the United States of America and the
Russian Federation on the Conservation
and Management of the AlaskaChukotka Polar Bear Population
(Bilateral Agreement), which was
developed and is supported by both
government and Native entities and
includes measures to reduce poaching.
The Convention on International Trade
in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna
and Flora (CITES) would address
attempted international trade of
unlawfully taken polar bears (or parts),
and the MMPA would address
attempted import into the United States
of unlawfully taken animals or their
parts. Subsistence hunting by natives in
the United States is exempt from
prohibitions under both the MMPA and
the Act. Subsistence harvest does not
require action under the Act to ensure
its continuation into the future.
Comment 20: The Service should
prohibit the importation into the United
States of polar bear trophies taken in
Canada, and should amend the MMPA
to prohibit sport hunting of polar bears.
Our response: The polar bear is
currently listed in Appendix II of
CITES. Section 9(c)(2) of the Act
provides that the non-commercial
import of threatened and Appendix-II
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
species, including their parts, that were
taken in compliance with CITES is not
presumed to be in violation of the Act.
Thus, an import permit would not
ordinarily be required under the Act.
We note that the MMPA does not allow
sport hunting of polar bears within the
United States. In addition, we note that,
under the MMPA, the polar bear will be
considered a ‘‘depleted’’ species on the
effective date of this listing. As a
depleted species, imports could only be
authorized under the MMPA if the
import enhanced the survival of the
species or was for scientific research.
Therefore, authorization for the import
of sport-hunted trophies would no
longer be available under section
104(c)(5) of the MMPA.
Comment 21: The Service failed to
consider the negative impacts of listing
on the long-term management of polar
bears developed in Canada that
integrates subsistence harvest
allocations with a token sport harvest.
Our response: We acknowledge the
important contribution to conservation
from scientifically-based sustainable use
programs. Significant benefits to polar
bear management in Canada have
accrued as a result of the 1994
amendments to the MMPA that allow
U.S. citizens who legally sport-harvest a
polar bear from an MMPA-approved
population in Canada to bring their
trophies back into the United States.
These benefits include economic
revenues to native hunters and
communities; enhanced funding a
support for research; a United States
conservation fund derived from permit
fees that is used primarily on the
Chukchi Sea population; and increased
local support of scientifically-based
conservation programs. Without this
program, there would be a loss of funds
derived from import fees; loss of
economic incentives that promote
habitat protection and maintain
sustainable harvest levels in Canada;
and loss of research opportunities in
Canada and Russia, which are funded
through sport-hunting revenue. While
we recognize these benefits, the Service
must list a species when the best
scientific and commercial information
available shows that the species meets
the definition of endangered or
threatened. The effect of the listing, in
this case an end to the import provision
under Section 104(c)(5) of the MMPA, is
not one of the listing factors.
Furthermore, the benefits accrued to the
species through the import program do
not offset or reduce the overall threat to
polar bears from loss of sea ice habitat.
Comment 22: The Service should
promulgate an exemption under section
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4(d) of the Act that would allow
importation of polar bear trophies.
Our response: We recognize the role
that polar bear sport harvest has played
in the support of subsistence, economic,
and cultural values in northern
communities, and we have supported
the program where scientific data have
been available to ensure sustainable
harvest. We again note that, under the
MMPA, the polar bear will be
considered a ‘‘depleted’’ species on the
effective date of this listing. The MMPA
contains provisions that prevent the
import of sport-hunted polar bear
trophies from Canada once the species
is designated as depleted. A 4(d) rule
under the Act cannot affect existing
requirements under the MMPA.
Comment 23: The rights of Alaska
Natives to take polar bears should be
protected.
Our response: We recognize the social
and cultural importance of polar bears
to coastal Alaska Native communities,
and we anticipate continuing to work
with the Alaska Native community in a
co-management fashion to address
subsistence-related issues. Section
101(b) of the MMPA already exempts
take of polar bears by Native people for
subsistence purposes as long as the take
is not accomplished in a wasteful
manner. Section 10(e) of the Act also
provides an exemption for Alaska
Natives that allows for taking as long as
such taking is primarily for subsistence
purposes and the taking is not
accomplished in a wasteful manner. In
addition, non-edible byproducts of
species taken in accordance with the
exemption, when made into authentic
native articles of handicraft and
clothing, may be transported,
exchanged, or sold in interstate
commerce. Since 1987, we have
monitored the Alaska Native harvest of
polar bears through our Marking,
Tagging and Reporting program [50 CFR
18.23(f)]. The reported harvest of polar
bears by Alaska Natives is 1,614 animals
during this nearly 20-year period, of
which 965 were taken from the Chukchi
Sea population and 649 were taken from
the Southern Beaufort Sea population.
Alaska Natives’ harvest of polar bears
from the Southern Beaufort and
Chukchi Seas is not exclusive, since
both of these populations are shared
across international boundaries with
Canada and Russia respectively, where
indigenous populations in both
countries also harvest animals. Since
1988, the Inuvialuit Game Council (IGC)
(Canada) and the North Slope Borough
(NSB) (Alaska) have implemented an
Inuvialuit-Inupiat Polar Bear
Management Agreement for harvest of
polar bears in the Southern Beaufort
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Sea. The focus of this agreement is to
ensure that harvest of animals from this
shared population is conducted in a
sustainable manner. The Service works
with the parties of this agreement,
providing technical assistance and
advice regarding, among other aspects,
information on abundance estimates
and sustainable harvest levels. We
expect that future harvest levels may be
adjusted as a result of discussions at the
meeting between the IGC and NSB, held
in February 2008.
We do have concerns regarding the
harvest levels of polar bears from the
Chukchi Sea, where a combination of
Alaska Native harvest and harvest
occurring in Russia may be negatively
affecting this population. However,
implementation of the recently ratified
‘‘Agreement between the United States
of America and the Russian Federation
on the Conservation and Management of
the Alaska-Chukotka Polar Bear
Population’’ (Bilateral Agreement), with
its provisions for establishment of a
shared and enforced quota system
between the United States and Russia,
should ensure that harvest from the
Chukchi Sea population is sustainable.
Comment 24: If the polar bear is
listed, subsistence hunting should be
given precedence over other forms of
take.
Our response: As noted above, Alaska
Native harvest of polar bears for
subsistence is currently exempt under
both the MMPA and the Act. Sport
hunting of polar bears is not allowed in
the United States under the MMPA, and
take for other purposes is tightly
restricted. For polar bears, the other
primary type of take is incidental
harassment during otherwise lawful
activities. The Service has issued
incidental take regulations under the
MMPA since 1991, and these
regulations include a finding that such
takings will not have an adverse impact
on the availability of polar bears for
subsistence uses. Thus, the needs of the
Alaska Native community, who rely in
part on the subsistence harvest of polar
bears, are addressed by existing
provisions under both the MMPA and
the Act.
Issue 5: Climate Change
Comment 25: The accuracy and
completeness of future climate
projections drawn from climate models
are questionable due to the uncertainty
or incompleteness of information used
in the models.
Our response: Important new climate
change information is included in this
final rule. The Working Group I Report
of the IPCC AR4, published in early
2007, is a key part of the new
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
information, and represents a
collaborative effort among climate
scientists from around the world with
broad scientific consensus on the
findings. In addition, a number of recent
publications are used in the final rule to
supplement and expand upon results
presented in the AR4; these include
Parkinson et al. (2006), Zhang and
Walsh (2006), Arzel et al. (2006),
Stroeve et al. (2007, pp. 1–5), Wang et
al. (2007, pp. 1,093–1,107), Chapman
and Walsh (2007), Overland and Wang
(2007a, pp. 1–7), DeWeaver (2007), and
others. Information from these
publications has been incorporated into
appropriate sections of this final rule.
Atmosphere-ocean general circulation
models (AOGCMs, also known as
General Circulation Models (GCMs)) are
used to provide a range of projections of
future climate. GCMs have been
consistently improved over the years,
and the models used in the IPCC AR4
are significantly improved over those
used in the IPCC TAR and the ACIA
report. There is ‘‘considerable
confidence that the GCMs used in the
AR4 provide credible quantitative
estimates of future climate change,
particularly at continental scales and
above’’ (IPCC 2007, p. 591). This
confidence comes from the foundation
of the models in accepted physical
principles and from their ability to
reproduce observed features of current
climate and past climate changes.
Additional confidence comes from
considering the results of suites of
models (called ensembles) rather than
the output of a single model. Confidence
in model outcomes is higher for some
climate variables (e.g., temperature)
than for others (e.g., precipitation).
Despite improvements in GCMs in the
last several years, these models still
have difficulties with certain predictive
capabilities. These difficulties are more
pronounced at smaller spatial scales and
longer time scales. Model accuracy is
limited by important small-scale
processes that cannot be represented
explicitly in models and so must be
included in approximate form as they
interact with larger-scale features. This
is partly due to limitations in computing
power, but also results from limitations
in scientific understanding or in the
availability of detailed observations of
some physical processes. Consequently,
models continue to display a range of
outcomes in response to specified initial
conditions and forcing scenarios.
Despite such uncertainties, all models
predict substantial climate warming
under GHG increases, and the
magnitude of warming is consistent
with independent estimates derived
from observed climate changes and past
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28243
climate reconstructions (IPCC 2007, p.
761; Overland and Wang 2007a, pp. 1–
7; Stroeve et al. 2007, pp. 1–5).
We also note the caveat, expressed by
many climate modelers and summarized
by DeWeaver (2007), that, even if global
climate models perfectly represent all
climate system physics and dynamics,
inherent climate variability would still
limit the ability to issue accurate
forecasts (predictions) of climate
change, particularly at regional and
local geographical scales and longer
time scales. A forecast is a more-precise
prediction of what will happen and
when, while a projection is less precise,
especially in terms of the timing of
events. For example, it is difficult to
accurately forecast the exact year that
seasonal sea ice will disappear, but it is
possible to project that sea ice will
disappear within a 10–20 year window,
especially if that projection is based on
an ensemble of modeling results (i.e.,
results from several models averaged
together). It is simply not possible to
engineer all uncertainty out of climate
models, such that accurate forecasts are
possible. Climate scientists expend
considerable energy in trying to
understand and interpret that
uncertainty. The section in this rule
entitled ‘‘Uncertainty in Climate
Models’’ discusses uncertainty in
climate models in greater depth than is
presented here.
In summary, confidence in GCMs
comes from their physical basis and
their ability to represent observed
climate and past climate changes.
Models have proven to be extremely
important tools for simulating and
understanding climate and climate
change, and we find that they provide
credible quantitative estimates of future
climate change, particularly at larger
geographical scales.
Comment 26: Commenters provided a
number of regional examples to
contradict the major conclusions
regarding climate change.
Our response: As noted in our
response to Comment 25, GCMs are less
accurate in projecting climate change
over finer geographic scales, such as the
variability noted for some regions in the
Arctic, than they are for addressing
global or continental-level climate
change. Climate change projections for
the Barents Sea are difficult, for
example, because regional physics
includes both local winds and local
currents. Cyclic processes, such as the
North Atlantic Oscillation (NAO), can
also drive regional variability. We agree
with one commenter that the NAO is
particularly strong for Greenland
(Chylek et al. 2006). However, the
natural variability associated with this
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28244
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
phenomenon simply suggests that the
future will also have large variability,
but does not negate overall climate
trends, because the basic physics of
climate processes, including sea ice
albedo feedback, are modeled in all
major sectors of the Arctic Basin. The
increased understanding of the basic
physics related to climate processes and
the inclusion of these parameters in
current climate models, such as those
used in the IPCC AR4, present a more
complete, comprehensive, and accurate
view of range-wide climate change than
earlier models.
Comment 27: Other models should be
used in the analysis of forecasted
environmental and population changes
including population viability
assessment and precipitation models.
Our response: The Service has not
relied upon the published results or use
of a single climate model or single
scenario in its analyses. Instead we have
considered a variety of information
derived from numerous climate model
outputs. These include modeled
changes in temperature, sea ice, snow
cover, precipitation, freeze-up and
breakup dates, and other environmental
variables. The recent report of the IPCC
AR4 provides a discussion of the
climate models used, and why and how
they resulted in improved analyses of
climatic variable and future projections.
Not only have the models themselves
been improved, but many advances
have been made in terms of how the
model results were used. The AR4
utilized multiple results from single
models (called multi-member
ensembles) to, for example, test the
sensitivity of response to initial
conditions, as well as averaged results
from multiple models (called multimodel ensembles). These two different
types of ensembles allow more robust
evaluation of the range of model results
and more quantitative comparisons of
model results against observed trends in
a variety of parameters (e.g., sea ice
extent, surface air temperature), and
provide new information on simulated
statistical variability. This final rule
benefits from specific analyses of
uncertainty associated with model
prediction of Arctic sea ice decline
(DeWeaver 2007; Overland and Wang
2007a, pp. 1–7), and identification of
those models that best simulated
observed changes in Arctic sea ice.
We also updated this final rule with
information on recently completed
population models (e.g., Hunter et al.
2007), habitat values and use models
(Durner et al. 2007), and population
projection models (Amstrup et al. 2007),
which can be found in the ‘‘Current
Population Status and Trend’’ section.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
Comment 28: Future emission
scenarios are unreliable or incomplete
and use speculative carbon emission
scenarios that inaccurately portray
future levels.
Our response: Emissions scenarios
used in climate modeling were
developed by the IPCC and published in
its Special Report on Emissions
Scenarios in 2000. These emissions
scenarios are representations of future
levels of GHGs based on assumptions
about plausible demographic,
socioeconomic, and technological
changes. The most recent,
comprehensive climate projections in
the IPCC AR4 used scenarios that
represent a range of future emissions:
low, medium, and high. The majority of
models used a ‘‘medium’’ or ‘‘middle-ofthe-road’’ scenario due to the limited
computational resources for multimodel simulations using GCMs (IPCC
2007, p. 761). In addition, Zhang and
Walsh (2006) use three emission
scenarios representative of the suite of
possibilities and DeWeaver (2007 p. 28),
in subsequent analyses, used the A1B
‘‘business as usual’’ scenario as a
representative of the medium-range
forcing scenario, and other scenarios
were not considered due to time
constraints. Similarly, our final analysis
considered a range of potential
outcomes, based in part on the range of
emission scenarios. For additional
details see the previous section,
‘‘Projected Changes in Arctic Sea Ice.’’
We agree that emissions scenarios out
to 2100 are less certain with regard to
technology and economic growth than
projections out to 2050. This is reflected
in the larger confidence interval around
the mean at 2100 than at 2050 in graphs
of these emissions scenarios (see Figure
SPM–5 in IPCC 2007). However, GHG
loading in the atmosphere has
considerable lags in its response, so that
what has already been emitted and what
can be extrapolated to be emitted in the
next 15–20 years will have impacts out
to 2050 and beyond (IPCC 2007, p. 749;
J. Overland, NOAA, in litt. to the
Service, 2007). This is reflected in the
similarity of low, medium, and high
SRES emissions scenarios out to about
2050 (see discussion of climate change
under ‘‘Factor A. Present or Threatened
Destruction, Modification, or
Curtailment of the Species’ Habitat or
Range’’). Thus, the uncertainty
associated with emissions is lower for
the foreseeable future timeframe (45
years) for the polar bear listing than
longer timeframes.
Comment 29: Atmospheric CO2 is an
indicator of global warming and not a
major contributor.
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Our response: Carbon dioxide (CO2) is
one of four principal anthropogenicallygenerated GHGs, the others being
nitrous oxide (N2O), methane (CH4), and
halocarbons (IPCC 2007, p. 135). The
IPCC AR4 considers CO2 to be the most
important anthropogenic GHG (IPCC
2007, p. 136). The GHGs affect climate
by altering incoming solar radiation and
out-going thermal radiation, and thus
altering the energy balance of the Earthatmosphere system. Since the start of
the industrial era, the effect of increased
GHG concentrations in the atmosphere
has been widespread warming of the
climate, with disproportionate warming
in large areas of the Arctic (IPCC 2007,
p. 37). A net result of this warming is
a loss of sea ice, with notable reductions
in Arctic sea ice.
Comment 30: Atmospheric CO2 levels
are not greater today than during preindustrial time.
Our response: The best available
scientific evidence unequivocally
contradicts this comment. Atmospheric
concentration of carbon dioxide (CO2)
has increased significantly during the
post-industrial period based on
information from polar ice core records
dating back at least 650,000 years. The
recent rate of change is also dramatic
and unprecedented, with the increase
documented in the last 20 years
exceeding any increase documented
over a thousand-year period in the
historic record (IPCC AR4, p. 115).
Specifically, the concentration of
atmospheric CO2 has increased from a
pre-industrial value of about 280 ppm to
379 ppm in 2005, with an annual
growth rate larger during the last 10
years than it has been since continuous
direct atmospheric measurements began
in 1960. These increases are largely due
to global increases in GHG emissions
and land use changes such as
deforestation and burning (IPCC 2007,
pp. 25–26).
Comment 31: Consider the impacts of
black carbon (soot) due to increased
shipping as a factor affecting the
increase in the melting of the sea ice.
Our response: We recognize that there
are large uncertainties about the
contribution of soot to snow melt
patterns. A general understanding is
that soot (from black carbon aerosols)
deposited on snow reduces the surface
albedo with a resulting increase in snow
melt process (IPCC 2007, p. 30).
Estimates of the amount of effect from
all sources of soot have wide variance,
and the exact contribution from
increased shipping cannot be
determined at this time.
Comment 32: Climate models do not
adequately address naturally occurring
phenomena.
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
28245
cool in the 1960s). Only when GHG
forcing is added to natural variability,
however, do the models simulate the
warming observed in the later portion of
the 20th century (Wang et al. 2007).
This is shown for the Arctic by Wang et
al. (2007, pp. 1,093–1,107). This
separation is shown graphically in
Figure SPM–4 of the IPCC AR4 (shown
below, reproduced from IPCC 2007 with
permission); note the separation of the
model results with and without
greenhouse gases at the end of the 20th
century for different regions. Thus
comparison of forced CO2 trends and
natural variability were central to the
IPCC AR4 analyses, and are discussed in
this final rule.
Analyses of paleoclimate data
increase confidence in the role of
external influences on climate. The
GCMs used to predict future climate
provide insight into past climatic
conditions of the Last Glacial Maximum
and the mid-Holocene. While many
aspects of these past climates are still
uncertain, climate models reproduce
key features by using boundary
conditions and natural forcing factors
for those periods. The IPCC AR4
concluded that a substantial fraction of
the reconstructed Northern Hemisphere
inter-decadal temperature variability of
the seven centuries prior to 1950 is very
likely attributable to natural external
forcing, and it is likely that
anthropogenic forcing contributed to the
early 20th-century warming evident in
these records (IPCC 2007).
Comment 33: Current climate patterns
are part of the natural cycle and reflect
natural variability.
Our response: Considered on a global
scale, climate is subject to an inherent
degree of natural variability. However,
evidence of human influence on the
recent evolution of climate has
accumulated steadily during the past
two decades. The IPCC AR4 has
concluded that (1) most of the observed
increase in globally-averaged
temperatures since the mid-20th century
is very likely due to the observed
increase in anthropogenic GHG
concentrations; and (2) it is likely there
has been significant anthropogenic
warming over the past 50 years averaged
over each continent (except Antarctica)
(IPCC 2007, p. 60).
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
ER15MY08.009
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Our response: In IPCC AR4
simulations, models were run with
natural and anthropogenic (i.e., GHG)
forcing for the period of the
observational record (i.e., the 20th
century). Results from different models
and different runs of the same model
can be used to simulate the observed
range of natural variability in the 20th
century (such as warm in 1930s and
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28246
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Comment 34: There was a selective
use of climate change information in the
proposed rule, and the analysis ignored
climate information about areas that are
cooling.
Our response: We acknowledge that
climate change and its effects on various
physical processes (such as ice
formation and advection, snowfall,
precipitation) vary spatially and
temporally, and that this has been
considered in our analysis. While GCMs
are more effective in characterizing
climate change on larger scales, we have
considered that the changes and effects
are not uniform in their timing, location,
or magnitude such as identified by
Laidre et al. (2005) and Zhang and
Walsh (2006). Indeed, the region
southwest of Greenland does not show
substantial warming by 2050 according
to some climate projections. However,
most polar bear habitat regions do show
the substantial loss of sea ice by 2040–
2050. While regional differences in
climate change exist, this will not
change the effect of climatic warming
anticipated to occur within the
foreseeable future within the range of
polar bears. Updated information on
regional climate variability has been
added to the section ‘‘Overview of
Arctic Sea Ice Change.’’
Comment 35: The world will be
cooler by 2030 based on sunspot cycle
phenomena, which is the most
important determinant of global
warming (e.g., Soon et al. 2005; Jiang et
al. 2005).
Our response: The issue of solar
influences, including sunspots, in
climate change has been considered by
many climate scientists, and there is
considerable disagreement about any
large magnitude of solar influences and
their importance (Bertrand et al. 2002;
IPCC 2007). The most current synthesis
of the IPCC (AR4, p. 30) describes a well
established, 11-year cycle with no
significant long term trend based on
new data obtained through significantly
improved measurements over a 28-year
period. Solar influence is considered in
the IPCC models and is a small effect
relative to volcanoes and CO2 forcing in
the later half of the 20th century. While
more complex solar influences due to
cosmic ray/ionosphere/cloud
connections have been hypothesized,
there is no clear demonstration of their
having a large effect.
Comment 36: The IPCC report fails to
give proper weight to the geological
context and relationship to climate
change.
Our response: Paleoclimatic events
were analyzed in the IPCC AR4, which
concluded that ‘‘Confidence in the
understanding of past climate change
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
and changes in orbital forcing is
strengthened by the improved ability of
current models to simulate past climate
conditions.’’ Model results indicate that
the Last Glacial Maximum (about 21,000
years ago) and the mid-Holocene (6,000
years ago) were different from the
current climate not because of random
variability, but because of altered
seasonal and global forcing linked to
known differences in the Earth’s orbit.
This additional information has been
incorporated in this final rule.
Comment 37: Movement of sea ice
from the Arctic depends on the Aleutian
Low, Arctic Oscillation (AO), North
Atlantic Oscillation (NAO), and Pacific
Decadal Oscillation (PDO) rather than
GHG emissions.
Our response: Sea ice is lost from the
Arctic by a combination of dynamic and
thermodynamic mechanisms. Not only
is it lost by advection, but lost as a
result of changes in surface air and
water temperatures. Changes in surface
air temperature are strongly influenced
by warming linked to GHG emissions,
while increases in water temperature are
influenced by warming, the sea icealbedo feedback mechanism, and the
influx of warmer subpolar waters
(largely in the North Atlantic) (Serreze
et al. 2007). Recent studies (IPCC 2007,
p. 355; Stroeve et al 2007; Overland and
Wang 2007a, pp. 1–7) recognize
considerable natural variability in the
pattern of sea ice motion relative to the
AO, NAO, and PDO, which will
continue into the 21st century.
However, the distribution of sea ice
thickness is a factor in the amount of sea
ice that is advected from the Arctic, and
this distribution is significantly affected
by surface air and water temperature.
Comment 38: Changes in the sea ice
extent vary throughout the Arctic but
overall extent has not changed in past
50 years.
Our response: All observational data
collected since the 1950s points to a
decline in both Arctic sea ice extent and
area, as well as an increasing rate of
decline over the past decade. While sea
ice cover does have a component of
natural variability, such variability does
not account for the influence that
increased air and water temperatures
will have on sea ice in the future. The
pattern of natural variability will
continue, but will be in conjunction
with the overall declining trend due to
warming, and the combination could
result in abrupt declines in sea ice cover
faster than would be expected from
GHG warming alone.
Comment 39: Evidence that does not
support climate change was not
included in the analyses.
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Our response: We recognize that there
are scientific differences of opinion on
many aspects of climate change,
including the role of natural variability
in climate and also the uncertainties
involved with both the observational
record and climate change projections
based on GCMs. We have reviewed a
wide range of documents on climate
change, including some that espouse the
view that the Earth is experiencing
natural cycles rather than directional
climate change (e.g., Damon and Laut
2004; Foukal et al. 2006). We have
consistently relied on synthesis
documents (e.g., IPCC AR4; ACIA) that
present the consensus view of a very
large number of experts on climate
change from around the world. We have
found that these synthesis reports, as
well as the scientific papers used in
those reports or resulting from those
reports, represent the best available
scientific information we can use to
inform our decision and have relied
upon them and provided citation within
our analysis.
Comment 40: Current conditions,
based on past variation in Arctic sea ice
and air temperatures, are by no means
unprecedented and consequently the
survival of polar bears and other marine
mammals is not of concern.
Our response: We acknowledge that
previous warming events (e.g., the Last
Interglacial period (LIG), Holocene
Thermal Maximum (HTM)) likely
affected polar bears to some unknown
degree. The fact that polar bears
survived these events does not mean
that they are not being affected by
current sea ice and temperature
changes. Indeed, the best available
scientific information indicates that
several populations are currently being
negatively affected, and projections
indicate that all populations will be
negatively affected within the
foreseeable future, such that the species
will be in danger of extinction
throughout all or a significant portion of
its range within that timeframe. We
have included additional information
regarding previous warming events and
an explanation of potential for polar
bears to adapt in the section ‘‘Effects of
Sea Ice Habitat Changes on Polar Bear
Prey.’’
We agree that there is considerable
natural variability and region-to-region
differences in sea ice cover as
documented by numerous journal
articles and other references (Comiso
2001; Omstedt and Chen 2001; Jevrejeva
2001; Polyakov et al. 2003; Laidre and
Heide-Jorgensen 2005). However,
current conditions are unprecedented
(IPCC 2007, p. 24). Climate scientists
agree that atmospheric concentrations of
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
CO2 and CH4 far exceed the natural
range over the last 650,000 years. The
rate of growth in atmospheric
concentration of GHGs is considered
unprecedented (IPCC 2007, p. 24). The
recent publication by Canadell et al.
(2007) indicates that the growth rate of
atmospheric CO2 is increasing rapidly.
An increasing CO2 concentration is
consistent with results of climate-carbon
cycle models, but the magnitude of the
observed atmospheric CO2
concentration appears larger than that
estimated by models. The authors
suggest that these changes characterize
a carbon cycle that is generating
stronger-than-expected and sooner-thanexpected climate forcing. What also is
unprecedented is the potential for
continued sea ice loss into the 21st
century based on the physics of
continued warming due to external
forcing, and the accelerated impact of
the ice albedo feedback as more open
water areas open. Consideration of
future loss of sea ice does not depend
only on the sea ice observational record
by itself. However, current sea ice loss,
which now averages about 10 percent
per decade over the last 25 years, plus
the extreme loss of summer sea ice in
2007, is a warning sign that significant
changes are underway, and data
indicate that these extremes will
continue into the foreseeable future.
Issue 6: Regulatory Mechanisms
Comment 41: Treaties, agreements,
and regulatory mechanisms for
population management of polar bears
exist and are effective; thus there is no
need to list the species under the Act.
Our response: The Service recognizes
that existing polar bear management
regulatory mechanisms currently in
place have been effective tools in the
conservation of the species; the ability
of the species as a whole to increase in
numbers from low populations, as
discussed in our response to Comment
1, associated with over-hunting
pressures of the mid 20th century attest
to such effectiveness. As discussed
under Factor D, there is a lack of
regulatory mechanisms to address the
loss of habitat due to reductions in sea
ice. We acknowledge that progress is
being made, and may continue to be
made, to address climate change
resulting from human activity; however,
the current and expected impact to
polar bear habitat indicates that in the
foreseeable future, as defined in this
rule, such efforts will not ameliorate
loss of polar bear habitat or numbers of
polar bears.
Comment 42: The Service did not
consider existing local, State, National,
and International efforts to address
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
climate change (e.g., the Kyoto Protocol
or United Nations Framework
Convention on Climate Change) and is
incorrect in concluding that there are no
known regulatory mechanisms
effectively addressing reductions in sea
ice habitat. Furthermore, the Service
failed to consider the probability of a
global response to growing demands to
deal with global climate change.
Our response: We have included
discussion of domestic and
international efforts to address climate
change in the ‘‘Inadequacy of Existing
Regulatory Mechanisms’’ (Factor D)
section. While we note various efforts
are ongoing, we conclude that such
efforts have not yet proven to be
effective at preventing loss of sea ice.
The Service’s ‘‘Policy for Evaluation of
Conservation Efforts When Making
Listing Decisions’’ (68 FR 15100)
provides guidance for analyzing future
conservation efforts and requires that
the Service only rely on efforts that we
have found will be both implemented
and effective. While we note that efforts
are being made to address climate
change, we are unaware of any programs
currently being shown to effectively
reduce loss of polar bear ice habitat at
a local, regional, or Arctic-wide scale.
Comment 43: The Service should
evaluate the recent Supreme Court
ruling that the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) has the
authority under the Clean Air Act to
regulate GHGs.
Our response: The Service recognizes
the leading role the EPA plays in
implementing the Clean Air Act.
However, specific considerations
regarding the recent Supreme Court
decision are beyond the scope of this
decision.
Comment 44: The effort to list the
polar bear is an inappropriate attempt to
regulate GHG emissions. Any decision
to limit GHG emissions should be
debated in the open and not regulated
through the ‘‘back door’’ by the Act.
Our response: The Service was
petitioned to evaluate the status of polar
bears under the Act. In doing so, we
evaluated the best scientific and
commercial information available on
present and foreseeable future status of
polar bears and their habitat as required
by the Act. The role of the Service is to
determine the appropriate biological
status of the polar bear and that is the
scope of this rule. Some commenters to
the proposed rule suggested that the
Service should require other agencies
(e.g., the EPA) to regulate emissions
from all sources, including automobiles
and power plants. The science, law, and
mission of the Service do not lead to
such action. Climate change is a
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28247
worldwide issue. A direct causal link
between the effects of a specific action
and ‘‘take’’ of a listed species is well
beyond the current level of scientific
understanding (see additional
discussion of this topic under the
‘‘Available Conservation Measures’’
section).
Comment 45: Listing of the polar bear
is more about the politics of global
climate change than biology of polar
bears.
Our response: The Service was
petitioned to list polar bears under the
Act and we evaluated the best available
scientific and commercial information
available on threats to polar bears and
their habitat as required by the Act. The
role of the Service is to determine the
appropriate status of the polar bear
under the Act, and that is the scope of
this rule.
Issue 7: Listing Justification
Comment 46: Justification for listing
is insufficient or limited to few
populations, and thus range-wide listing
is not warranted.
Our response: This document
contains a detailed evaluation of the
changing sea ice environment and
research findings that describe the effect
of environmental change on the
declining physical condition of polar
bears, corresponding declines in vital
rates, and declines in population
abundance. We acknowledge that the
timing, rate and magnitude of impacts
will not be the same for all polar bear
populations. However, the best available
scientific information indicates that
several populations are currently being
negatively affected, and projections
indicate that all populations will be
negatively affected within the
foreseeable future, such that the species
will be in danger of extinction
throughout all or a significant portion of
its range within that timeframe.
Since the proposed rule was
published (72 FR 1064), the USGS
completed additional analyses of
population trajectories for the Southern
Beaufort Sea population (Hunter et al.
2007), and updated population
estimates for the Northern Beaufort Sea
(Stirling et al. 2007) and Southern
Hudson Bay (Obbard et al. 2007)
populations (summarized in the
‘‘Background’’ section of this final rule).
The USGS also has conducted
additional modeling of habitat resource
selection in a declining sea ice
environment (Durner et al. 2007), and
an evaluation of the levels of
uncertainty or likelihood of outcomes
for a variety of climate models
(DeWeaver 2007). Information from
these recent USGS analyses is included
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28248
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
and cited within this rule and balanced
with other published information
evaluating current and projected polar
bear status. In addition, since the
publication of the proposed rule (72 FR
1064), the IPCC AR4 and numerous
other publications related to climate
change and modeled climate projections
have become available in published
form and are now included and cited
within this rule.
We considered whether listing
particular Distinct Population Segments
(DPSs) is warranted, but we could not
identify any geographic areas or
populations that would qualify as a DPS
under our 1996 DPS Policy (61 FR
4722), because there are no population
segments that satisfy the criteria of the
DPS Policy.
Finally, we analyzed the status of
polar bears in portions of its range to
determine if differential threat levels in
those areas warrant a determination that
the species is endangered rather than
threatened in those areas. The overall
direction and magnitude of threats to
polar bears lead us to conclude that the
species is threatened throughout its
range, and that there are no significant
portions of the range where the polar
bear would be considered currently in
danger of extinction.
On the basis of all these analyses, we
have concluded that the best available
scientific information supports a
determination that the species is
threatened throughout all of its range.
Comment 47: Traditional ecological
knowledge (TEK) does not support the
conclusion that polar bear populations
are declining and negatively impacted
by climate change.
Our response: We acknowledge that
TEK may provide a relevant source of
information on the ecology of polar
bears obtained through direct individual
observations. We have expanded and
incorporated additional discussion of
TEK into our determination.
Additionally, we have received and
reviewed comments from individuals
with TEK on both climate change and
polar bears. While there may be
disagreement among individuals on the
impacts of climate change on polar
bears, we believe there is general
scientific consensus that sea ice
environment is diminishing.
Comment 48: Cannibalism, starvation,
and drowning are naturally occurring
events and should not be inferred as
reasons for listing.
Our response: We agree that
cannibalism, starvation, and drowning
occur in nature; however, we have not
found that these are mortality factors
that threaten the species throughout all
or a significant portion of its range.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
Rather, we find that recent research
findings have identified the unusual
nature of some reported mortalities, and
that these events serve as indicators of
stressed populations. The occurrence
and anecdotal observation of these
events and potential relationship to sea
ice changes is a current cause for
concern. In the future, these events may
take on greater significance, especially
for populations that may be
experiencing nutritional stress or related
changes in their environment.
Comment 49: The Service did not
adequately consider polar bear use of
marginal ice zones in the listing
proposal.
Our response: Due to the dynamic and
cyclic nature of sea ice formation and
retreat, marginal ice zones occur on an
annual basis within the circumpolar
area and indeed are important habitat
for polar bears. The timing of
occurrence, location, and persistence of
these zones over time are important
considerations because they serve as
platforms for polar bears to access prey.
Marginal ice zones that are associated
with shallow and productive nearshore
waters are of greatest importance, while
marginal ice zones that occur over the
deeper, less productive central Arctic
basin are not believed to provide values
equivalent to the areas nearshore. New
information on polar bear habitat
selection and use (Durner et al. 2007) is
included in this rule’s sections ‘‘Polar
Bear-Sea Ice Habitat Relationships’’ and
‘‘Effects of Sea Ice Habitat Change on
Polar Bears.’’
Comment 50: The effects of climate
change on polar bears will vary among
populations.
Our response: We recognize that the
effects of climate change will vary
among polar bear populations, and have
discussed those differences in detail in
this final rule. We have determined that
several populations are currently being
negatively affected, and projections
indicate that all populations will be
negatively affected within the
foreseeable future. Preliminary
modeling analyses of future scenarios
using a new approach (the Bayesian
Network Model) describe four
‘‘ecoregions’’ based on current and
projected sea ice conditions (Amstrup et
al. 2007); a discussion of these analyses
is included in Factor A of the
‘‘Summary of Factors Affecting the
Species.’’ Consistent with other
projections, the preliminary model
projects that southern populations with
seasonal ice-free conditions and open
Arctic Basin populations in areas of
‘‘divergent’’ sea ice will be affected
earliest and to the greatest extent,while
populations in the Canadian archipelago
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
populations and populations in areas of
‘‘convergent ‘‘sea ice’’ will be affected
later and to a lesser extent. These model
projections indicate that impacts will
happen at different times and rates in
different regions. On the basis of the
best available scientific information
derived from this preliminary model
and other extensive background
information, we conclude that the
species is not currently in danger of
extinction throughout all or a significant
portion of its range, but is very likely to
become so within the foreseeable future.
We have not identified any areas or
populations that would qualify as
Distinct Population Segments under our
1996 DPS Policy, or any significant
portions of the polar bear’s range that
would qualify for listing as endangered
(see response to Comment 47).
Comment 51: The 19 populations the
Service has identified cannot be thought
of as discrete or stationary geographic
units, and polar bears should be
considered as one Arctic population.
Our response: We agree that the
boundaries of the 19 populations are not
static or stationary. Intensive scientific
study of movement patterns and genetic
analysis reinforces boundaries of some
populations while confirming that
overlap and mixing occur among others.
Neither movement nor genetic
information is intended to mean that the
boundaries are absolute or stationary
geographic units; instead, they most
accurately represent discrete functional
management units based on generalized
patterns of use.
Comment 52: The Service should
evaluate the status of the polar bear in
significant portions of the range or
distinct population segments, due to
regional differences in climate
parameters, and therefore the response
of polar bears.
Our response: We analyzed the status
of polar bears by population and region
in the section ‘‘Demographic Effects of
Sea Ice Changes on Polar Bear’’ and
considered how threats may differ
between areas. We recognize that the
level, rate, and timing of threats will be
uneven across the Arctic and, thus, that
polar bear populations will be affected
at different rates and magnitudes
depending on where they occur. We
find that, although habitat (i.e., sea ice)
changes may occur at different rates, the
direction of change is the same.
Accepted climate models (IPCC AR4
2007; DeWeaver 2007), based on their
ability to simulate present day ice
patterns, all project a unidirectional loss
of sea ice. Similarly, new analyses of
polar bear habitat distribution in the
polar basin projected over time (Durner
et al. 2007) found that while the rate of
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
change in habitat varied between GCMs,
all models projected habitat loss in the
polar basin within the 45-year
foreseeable future timeframe. Therefore,
despite the regional variation in changes
and response, we find that the primary
threat (loss of habitat) is occurring and
is projected to continue to occur
throughout the Arctic. In addition, the
USGS also examined how the effects of
climate change will vary across time
and space; their model projections also
indicate that impacts will happen at
different times and rates in different
regions (Amstrup et al. 2007).
Recognizing the differences in the
timing, rate, and magnitude of threats,
we evaluated whether there were any
specific areas or populations that may
be disproportionately threatened such
that they currently meet the definition
of an endangered species versus a
threatened species. We first considered
whether listing one or more Distinct
Population Segments (DPS) as
endangered may be warranted. We then
considered whether there are any
significant portions of the polar bear’s
range (SPR) where listing the species as
endangered may be warranted. In
evaluating current status of all
populations and projected sea ice
changes and polar bear population
projections, we were unable to identify
any distinct population segments or
significant portions of the range of the
polar bear where the species is currently
in danger of extinction. Rather, we have
concluded that the polar bear is likely
to become an endangered species
throughout its range within the
foreseeable future. Thus, we find that
threatened status throughout the range
is currently the most appropriate listing
under the Act.
Comment 53: One commenter
asserted that the best available scientific
information indicates that polar bear
populations in two ecoregions defined
by Amstrup et al. (2007)—the Seasonal
Ice ecoregion and the polar basin
Divergent ecoregion—should be listed
as endangered.
Our response: We separately
evaluated whether polar bear
populations in these two ecoregions
qualify for a different status than polar
bears in the remainder of the species’
range. We determined that while these
polar bears are likely to become in
danger of extinction within the
foreseeable future, they are not currently
in danger of extinction. See our analysis
in the section ‘‘Distinct Population
Segment (DPS) and Significant Portion
of the Range (SPR) Evaluation.’’
Comment 54: There is insufficient
evidence to conclude that the polar bear
will be threatened or extinct within
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
three generations as no quantitative
analysis or models of population
numbers (or prey abundance) are
offered.
Our response: New information on
population status and trends for the
Southern Beaufort Sea (Hunter et al.
2007; Regehr et al. 2007b) and updated
population estimates for the Northern
Beaufort Sea (Stirling et al. 2007) and
Southern Hudson Bay (Obbard et al.
2007) populations is included in this
rule along with range-wide population
projections based on polar bear
ecological relationship to sea ice and to
changes in sea ice over time (Amstrup
et al. 2007). These studies, plus the
IPCC AR4, and additional analyses of
climate change published within the
last year, have added substantially to
the final rule. Taken together, the new
information builds on previous analyses
to provide sufficient evidence to
demonstrate that: (1) polar bears are sea
ice-dependent species; (2) reductions in
sea ice are occurring now and are very
likely to continue to occur within the
foreseeable future; (3) the linkage
between reduced sea ice and population
reductions has been established; (4)
impacts on polar bear populations will
vary in their timing and magnitude, but
all populations will be affected within
the foreseeable future; and (5) the rate
and magnitude of the predicted changes
in sea ice will make adaptation by polar
bears unrealistic. On these bases, we
have determined that the polar bear is
not currently in danger of extinction
throughout all or a significant portion of
its range, but is likely to become so
within the foreseeable future.
Comment 55: Perceptions differ as to
whether polar bear populations will
decline with loss of sea ice habitat.
Our response: Long-term data sets
necessary to establish the linkage
between population declines and
climate change do not exist for all polar
bear populations within the circumpolar
Arctic. However, the best available
scientific information indicates a link
between polar bear vital rates or
population declines and climate change.
For two populations with extensive time
series of data, Western Hudson Bay and
Southern Beaufort Sea, either the
population numbers or survival rates are
declining and can be related to
reductions in sea ice. In addition,
scientific literature indicates that the
Davis Strait, Baffin Bay, Foxe Basin, and
the Eastern and Western Hudson Bay
populations are expected to decline
significantly in the foreseeable future
based on reductions of sea ice projected
in Holland et al. (2006, pp. 1–5).
Additional population analyses (Regehr
et al. 2007a, b; Hunter et al. 2007;
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28249
Obbard et al. 2007) that further detail
this relationship have been recently
completed and are included in this final
rule.
Comment 56: Factors supporting
listing are cumulative and thus are
unlikely to be quickly reversed. Polar
bears are likely to become endangered
within one to two decades.
Our response: We have concluded
that habitat loss (Factor A) is the
primary factor that threatens the polar
bear throughout its range. We have also
determined that there are no known
regulatory mechanisms in place, and
none that we are aware of that could be
put in place, at the national or
international level, that directly and
effectively address the rangewide loss of
sea ice habitat within the foreseeable
future (Factor D). However, we have
also concluded that other factors (e.g.,
overutilization) may interact with and
exacerbate these primary threats
(particularly habitat loss) within the 45year foreseeable future.
Polar bear populations are being
affected by habitat loss now, and will
continue to be affected within the
foreseeable future. We do not believe
that the species is currently endangered,
but we believe it is likely that the
species will become endangered during
the foreseeable future given current and
projected trends; see detailed discussion
under Factor A in the section
‘‘Demographic Effects of Sea Ice
Changes on Polar Bear’’. We intend to
continue to evaluate the status of polar
bears and will review and amend the
status determination if conditions
warrant. Through 5-year reviews and
international circumpolar monitoring,
we will closely track the status of the
polar bear over time.
Comment 57: Polar bears face
unprecedented threats from climate
change, environmental degradation, and
hunting for subsistence and sport.
Our response: We agree in large part
as noted in detail within this final rule,
but clarify that hunting for subsistence
or sport does not currently threaten the
species in all or a significant portion of
its range, and where we have concerns
regarding the harvest we are hopeful
that existing or newly established
regulatory processes, e.g., the recently
adopted Bilateral Agreement, will be
adequate to ensure that harvest levels
are sustainable and can be adjusted as
our knowledge of population status
changes over time. Please see the
‘‘Summary of Factors Affecting the Polar
Bear’’ for additional discussion of these
issues.
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
28250
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Issue 8: Listing Process
Comment 58: Listing the polar bear
under the Act should be delayed until
reassessment of the status of the species
under Canada’s Species at Risk Act
(SARA) is completed.
Our response: When making listing
decisions, section 4 of the Act
establishes firm deadlines that must be
followed, and does not allow for an
extension unless there is substantial
scientific disagreement regarding the
sufficiency or accuracy of relevant data.
Section 4(b) directs the Secretary to take
into account any efforts being made by
any State or foreign nation to protect the
species under consideration; however,
the Act does not allow the Secretary to
defer a listing decision pending the
outcome of any such efforts. The status
of the polar bear under Canada’s SARA
is discussed under Factor D.
Comment 59: The Act was not
designed to list species based on future
status.
Our response: We agree. We have
determined that the polar bear’s current
status is that it is ‘‘likely to become an
endangered species within the
foreseeable future throughout all or a
significant portion of its range.’’ This is
the definition of a threatened species
under the Act, and we are accordingly
designating the species as threatened.
Comment 60: Use of the IUCN Red
Listing criteria for a listing
determination under the Act is
questionable, and should not be used.
Our response: While we may consider
the opinions and recommendations of
other experts (e.g., IUCN), the
determination as to whether a species
meets the definition of threatened or
endangered must be made by the
Service, and must be based upon the
criteria and standards in the Act. After
reviewing the best available scientific
and commercial information, we have
determined that the polar bear is
threatened throughout its range, based
upon an assessment of threats according
to section 4 of the Act. While some
aspects of our determination may be in
line with the IUCN Red List criteria
(e.g., we used some Red List criteria for
determination of generation time), we
have not used the Red List criteria as a
standard for our determination. Rather,
in accordance with the Act, we
conducted our own analyses and made
our own determination based on the
beast available information. Please see
the ‘‘Summary of Factors Affecting the
Species’’ section for in-depth
discussion.
Comment 61: The peer review process
is flawed due to biases of the individual
peer reviewers.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
Our response: We conducted our peer
review in accordance with our policy
published on July 1, 1994 (59 FR
34270), and based on our
implementation of the OMB Final
Information Quality Bulletin for Peer
Review, dated December 16, 2004. Peer
reviewers were chosen based upon their
ability to provide independent review,
their standing as experts in their
respective disciplines as demonstrated
through publication of articles in peer
reviewed or referred journals, and their
stature promoting an international
cross-section of views. Please see ‘‘Peer
Review’’ section above for additional
discussion.
Peer review comments are available to
the public and have been posted on the
Service’s web site at: https://
alaska.fws.gov/fisheries/mmm/
polarbear/issues.htm. In addition to
peer review comments, the Service also
provides an open public comment
process to ensure in part that any
potential issues of bias are specifically
identified to allow for the issue to be
evaluated for merit. In our analysis of
peer review and public comments we
find that peer review comments were
objective, balanced and without bias.
Comment 62: Requests were received
for additional public hearings and
extension of the public comment period.
Our response: Procedures for public
participation and review in regard to
proposed rules are provided at section
4(b)(5) of the Act, 50 CFR 424, and the
Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C.
551 et seq.)(APA). We are obligated to
hold at least one public hearing on a
listing proposal, if requested to do so
within 45 days after the publication of
the proposal (16 U.S.C. 1533(b)(5)(E)).
As described above, in response to
requests from the public, we held three
public hearings. We were not able to
hold a public hearing that could be
easily accessed by each and every
requester, as we received comments
from throughout the United States and
many other countries. We accepted and
considered oral comments given at the
public hearings, and we incorporated
those comments into the administrative
record for this action. In making our
decision on the proposed rule, we gave
written comments the same weight as
oral comments presented at hearings.
Furthermore, our regulations require a
60-day comment period on proposed
rules (50 CFR 424.16(c)(2)), but the
initial public comment period on the
proposed rule to list the polar bear was
open from January 9 to April 9, 2007,
encompassing approximately 90 days.
The comment period was reopened for
comments on new scientific information
from September 20 through October 22,
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2007, an extra 32 days. We believe the
original 90-day comment period, three
public hearings, and second public
comment period provided ample
opportunity for public comment, as
intended under the Act, our regulations,
and the APA.
Comment 63: The Service’s
conclusion that this regulatory action
does not constitute a significant energy
action and that preparation of a
‘‘Statement of Energy Effects’’ is not
required is flawed.
Our response: In 1982, the Act was
amended by the United States Congress
to clarify that listing and delisting
determinations are to be based on the
best scientific and commercial data
available (Pub. L. 97–304, 96 Stat. 1411)
to clarify that the determination was
intended to be a biological decision and
made without reference to economic or
other non-biological factors. The
specific language from the
accompanying House Report (No. 97–
567) stated, ‘‘The principal purpose of
the amendments to Section 4 is to
ensure that decisions pertaining to the
listing and delisting of species are based
solely upon biological criteria and to
prevent non-biological considerations
from affecting such decisions.’’ Further
as noted in another U.S. House of
Representatives Report, economic
considerations have no relevance to
determinations regarding the status of
the species and the economic analysis
requirements of Executive Order 12291,
and such statutes as the Regulatory
Flexibility Act and Paperwork
Reduction Act, will not apply to any
phase of the listing process.’’ (H.R. Rep.
No 835, 97th Cong., Sess. 19 (1982)). On
the basis of the amendments to the Act
put forth by Congress in 1982 and
Congressional intent as evidenced in the
quotation above, we have determined
that the provisions of Executive Order
13211 ‘‘Actions Concerning Regulations
That Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution, or Use’’ (66 FR 28355), do
not apply to listing and delisting
determinations under section 4 of the
Act because of their economic basis.
Therefore, Executive Order 13211 does
not apply to this determination to list
the polar bear as threatened throughout
its range.
Comment 64: There is insufficient
information to proceed with a listing,
and thus our proposal was arbitrary and
capricious.
Our response: Under the APA, a court
may set aside an agency rulemaking if
found to be, among other things,
‘‘arbitrary, capricious, an abuse of
discretion, or otherwise not in
accordance with law’’ (5 U.S.C.
706(2)(A)). The Endangered Species Act
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
requires that listing decisions be based
solely on the best scientific and
commercial information available. We
have used the best available scientific
information throughout our analysis,
and have taken a number of steps-as
required by the Act and its
implementing regulations, the APA, and
our peer review policy—to ensure that
our analysis of the available information
was balanced and objective. The
evaluation of information contained
within the final rule and all other
related documents (e.g., the Status
Review (Schliebe et al. 2006a) is a result
of multiple levels of review and
validation of information. We sought
peer review and public comment, and
incorporated all additional information
received through these processes, where
applicable. These steps were transparent
and made available to the public for
inspection, review, and comment. We
have determined that the best available
scientific and commercial information is
sufficient to find that the polar bear
meets the definition of a threatened
species under the Act.
Comment 65: The Service did not
comply with the Information Quality
Act and with the Service’s Information
Quality Guidelines.
Our response: The Information
Quality Act requires Federal agencies to
ensure the quality, objectivity, utility,
and integrity of the information they
disseminate. ‘‘Utility’’ refers to the
usefulness of the information to its
intended users, and ‘‘integrity’’ pertains
to the protection of the information from
unauthorized access or revision.
According to OMB guidelines (67 FR
8452), technical information that has
been subjected to formal, independent,
external peer review, as is performed by
scientific journals, is presumed to be of
acceptable objectivity. Literature used in
the proposed rule was considered the
best available peer-reviewed literature at
the time. In addition, our proposed rule
was peer-reviewed by 14 experts in the
field of polar bear biology and
climatology. In instances where
information used in the proposed rule
has become outdated, this final rule has
been revised to reflect the most current
scientific information. Despite being
peer-reviewed, most scientific
information has some limitations and
statements of absolute certainty are not
possible. In this rule, and in accordance
with our responsibilities under the Act,
we sought to provide a balanced
analysis by considering all available
information relevant to the status of
polar bears and potential impacts of
climate change and by acknowledging
and considering the limitations of the
information that provided the basis for
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
our analysis and decision-making (see
‘‘Summary of Factors Affecting the Polar
Bear’’ and ‘‘Issue 5: Climate Change’’ for
more information).
Comment 66: National Environmental
Policy Act (NEPA) compliance is
lacking, and an Environmental Impact
Statement is needed as this is a
significant Federal action.
Our response: The rule is exempt
from NEPA procedures. In 1983, upon
recommendation of the Council on
Environmental Quality, the Service
determined that NEPA documents are
not required for regulations adopted
pursuant to section 4(a) of the Act. A
notice outlining the Service’s reasons
for this determination was published in
the Federal Register on October 25,
1983 (48 FR 49244). A listing rule
provides the appropriate and necessary
prohibitions and authorizations for a
species that has been determined to be
threatened under section 4(a) of the Act.
The opportunity for public commentsone of the goals of NEPA-is also already
provided through section 4 rulemaking
procedures. This determination was
upheld in Pacific Legal Foundation v.
Andrus, 657 F.2d 829 (6th Cir. 1981).
Comment 67: The Service should
fulfill its requirement to have regular
and meaningful consultation and
collaboration with Alaska Native
organizations in the development of this
Federal action.
Our response: As detailed in the
preamble to this section of the final rule,
we actively engaged in government-togovernment consultation with Alaska
Native Tribes in accordance with E.O.
13175 and Secretarial Order 3225. Since
1997, the Service has worked closely
with the Alaska Nanuuq Commission
(Commission) on polar bear
management and conservation for
subsistence purposes. Not only was the
Commission kept fully informed
throughout the development of the
proposed rule, but that organization was
asked to serve as a peer reviewer of the
Status Review (Schliebe et al. 2006a)
and the proposed rule (72 FR 1064).
Following publication of the proposed
rule, the Service actively solicited
comments from Alaska Natives living
within the range of the polar bear. We
received comments on the proposed
rule from seven tribal associations. We
held a public hearing in Barrow, Alaska,
to enable Alaska Natives to provide oral
comment. We invited the 15 villages in
the Commission to participate in the
hearing, and we offered the opportunity
to provide oral comment via
teleconference. Thus, we believe we
have fulfilled our requirement to have
regular and meaningful consultation
and collaboration with Alaska Native
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28251
organizations in the development of this
final rule.
Comment 68: An Initial Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) should be
completed prior to the publication of a
final rule.
Our response: Under the Regulatory
Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq., as
amended by the Small Business
Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act
(SBREFA) of 1996), an IRFA is prepared
in order to describe the effects of a rule
on small entities (small businesses,
small organizations, and small
government jurisdictions). An IRFA is
not prepared in a listing decision
because we consider only the best
available scientific information and do
not consider economic impacts (please
see response to Comment 70 for
additional discussion).
Comment 69: Some commenters
stated that the Service should designate
critical habitat concurrent with this
rulemaking; however, several other
commenters disagreed.
Our response: Section 4(a)(3) of the
Act requires that, to the maximum
extent prudent and determinable, the
Secretary designate critical habitat at the
time the species is listed. Accordingly,
we are not able to forego the process of
designating critical habitat when doing
so is prudent and critical habitat is
determinable. Service regulations (50
CFR 424.12(a)) state that critical habitat
is not determinable if information
sufficient to perform required analyses
of the impacts of designation is lacking
or if the biological needs of the species
are not sufficiently well known to
permit identification of an area as
critical habitat. Given the complexity
and degree of uncertainty at this time as
to which specific areas in Alaska might
be essential to the conservation of the
polar bear in the long-term under
rapidly changing environmental
conditions, we have determined that we
will need additional time to conduct a
thorough evaluation and peer review of
a potential critical habitat designation.
Thus, we are not publishing a proposed
designation of critical habitat
concurrently with this final listing rule,
but we intend to publish a proposed
designation in the very near future.
Please see the ‘‘Critical Habitat’’ section
below for further discussion.
Issue 9: Impacts of Listing
Comment 70: Several comments
highlighted potential impacts of listing,
such as economic consequences,
additional regulatory burden, and
conservation benefits. Other
commenters noted that economic factors
cannot be taken into consideration at
this stage of the listing.
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28252
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Our response: Under section
4(b)(1)(A) of the Act, we must base a
listing decision solely on the best
scientific and commercial data
available. The legislative history of this
provision clearly states the intent of
Congress to ensure that listing decisions
are ‘‘* * * based solely on biological
criteria and to prevent non-biological
criteria from affecting such decisions
* * *’’ (see reponse to Comment PR8
for more details). Therefore, we did not
consider the economic impacts of listing
the polar bear. In our Notice of
Interagency Cooperative Policy of
Endangered Species Act Section 9
Prohibitions (59 FR 34272), we stated
our policy to identify, to the extent
known at the time a species is listed,
specific activities that will not be
considered likely to result in violation
of section 9 of the Act. In accordance
with that policy, we have published in
this final rule a list of activities we
believe will not result in violation of
section 9 of the Act (see ‘‘Available
Conservation Measures’’ section of this
rule for further discussion). However,
because the polar bear is listed as a
threatened species and the provisions of
section 4(d) of the Act authorize the
Service to implement, by regulation,
those measures included in section 9 of
the Act that are deemed necessary and
advisable to provide for the
conservation of the species, please
consult the special rule for the polar
bear that is published in today’s edition
of the Federal Register for all of the
prohibitions and exceptions that apply
to this threatened species.
Comment 71: Several comments were
received pertaining to the effectiveness
of listing the polar bear under the Act,
specifically whether listing would or
would not contribute to the
conservation of the species.
Our response: The potential efficacy
of a listing action to conserve a species
cannot be considered in making the
listing decision. The Service must make
its determination based on a
consideration of the factors affecting the
species, utilizing only the best scientific
and commercial information available
and is not able to consider other factors
or impacts (see response to Comment 70
for additional discussion). Listing
recognizes the status of the species and
invokes the protection and
considerations under the Act, including
regulatory provisions, consideration of
Federal activities that may affect the
polar bear, potential critical habitat
designation. The Service will also
develop a recovery plan and a
rangewide conservation strategy. Please
see the responses to comments under
‘‘Issue 10: Recovery’’ as well as the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
‘‘Available Conservation Measures’’
section of this rule for further
discussion.
Comment 72: Listing under the Act
may result in additional regulation of
industry and development activities in
the Arctic. A discussion of incidental
take authorization should be included
in the listing rule. Some comments
reflected concern regarding the
perceived economic implications of
regulatory and administrative
requirements stemming from listing.
Our response: Section 7(a)(2) of the
Act, as amended, requires Federal
agencies to consult with the Service to
ensure that the actions they authorize,
fund, or carry out are not likely to
jeopardize the continued existence of
listed species. Informal consultation
provides an opportunity for the action
agency and the Service to explore ways
to modify the action to reduce or avoid
adverse effects to the listed species or
designated critical habitat. In the event
that adverse effects are unavoidable,
formal consultation is required. Formal
consultation is a process in which the
Service determines if the action will
result in incidental take of individuals,
assesses the action’s potential to
jeopardize the continued existence of
the species, and develops an incidental
take statement. Formal consultation
concludes when the Service issues a
biological opinion, including any
mandatory measures prescribed to
reduce the amount or extent of
incidental take of the action. In the case
of marine mammals, the Service must
also ensure compliance with regulations
promulgated under section 101(a)(5) of
the MMPA. Authorization of incidental
take under the MMPA is discussed
under Factor D. Actions that are already
subject to section 7 consultation
requirements in the Arctic, some of
which may involve the polar bear,
include, but are not limited to: Refuge
operations and research permits; U.S.
Army Corps of Engineers and
Environmental Protection Agency
permitting actions under the Clean
Water Act and Clean Air Act; Bureau of
Land Management land-use planning
and management activities including
onshore oil and gas leasing activities;
Minerals Management Service
administration of offshore oil and gas
leasing activities; and Denali
Commission funding of fueling and
power generation projects.
Issue 10: Recovery
Comment 73: Several comments
identified additional research needs
related to polar bears, their prey,
indigenous people, climate, and
anthropogenic and cumulative effects
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
on polar bears. Some specific
recommendations include increased
research and continued monitoring of
polar bear populations and their prey,
monitoring of polar bear harvest, and
development of more comprehensive
climate change models.
Our response: We agree that
additional research would benefit the
conservation of the polar bear. The
Service will continue to work with the
USGS, the State of Alaska, the IUCN/
PBSG, independent scientists,
indigenous people, and other interested
parties to conduct research and
monitoring on Alaska’s shared polar
bear populations. While the Service
does not have appropriate resources or
management responsibility for
conducting climate research, we have
and will continue to work with
climatologists and experts from USGS,
NASA, and NOAA to address polar
bear-climate related issues.
Furthermore, we will consider
appropriate research and monitoring
recommendations received from the
public in the development of a
rangewide conservation strategy.
Comment 74: Several commenters
provided recommendations for recovery
actions, to be considered both in
addition to and in lieu of listing. Other
commenters cited the need for
immediate recovery planning and
implementation upon completion of a
final listing rule.
Our response: As discussed
throughout this final rule, the Service
has been working with Range countries
on conservation actions for the polar
bears for a number of years. Due to the
significant threats to the polar bear’s
habitat, however, it is our determination
that the polar bear meets the definition
of a threatened species under the Act
and requires listing. With completion of
this final listing rule, the Service will
continue and expand coordination with
the Range countries regarding other
appropriate international initiatives that
would assist in the development of a
rangewide conservation strategy.
However, it must be recognized that the
threats to the polar bear’s habitat may
only be addressed on a global level.
Recovery planning under section 4(f) of
the Act will be limited to areas under
U.S. jurisdiction, since the preparation
of a formal recovery plan would not
promote the conservation of polar bears
in foreign countries that are not subject
to the implementation schedules and
recovery goals established in such a
plan. However, the Service will use its
section 8 authorities to carry out
conservation measures for polar bears in
cooperation with foreign countries.
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Summary of Factors Affecting the Polar
Bear
Section 4 of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1533),
and implementing regulations at 50 CFR
part 424, set forth procedures for adding
species to the Federal Lists of
Endangered and Threatened Wildlife
and Plants. Under section 4(a) of the
Act, we may list a species on the basis
of any of five factors, as follows: (A) The
present or threatened destruction,
modification, or curtailment of its
habitat or range; (B) overutilization for
commercial, recreational, scientific, or
educational purposes; (C) disease or
predation; (D) the inadequacy of
existing regulatory mechanisms; or (E)
other natural or manmade factors
affecting its continued existence. In
making this finding, the best scientific
and commercial information available
regarding the status and trends of the
polar bear is considered in relation to
the five factors provided in section
4(a)(1) of the Act.
In the context of the Act, the term
‘‘endangered species’’ means any
species or subspecies or, for vertebrates,
Distinct Population Segment (DPS), that
is in danger of extinction throughout all
or a significant portion of its range, and
a ‘‘threatened species’’ is any species
that is likely to become an endangered
species within the foreseeable future.
The Act does not define the term
‘‘foreseeable future.’’ For this final rule,
we have identified 45 years as the
foreseeable future for polar bears; our
rationale for selecting this timeframe is
presented in the following section.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Foreseeable Future
For this final rule, we have
determined the ‘‘foreseeable future’’ in
terms of the timeframe over which the
best available scientific data allow us to
reliably assess the effects of threats on
the polar bear.
The principal threat to polar bears is
the loss of their primary habitat-sea ice.
The linkage between habitat loss and
corresponding effects on polar bear
populations was hypothesized in the
past (Budyko 1966, p. 20; Lentfer 1972,
p. 169; Tynan and DeMaster 1997, p.
315; Stirling and Derocher 1993, pp.
241–244; Derocher et al. 2004, p. 163),
but is now becoming well established
through long-term field studies that
span multiple generations (Stirling et al.
1999, pp. 300–302; Stirling and
Parkinson 2006, pp. 266–274; Regehr et
al. 2006; Regehr et al. 2007a, 2007b;
Rode et al. 2007, pp. 5–8; Hunter et al.
2007, pp. 8–14; Amstrup et al. 2007).
The timeframe over which the best
available scientific data allows us to
reliably assess the effect of threats on
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
the species is the critical component for
determining the foreseeable future. In
the case of the polar bear, the key threat
is loss of sea ice, the species’ primary
habitat. Sea ice is rapidly diminishing
throughout the Arctic, and the best
available evidence is that Arctic sea ice
will continue to be affected by climate
change. Recent comprehensive
syntheses of climate change information
(e.g., IPCC AR4) and additional
modeling studies (e.g., Overland and
Wang 2007a, pp. 1–7; Stroeve et al.
2007, pp. 1–5) show that, in general, the
climate models that best simulate Arctic
conditions all project significant losses
of sea ice over the 21st century. A key
issue in determining what timeframe to
use for the foreseeable future has to do
with the uncertainty associated with
climate model projections at various
points in the future. Virtually all of the
climate model projections in the AR4
and other studies extend to the end of
the 21st century, so we considered
whether a longer timeframe for the
foreseeable future was appropriate. The
AR4 and other studies help clarify the
scientific uncertainty associated with
climate change projections, and allow
us to make a more objective decision
related to the timeframe over which we
can reliably assess threats.
Available information indicates that
climate change projections over the next
40–50 years are more reliable than
projections over the next 80–90 years.
This is illustrated in Figure 5 above.
Examination of the trend lines for
temperature using the three emissions
scenarios, as shown in Figure 5,
illustrates that temperature increases
over the next 40–50 years are relatively
insensitive to the SRES emissions
scenario used to model the projected
change (i.e., the lines in Figure 5 are
very close to one another for the first
40–50 years). The ‘‘limited sensitivity’’
of the results is because the state-of-theart climate models used in the AR4 have
known physics connecting increases in
GHGs to temperature increases through
radiation processes (Overland and Wang
2007a, pp. 1–7, cited in J. Overland,
NOAA, in litt. to the Service, 2007), and
the GHG levels used in the SRES
emissions scenarios follow similar
trends until around 2040–2050. Because
increases in GHGs have lag effects on
climate and projections of GHG
emissions can be extrapolated with
greater confidence over the next few
decades, model results projecting out for
the next 40–50 years (near-term climate
change estimates) have greater
credibility than results projected much
further into the future (long-term
climate change) (J. Overland, NOAA, in
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28253
litt. to the Service, 2007). Thus, the
uncertainty associated with emissions is
relatively smaller for the 45-year
‘‘foreseeable future’’ for the polar bear
listing. After 2050, greater uncertainty
associated with various climate
mechanisms, including the carbon
cycle, is reflected in the increasingly
larger confidence intervals around
temperature trend lines for each of the
SRES emissions scenarios (see Figure 5).
In addition, beyond 40–50 years, the
trend lines diverge from one another
due to differences among the SRES
emissions scenarios. These SRES
scenarios diverge because each makes
different assumptions about the effects
that population growth, potential
technological improvements, societal
and regulatory changes, and economic
growth have on GHG emissions, and
those differences are more pronounced
after 2050. The divergence in the lines
beyond 2050 is another source of
uncertainty in that there is less
confidence in what changes might take
place to affect GHG emissions beyond
40–50 years from now.
The IPCC AR4 reaches a similar
conclusion about the reliability of
projection results over the short term
(40–50 years) versus results over the
long term (80–90 years) (IPCC 2007, p.
749) in discussing projected changes in
surface air temperatures (SATs):
‘‘There is close agreement of globally
averaged SAT multi-model mean warming
for the early 21st century for concentrations
derived from the three non-mitigated IPCC
Special Report on Emission Scenarios (SRES:
B1, A1B and A2) scenarios (including only
anthropogenic forcing) run by the AOGCMs
* * * this warming rate is affected little by
different scenario assumptions or different
model sensitivities, and is consistent with
that observed for the past few decades * * *.
Possible future variations in natural forcings
(e.g., a large volcanic eruption) could change
those values somewhat, but about half of the
early 21st-century warming is committed in
the sense that it would occur even if
atmospheric concentrations were held fixed
at year 2000 values. By mid-century (2046–
2065), the choice of scenario becomes more
important for the magnitude of multi-model
globally averaged SAT warming * * *.
About a third of that warming is projected to
be due to climate change that is already
committed. By late century (2090–2099),
differences between scenarios are large, and
only about 20% of that warming arises from
climate change that is already committed.’’
On the basis of our analysis,
reinforced by conclusions of the IPCC
AR4, we have determined that climate
changes projected within the next 40–50
years are more reliable than projections
for the second half of the 21st century.
The 40–50 year timeframe for a
reliable projection of threats to habitat
corresponds closely to the timeframe of
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28254
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
three polar bear generations (45 years),
as determined by the method described
in the following paragraph. Long-term
studies have demonstrated, and world
experts (e.g., PBSG) are in agreement,
that three generations is an appropriate
timespan to use to reliably assess the
status of the polar bear and the effects
of threats on population-level
parameters (e.g., body condition indices,
vital rates, and population numbers).
This is based on the life history of the
polar bear, the large natural variability
associated with polar bear population
processes, and the capacity of the
species for ecological and behavioral
adaptation (Schliebe et al. 2006a, pp.
59–60). Although not relied on as the
basis for determining ‘‘foreseeable
future’’ in this rule, the correspondence
of this timeframe with important
biological considerations provides
greater confidence for this listing
determination.
Polar bears are long-lived mammals,
and adults typically have high survival
rates. Both sexes can live 20 to 25 years
(Stirling and Derocher 2007), but few
polar bears in the wild live to be older
than 20 years (Stirling 1988, p. 139;
Stirling 1990, p. 225). Due to extremely
low reproductive rates, polar bears
require a high survival rate to maintain
population levels. Survival rates
increase up to a certain age, with cubsof-the-year having the lowest rates and
prime age adults (between 5 and 20
years of age) having survival rates that
can exceed 90 percent. Generation
length is the average age of parents of
the current cohort; generation length
therefore reflects the turnover rate of
breeding individuals in a population.
We adapted the criteria of the IUCN Red
List process (IUCN 2004) for
determining polar bear generation time
in both the proposed rule (72 FR 1064)
and this final rule. A generation span,
as defined by IUCN, is calculated as the
age of sexual maturity (5 years for polar
bears) plus 50 percent of the length of
the lifetime reproductive period (20
years for polar bears). The IUCN Red
List process also uses a three-generation
timeframe ‘‘to scale the decline
threshold for the species’’ life history’’
(IUCN 2004), recognizing that a
maximum time cap is needed for
assessments based on projections into
the future because ‘‘the distant future
cannot be predicted with enough
certainty to justify its use’’ in
determining whether a species is
threatened or endangered. Based on
these criteria, the length of one
generation for the polar bear is 15 years,
and, thus, three generations are 45
years.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
The appropriate timeframe for
assessing the effects of threats on polar
bear population status must be
determined on the basis of an
assessment of the reliability of available
biological and threat information at each
step. For polar bear, the reliability of
biological information and, therefore,
population status projections, increases
if a multigenerational analysis is used.
In general, the reliability of information
and projections increases with time,
until a point when reliability begins to
decline again due to uncertainty in
projecting threats and corresponding
responses by polar bear populations (S.
Schliebe, pers. comm., 2008). This
decline in reliability depends on the
level of uncertainty associated with
projected threats and their relationship
to the population dynamics of the
species. With polar bears, we expect the
reliability of population status
projections to diminish around 4–5
generations. Thus, ±3 generations is the
optimal timeframe to reliably assess the
status of the polar bear response to
population-level threats. This
progression can be illustrated by results
from studies of the Western Hudson Bay
polar bear population.
In western Hudson Bay, break-up of
the annual sea ice now occurs
approximately 2.5 weeks earlier than it
did 30 years ago (see discussion of
‘‘Western Hudson Bay’’ population
under Factor A and Stirling and
Parkinson 2006, p. 265). Stirling and
colleagues measured mean estimated
mass of lone adult female polar bears
from 1980 through 2004, and
determined that their average weight
declined by about 65 kg (143 lbs) over
that period. Stirling and Parkinson
(2006, p. 266) project that cub
production could cease in 20 to 30 years
if climate trends continue as projected
by the IPCC. The overall timeframe
covered by this scenario is 45–55 years,
which is within the ±3 generation
timeframe. In addition, Regehr et al.
(2007a, p. 2,673) analyzed population
trend data for 1987 through 2004 and
documented a long-term, gradual
decline in population size that is
anticipated to continue into the future.
These two lines of evidence indicate
that the species will likely be in danger
of extinction within the next 45 years.
Beyond that timeframe, the population
trend and threats information are too
uncertain to reliably project the status of
the species.
In summary, we considered the
timeframe over which the best available
scientific data allow us to reliably assess
the effect of threats on the polar bear,
and determined that there is substantial
scientific reliability associated with
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
climate model projections of sea ice
change over the next 40–50 years.
Confidence limits are much closer (i.e.,
more certain) for projections of the next
40–50 years and all projections agree
that sea ice will continue to decrease. In
comparison, periods beyond 50 years
exhibit wider confidence limits,
although all trends continue to express
warming and loss of sea ice (IPCC 2007,
p. 749; Overland and Wang 2007a, pp.
1–7; Stroeve et al. 2007, pp. 1–5). This
timespan compares well with the 3generation (45-year) timeframe over
which we can reliably evaluate the
effects of environmental change on
polar bear life history and population
parameters. Therefore, we believe that a
45-year foreseeable future is a
reasonable and objective timeframe for
analysis of whether polar bears are
likely to become endangered.
This 45-year timeframe for assessing
the status of the species is consistent
with the work of the PBSG in
reassessing the status of polar bears
globally in June 2005 (Aars et al. 2006,
p. 31) for purposes of IUCN Red List
classification. More than 40 technical
experts were involved in the PBSG
review (including polar bear experts
from the range countries and other
invited polar bear specialists), and these
PBSG technical experts supported the
definition of a polar bear generation as
15 years, and the application of three
generations as the appropriate
timeframe over which to evaluate polar
bear population trends for the purposes
of IUCN Red List categorization.
Although the Red List process is not the
same as our evaluation for listing a
species under the Act, the basic
rationale for determining generation
length and timeframe for analysis of
threats is similar in both. None of the
experts raised an issue with the 45-year
timeframe for analysis of population
trends.
In addition, when seeking peer review
of both the Status Review (Schliebe et al.
2006a) and the proposed rule to list the
polar bear as threatened (72 FR 1064),
we specifically asked peer reviewers to
comment on the 45-year foreseeable
future and the method we used to derive
that timeframe. All reviewers that
commented on this subject indicated
that a 45-year timeframe for the
foreseeable future was appropriate, with
the exception of one reviewer who
thought the foreseeable future should be
100 years. Thus, both the independent
reviews by PBSG and the input from
peer reviewers corroborate our final
decision and our rationale for using 45
years as the foreseeable future for the
polar bear.
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Our evaluation of the five factors with
respect to polar bear populations is
presented below. We considered all
relevant available scientific and
commercial information under each of
the listing factors in the context of the
present-day distribution of the polar
bear.
Factor A. Present or Threatened
Destruction, Modification, or
Curtailment of the Polar Bear’s Habitat
or Range
Introduction
As described in detail in the ‘‘Species
Biology’’ section of this rule, polar bears
are evolutionarily adapted to life on sea
ice (Stirling 1988, p. 24; Amstrup 2003,
p. 587). They need sea ice as a platform
for hunting, for seasonal movements, for
travel to terrestrial denning areas, for
resting, and for mating (Stirling and
Derocher 1993, p. 241). Moore and
Huntington (in press) classify polar
bears as an ‘‘ice-obligate’’ species
because of their reliance on sea ice as a
platform for resting, breeding, and
hunting. Laidre et al. (in press) similarly
describe the polar bear as a species that
principally relies on annual sea ice over
the continental shelf and areas toward
the southern extent of the edge of sea ice
for foraging. Some polar bears use
terrestrial habitats seasonally (e.g., for
denning or for resting during open water
periods). Open water by itself is not
considered to be a habitat type
frequently used by polar bears, because
life functions such as feeding,
reproduction, or resting do not occur in
open water. However, open water is a
fundamental part of the marine system
that supports seal species, the principal
prey of polar bears, and seasonally
refreezes to form the ice needed by the
bears (see ‘‘Open Water Habitat’’ section
for more information). In addition, the
extent of open water is important
because vast areas of open water may
limit a bear’s ability to access sea ice or
land (see ‘‘Open Water Swimming’’
section for more detail). Snow cover,
both on land and on sea ice, is an
important component of polar bear
habitat in that it provides insulation and
cover for young polar bears and ringed
seals in snow dens or lairs on sea ice
(see ‘‘Maternal Denning Habitat’’ section
for more detail).
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Previous Warming Periods and Polar
Bears
Genetic evidence indicates that polar
bears diverged from grizzly bears
between 200,000–400,000 years ago
(Talbot and Shields 1996a, p. 490;
Talbot and Shields 1996b, p. 574);
however, polar bears do not appear in
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
the fossil record until the Last
Interglacial Period (LIG) (115,000–
140,000 years ago) (Kurten 1964, p. 25;
Ingolfsson and Wiig 2007). Depending
on the exact timing of their divergence,
polar bears may have experienced
several periods of climatic warming,
including a period 115,000–140,000
years ago, a period of warming 4,000–
12,000 years ago (Holocene Thermal
Maximum), and most recently during
medieval times (800 to 1200 A.D.).
During these periods there is evidence
suggesting that regional air temperatures
were higher than present day and that
sea ice and glacial ice were significantly
reduced (Circumpolar Arctic
PaleoEnvironments (CAPE) 2006, p.
1394; Jansen et al. 2007, p. 435, 468).
This section considers historical
information available on polar bears and
the environmental conditions during
these warming periods.
During the LIG (115,000–140,000
years ago), some regions of the world
including parts of the Arctic
experienced warmer than present day
temperatures as well as greatly reduced
sea ice in some areas, including what is
now coastal Alaska and Greenland
(Jansen et al. 2007, p. 453). CAPE (2006,
p.1393) concludes that all sectors of the
Arctic were warmer than present during
the LIG, but that the magnitude of
warming was not uniform across all
regions of the Arctic. Summer
temperature anomalies at lower
Northern Hemisphere latitudes below
the Arctic were not as pronounced as
those at higher latitudes but still are
estimated to have ranged from 0–2
degrees C above present (CAPE 2006, p.
1394). Furthermore, according to the
IPCC, while the average temperature
when considered globally during the
LIG was not notably higher than present
day, the rate of warming averaged 10
times slower than the rate of warming
during the 20th century (Jansen et al.
2007, p. 453). However, the rate at
which change occurred may have been
more rapid regionally, particularly in
the Arctic (CAPE 2006, p. 1394). While
the specific responses of polar bears to
regional changes in climate during the
LIG are not known, they may have
survived regional warming events by
altering their distribution and/or
retracting their range. Similar range
retraction is projected for polar bears in
the 21st century (Durner et al. 2007).
However, the slower rate of climate
change and more regional scale of
change during the LIG suggest that polar
bears had more opportunity to adapt
during this time in comparison to the
current observed and projected
relatively rapid, global climate change
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28255
(Jansen et al. 2007, p. 776; Lemke et al.
2007, p. 351).
The HTM 4,000–12,000 years ago also
appears to have affected climate Arcticwide, though summer temperature
anomalies were lower than those that
occurred during the LIG (CAPE 2006, p.
1394). Kaufman et al. (2003, p. 545)
report that mean surface temperatures
during the HTM were 1.6 ± 0.8 degrees
C (range: 0.5–3 degrees C) higher in
terrestrial habitats and 3.8 ± 1.9 degrees
C at marine sites than present-day
temperatures at 120 sites throughout the
western Arctic (Northeast Russia to
Iceland, including all of North
America). Furthermore, Birks and
Amman (2000, pp. 1,392–1,393) provide
evidence that change in some areas may
have been rapid, including an increase
of 0.2–0.3 degrees C per 25 years in
Norway and Switzerland. However, the
timing of warming across the Arctic was
not uniform, with Alaska and northwest
Canada experiencing peak warming
4,000 years prior to northeast Canada
(Kaufman et al. 2004, p. 529). Thus
while regional changes in temperature
are believed to have occurred, the IPCC
concluded that annual global mean
temperatures were not warmer than
present day any time during the
Holocene (Jansen et al. 2007, p. 465).
While polar bears did experience
warmer temperatures in their range
during this time, the regional nature of
warming that occurred may have aided
their survival through this period in
certain areas. However, the degree to
which polar bears may have been
impacted either regionally or Arcticwide is unknown.
The most recent period of warming
occurred during the Medieval period
(generally considered to be the period
from 950 to 1300 AD). This episode
again appears to have been regional
rather than global (Broecker 2001, p.
1,497; Jansen et al. 2007, p. 469);
additionally, temperatures during this
period are estimated to be 0.1–0.2
degrees C below the 1961 to 1990 mean
and significantly below the instrumental
data after 1980 (Jansen et al. 2007, p.
469). Thus, temperatures and rate of
change estimated for this time period do
not appear comparable to present day
conditions.
Unfortunately, the limited scientific
evidence currently available to us for
these time periods does limit our ability
to assess how polar bears responded to
previous warming events. For example,
while genetic analyses can be useful for
identifying significant reductions in
population size throughout a species’
history (Hedrick 1996, p. 897; Driscoll et
al. 2002, p. 414), most genetic studies of
polar bears have focused on analyzing
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28256
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
variation in micro-satellite DNA for the
purposes of differentiating populations
(i.e., identifying genetic structure;
Paetkau et al. 1995, p. 347; Paetkau et
al. 1999, p. 1,571; Cronin et al. 2006, p.
655). Additionally, genetic analyses for
the purpose of identifying population
bottlenecks require accurate
quantification of mutation rates to
determine how far back in time an event
can be detected and a combination of
mitochondrial and nuclear DNA
analyses to eliminate potential
alternative factors, other than a
population bottleneck, that might result
in or counteract low genetic variation
(Driscoll et al. 2002, pp. 420–421;
Hedrick 1996, p. 898; Nystrom et al.
2006, p. 84). The results of microsatellite studies for polar bears have
documented that within-population
genetic variation is similar to black and
grizzly bears (Amstrup 2003, p. 590),
but that among populations, genetic
structuring or diversity is low (Paetkau
et al. 1995, p. 347; Cronin et al. 2006,
pp. 658–659). The latter has been
attributed with extensive population
mixing associated with large home
ranges and movement patterns, as well
as the more recent divergence of polar
bears in comparison to grizzly and black
bears (Talbot and Shields 1996a, p. 490;
Talbot and Shields 1996b, p. 574;
Paetkau et al. 1999, p. 1,580). Inferring
whether the degree of genetic variation
from these studies is indicative of a
population bottleneck, however,
requires additional analyses that have
yet to be conducted. Furthermore, the
very limited fossil record of polar bears
sheds little light on possible populationlevel responses of polar bears to
previous warming events (Derocher et
al. 2004, p. 163).
Thus, while polar bears as a species
have survived at least one period of
regional warming greater than present
day, it is important to recognize that the
degree that they were impacted is not
known and there are differences
between the circumstances surrounding
historical periods of climate change and
present day. First, the IPCC concludes
that the current rate of global climate
change is much more rapid and very
unusual in the context of past changes
(Jansen et al. 2007, p. 465). Although
large variation in regional climate has
been documented in the past 200,000
years, there is no evidence that mean
global temperature increased at a faster
rate than present warming (Jansen et al.
2007, p. 465), nor is there evidence that
these changes occurred at the same time
across regions. Furthermore, projected
rates of future global change are much
greater than rates of global temperature
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
increase during the past 50 million
years (Jansen et al. 2007, p. 465).
Derocher et al. (2004, p. 163, 172)
suggest that this rate of change will limit
the ability of polar bears to respond and
survive in large numbers. Secondly,
polar bears today experience multiple
stressors that were not present during
historical warming periods. As
explained further under Factors B, C,
and E, polar bears today contend with
harvest, contaminants, oil and gas
development, and additional
interactions with humans (Derocher et
al. 2004, p. 172) that they did not
experience in previous warming
periods, whereas during the HTM,
humans had just begun to colonize
North America. Thus, both the
cumulative effects of multiple stressors
and the rapid rate of climate change
today create a unique and
unprecedented challenge for presentday polar bears in comparison to
historical warming events.
Effects of Sea Ice Habitat Change on
Polar Bears
Observed and predicted changes in
sea ice cover, characteristics, and timing
have profound effects on polar bears
(Derocher and Stirling 1996, p. 1,250;
Stirling et al. 1999, p. 294; Stirling and
Parkinson 2006, p. 261; Regehr et al.
2007b, p. 18). As noted above, sea ice
is a highly dynamic habitat with
different types, forms, stages, and
distributions that all operate as a
complex matrix in determining
biological productivity and use by
marine organisms, including polar bears
and their primary prey base, ice seal
species. Polar bear use of sea ice is not
uniform. Their preferred habitat is the
annual ice located over the continental
shelf and inter-island archipelagos that
circle the Arctic basin. Ice seal species
demonstrate a similar preference for
these ice habitats.
In the Arctic, Hudson Bay, Canada
has experienced some of the earliest ice
changes due to its southerly location on
a divide between a warming and a
cooling region (Arctic Monitoring
Assessment Program (AMAP) 2003, p.
22), making it an ideal area to study the
impacts of climate change. In addition,
Hudson Bay has the most extensive
long-term data on the ecology of polar
bears and is the location where the first
evidence of major and ongoing impacts
to polar bears from sea ice changes has
been documented. Many researchers
over the past 40 years have predicted an
array of impacts to polar bears from
climatic change that include adverse
effects on denning, food chain
disruption, and prey availability
(Budyko 1966, p. 20; Lentfer 1972, p.
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
169; Tynan and DeMaster 1997, p. 315;
Stirling and Derocher 1993, pp. 241–
244). Stirling and Derocher (1993, p.
240) first noted changes, such as
declining body condition, lowered
reproductive rates, and reduced cub
survival, in polar bears in western
Hudson Bay; they attributed these
changes to a changing ice environment.
Subsequently, Stirling et al. (1999, p.
303) established a statistically
significant link between climate change
in western Hudson Bay, reduced ice
presence, and observed declines in
polar bear physical and reproductive
parameters, including body condition
(weight) and natality. More recently
Stirling and Parkinson (2006, p. 266)
established a statistically significant
decline in weights of lone and
suspected pregnant adult female polar
bears in western Hudson Bay between
1988 and 2004. Reduced body weights
of adult females during fall have been
correlated with subsequent declines in
cub survival (Atkinson and Ramsay
1995, p. 559; Derocher and Stirling
1996, p. 1,250; Derocher and Wiig 2002,
p. 347).
Increased Polar Bear Movements
The best scientific data available
suggest that polar bears are inefficient
moving on land and expend
approximately twice the average energy
than other mammals when walking
(Best 1982, p. 63; Hurst 1982, p. 273).
However, further research is needed to
better understand the energy dynamics
of this highly mobile species. Studies
have shown that, although sea ice
circulation in the Arctic is clockwise,
polar bears tend to walk against this
movement to maintain a position near
preferred habitat within large
geographical home ranges (Mauritzen et
al. 2003a, p. 111). Currently, ice
thickness is diminishing (Rothrock et al.
2003, p. 3649; Yu et al. 2004) and
movement of sea ice out of the polar
region has occurred (Lindsay and Zhang
2005). As the climate warms, and less
multi-year ice is present, we expect to
see a decrease in the export of multiyear ice (e.g., Holland et al. 2006, pp. 1–
5). Increased rate and extent of ice
movements will, in turn, require
additional efforts and energy
expenditure by polar bears to maintain
their position near preferred habitats
(Derocher et al. 2004, p. 167). This may
be an especially important
consideration for females encumbered
with small cubs. Ferguson et al. (2001,
p. 51) found that polar bears inhabiting
areas of highly dynamic ice had much
larger activity areas and movement rates
compared to those bears inhabiting
more stable, persistent ice habitat.
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Although polar bears are capable of
living in areas of highly dynamic ice
movement, they show inter-annual
fidelity to the general location of
preferred habitat (Mauritzen et al.
2003b, p. 122; Amstrup et al. 2000b, p.
963).
As sea ice becomes more fragmented,
polar bears would likely use more
energy to maintain contact with
consolidated, higher concentration ice,
because moving through highly
fragmented sea ice is more energyintensive than walking over
consolidated sea ice (Derocher et al.
2004, p. 167). During summer periods,
the remaining ice in much of the central
polar basin is now positioned away
from more productive continental shelf
waters and occurs over much deeper,
less productive waters, such as in the
Beaufort and Chukchi Seas of Alaska. If
the width of leads or extent of open
water increases, the transit time for
bears and the need to swim or to travel
will increase (Derocher et al. 2004, p.
167). Derocher et al. (2004, p. 167)
suggest that as habitat patch sizes
decrease, available food resources are
likely to decline, resulting in reduced
residency time and increased movement
rates. The consequences of increased
energetic costs to polar bears from
increased movements are likely to be
reduced body weight and condition, and
a corresponding reduction in survival
and recruitment rates (Derocher et al.
2004, p. 167).
Additionally, as movement of sea ice
increases and areas of unconsolidated
ice also increase, some bears are likely
to lose contact with the main body of ice
and drift into unsuitable habitat from
which it may be difficult to return
(Derocher et al. 2004, p. 167). This has
occurred historically in some areas such
as Southwest Greenland as a result of
the general drift pattern of sea ice in the
area (Vibe 1967) and also occurs
offshore of Newfoundland, Canada
(Derocher et al. 2004, p. 167). Increased
frequency of such events could
negatively impact survival rates and
contribute to population declines
(Derocher et al. 2004, p. 167).
Polar Bear Seasonal Distribution
Patterns Within Annual Activity Areas
Increasing temperatures and
reductions in sea ice thickness and
extent, coupled with seasonal retraction
of sea ice poleward, will cause
redistribution of polar bears seasonally
into areas previously used either
irregularly or infrequently. While polar
bears have demonstrated a wide range of
space-use patterns within and between
populations, the continued retraction
and fragmentation of sea ice habitats
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
that is projected to occur will alter
previous patterns of use seasonally and
regionally. These changes have been
documented at an early onset stage for
a number of polar bear populations with
the potential for large-scale shifts in
distribution by the end of the 21st
century (Durner et al. 2007, pp. 18–19).
This section provides examples of
distribution changes and interrelated
consequences. Recent studies indicate
that polar bear movements and seasonal
fidelity to certain habitat areas are
changing and that these changes are
strongly correlated to similar changes in
sea ice and the ocean-ice system.
Changes in movements and seasonal
distributions can have effects on polar
bear nutrition, body condition, and
more significant longer term
redistribution. Specifically, in western
Hudson Bay, break-up of the annual sea
ice now occurs approximately 2.5 weeks
earlier than it did 30 years ago (Stirling
et al. 1999, p. 299). The earlier spring
break-up was highly correlated with
dates that female polar bears came
ashore (Stirling et al. 1999, p. 299).
Declining reproductive rates, subadult
survival, and body mass (weights) have
occurred because of longer periods of
fasting on land as a result of the
progressively earlier break-up of the sea
ice and the increase in spring
temperatures (Stirling et al. 1999, p.
304; Derocher et al. 2004, p. 165).
Stirling et al. (1999, p. 304) cautioned
that, although downward trends in the
size of the Western Hudson Bay
population had not been detected, if
trends in life history parameters
continued downward, ‘‘they will
eventually have a detrimental effect on
the ability of the population to sustain
itself.’’ Subsequently, Parks et al. (2006,
p. 1282) evaluated movement patterns
of adult female polar bears satellitecollared from 1991 to 2004 with respect
to their body condition. Reproductive
status and variation in ice patterns were
included in the analysis. Parks et al.
(2006, p. 1281) found that movement
patterns were not dependent on
reproductive status of females but did
change significantly with season. They
found that annual distances moved had
decreased in Hudson Bay since 1991.
This suggested that declines in body
condition were due to reduced prey
consumption as opposed to increased
energy output from movements (Parks et
al. 2006, p. 281). More recently, Regehr
et al. (2007a, p. 2,673) substantiated
Stirling et al.’s (1999, p. 304)
predictions, noting population declines
in western Hudson Bay during analysis
of data from an ongoing mark-recapture
population study. Between 1987 and
2004, the number of polar bears in the
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28257
Western Hudson Bay population
declined from 1,194 to 935, a reduction
of about 22 percent (Regehr et al. 2007a,
p. 2,673). Progressive declines in the
condition and survival of cubs,
subadults, and bears 20 years of age and
older appear to have been caused by
progressively earlier sea ice break-up,
and likely initiated the decline in
population. Once the population began
to decline, existing harvest rates
contributed to the reduction in the size
of the population (Regehr et al. 2007a,
p. 2,680).
Since 2000, Schliebe et al. (2008)
observed increased use of coastal areas
by polar bears during the fall openwater period in the southern Beaufort
Sea. High numbers of bears (a minimum
of 120) were found to be using coastal
areas during some years, where prior to
the 1990s, according to native hunters,
industrial workers, and researchers
operating on the coast at this time of
year, such observations of polar bears
were rare. This study period (2000–
2005) also included record minimal sea
ice conditions for the month of
September in 4 of the 6 survey years.
Polar bear density along the mainland
coast and on barrier islands during the
fall open water period in the southern
Beaufort Sea was related to distance
from pack ice edge and the density of
ringed seals over the continental shelf.
The distance between pack ice edge and
the mainland coast, as well as the length
of time that these distances prevailed,
was directly related to polar bear
density onshore. As the sea ice retreated
and the distance to the edge of the ice
increased, the number of bears near
shore increased. Conversely, as nearshore areas became frozen or sea ice
advanced toward shore, the number of
bears near shore decreased (Schliebe et
al. 2008). The presence of subsistenceharvested bowhead whale carcasses and
their relationship to polar bear
distribution were also analyzed. These
results suggest that, while seal densities
near shore and availability of bowhead
whale carcasses may play a role in polar
bear distribution changes, that sea ice
conditions (possibly similar to
conditions observed in western Hudson
Bay) are influencing the distribution of
polar bears in the southern Beaufort Sea.
They also suggest that increased polar
bear use of coastal areas may continue
if the summer retreat of the sea ice
continues into the future as predicted
(Serreze et al. 2000, p. 159; Serreze and
Barry 2005).
Others have observed increased
numbers of polar bears in novel
habitats. During bowhead whale surveys
conducted in the southern Beaufort Sea
during September, Gleason et al. (2006)
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28258
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
observed a greater number of bears in
open water and on land during surveys
in 1997–2005, years when sea ice was
often absent from their study area,
compared to surveys conducted
between 1979–1996, years when sea ice
was a predominant habitat within their
study area. Bears in open water likely
did not select water as a choice habitat,
but rather were swimming in an attempt
to reach offshore pack ice or land. Their
observation of a greater number of bears
on land during the later period was
concordant with the observations of
Schliebe et al. (2008). Further, the
findings of Gleason et al. (2006)
coincide with the lack of pack ice
(concentrations of greater than 50
percent) caused by a retraction of ice in
the study area during the latter period
(Stroeve et al. 2005, p. 2; Comiso 2003,
p. 3,509; Comiso 2005, p. 52). The
findings of Gleason et al. (2006) confirm
an increasing use of coastal areas by
polar bears in the southern Beaufort Sea
in recent years and a decline in ice
habitat near shore. The immediate
causes for changes in polar bear
distribution are thought to be (1)
retraction of pack ice far to the north for
greater periods of time in the fall and (2)
later freeze-up of coastal waters.
Other polar bear populations
exhibiting seasonal distribution changes
with larger numbers of bears on shore
have been reported. Stirling and
Parkinson (2006, pp. 261–275) provide
an analysis of pack ice and polar bear
distribution changes for the Baffin Bay,
Davis Strait, Foxe Basin, and Hudson
Bay populations. They indicate that
earlier sea ice break-up will likely result
in longer periods of fasting for polar
bears during the extended open-water
season. This may explain why more
polar bears have been observed near
communities and hunting camps in
recent years. Seasonal distribution
changes of polar bears have been noted
during a similar period of time for the
northern coast of Chukotka (Kochnev
2006, p. 162) and on Wrangel Island,
Russia (Kochnev 2006, p. 162; N.
Ovsyanikov, Russian Federation Nature
Reserves, pers. comm.). The relationship
between the maximum number of polar
bears, the number of dead walruses, and
the distance to the ice edge from
Wrangel Island was evaluated. The
subsequent results revealed that the
most significant correlation was
between bear numbers and distance to
the ice-edge (Kochnev 2006, p. 162),
which again supports the observation
that when sea ice retreats far off shore,
the numbers of bears present or
stranded on land appears to increase.
In Baffin Bay, traditional Inuit
knowledge studies and anecdotal
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
reports indicate that in many areas
greater numbers of bears are being
encountered on land during the summer
and fall open-water seasons (Dowsley
2005, p. 2). Interviews with elders and
senior hunters (Dowsley and Taylor
2005, p. 2) in three communities in
Nunavut, Canada, revealed that most
respondents (83 percent) believed that
the population of polar bears had
increased. The increase was attributed
to more bears seen near communities,
cabins, and camps; hunters also
encountered bear sign (e.g., tracks, scat)
in areas not previously used by bears.
Some people interviewed noted that
these observations could reflect a
change in bear behavior rather than an
increase in population. Many (62
percent) respondents believed that bears
were less fearful of humans now than 15
years ago. Most (57 percent)
respondents reported bears to be
skinnier now, and five people in one
community reported an increase in
fighting among bears. Respondents also
discussed climate change, and they
indicated that there was more variability
in the sea ice environment in recent
years than in the past. Some
respondents indicated a general trend
for ice floe edge to be closer to the shore
than in the past, the sea ice to be
thinner, fewer icebergs to be present,
and glaciers to be receding. Fewer
grounded icebergs, from which shorefast
ice forms and extends, were thought to
be partially responsible for the shift of
the ice edge nearer to shore.
Respondents were uncertain if climate
change was affecting polar bears or what
form the effects may be taking (Dowsley
2005, p. 1). Also, results from an
interview survey of 72 experienced
polar bear hunters in Northwest
Greenland in February 2006 indicate
that during the last 10–20 years, polar
bears have occurred closer to the coast.
Several of those interviewed believed
the change in distribution represented
an increase in the population size (e.g.,
Kane Basin and Baffin Bay), although
others suggested that it may be an effect
of a decrease in the sea ice (Born et al.,
in prep).
Recently Vladilen Kavry, former Chair
of the Union of Marine Mammal
Hunters of Chukotka, Russia, Polar Bear
Commission, conducted a series of
traditional ecological knowledge
interviews with indigenous Chukotka
coastal residents regarding their
impression of environmental changes
based on their lifetime of observations
(Russian Conservation News No. 41
Spring/Summer 2006). The interviewees
included 17 men and women
representing different age and ethnic
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
groups (Chukchi, Siberian Yupik, and
Russian) in Chukotka, Russia.
Respondents noted that across the
region there was a changing seasonal
weather pattern with increased
unpredictability and instability of
weather. Respondents noted shorter
winters, observing that the fall-winter
transition was occurring later, and
spring weather was arriving earlier.
Many described these differences as
resulting in a one-month-later change in
the advent of fall and one-month-earlier
advent of spring. One 71-year-old
Chukchi hunter believed that winter
was delayed two months and indicated
that the winter frosts that had
previously occurred in September were
now taking place in November. He also
noted that thunderstorms were more
frequent. Another 64-year-old hunter
noted uncharacteristic snow storms and
blizzards as well as wintertime rains. He
also noted that access to sea ice by
hunters was now delayed from the
normal access date of November to
approximately one month later into
December. This individual also noted
that blizzards and weather patterns had
changed and that snow is more
abundant and wind patterns caused
snow drifts to occur in locations not
previously observed. With increased
spring temperatures, lagoons and rivers
are melting earlier. The sea ice extent
has declined and the quality of ice
changed. The timing of fall sea ice
freezing is delayed two months into
November. The absence of sea ice in the
summer is thought to have caused
walrus to use land haulouts for resting
in greater frequency and numbers than
in the past.
Stirling and Parkinson (2006, p. 263)
evaluated sea ice conditions and
distribution of polar bears in five
populations in Canada: Western Hudson
Bay, Eastern Hudson Bay, Baffin Bay,
Foxe Basin, and Davis Strait. Their
analysis of satellite imagery beginning
in the 1970s indicates that the sea ice is
breaking up at progressively earlier
dates, so bears must fast for longer
periods of time during the open-water
season. Stirling and Parkinson (2006,
pp. 271–272) point out that long-term
data on population size and body
condition of bears from the Western
Hudson Bay population, and population
and harvest data from the Baffin Bay
population, indicate that these
populations are declining or likely to be
declining. The authors indicate that as
bears in these populations become more
nutritionally stressed, the numbers of
animals will decline, and the declines
will probably be significant. Based on
the recent findings of Holland et al.
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
(2006, pp. 1–5) regarding sea ice
changes, these events are predicted to
occur within the foreseeable future as
defined in this rule (Stirling, pers.
comm. 2006).
Seasonal polar bear distribution
changes noted above, the negative effect
of reduced access to primary prey, and
prolonged use of terrestrial habitat are a
concern for polar bears. Although polar
bears have been observed using
terrestrial food items such as blueberries
(Vaccinium sp.), snow geese (Anser
caerulescens), and reindeer (Rangifer
tarandus), these alternate foods are not
believed to represent significant sources
of energy (Ramsay and Hobson 1991, p.
600; Derocher et al. 2004, p. 169)
because they do not provide the high
fat, high caloric food source that seals
do. Also, the potential inefficiency of
polar bear locomotion on land noted
above may explain why polar bears are
not known to regularly hunt musk oxen
(Ovibos moschatus) or snow geese,
despite their occurrence as potential
prey in many areas (Lunn and Stirling
1985, p. 2,295). The energy needed to
catch such species would almost
certainly exceed the amount of energy a
kill would provide (Lunn and Stirling
1985, p. 2,295). Consequently, greater
use of terrestrial habitats as a result of
reduced presence of sea ice seasonally
will not offset energy losses resulting
from decreased seal consumption.
Nutritional stress appears to be the only
possible result.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Effects of Sea Ice Habitat Changes on
Polar Bear Prey
Reduced Seal Productivity
Polar bear populations are known to
fluctuate with prey abundance (Stirling
and Lunn 1997, p. 177). Declines in
ringed and bearded seal numbers and
productivity have resulted in marked
declines in polar bear populations
(Stirling 1980, p. 309; Stirling and
;ritsland 1995, p. 2,609; Stirling 2002,
p. 68). Thus, changes in ringed seal
productivity have the potential to affect
polar bears directly as a result of
reduced predation on seal pups and
indirectly through reduced recruitment
of this important prey species. Ringed
seal productivity is dependent on the
availability of secure habitat for birth
lairs and rearing young and, as a result,
is susceptible to changes in sea ice and
snow dynamics. Ringed seal pups are
the smallest of the seals and survive
because they are born in snow lairs
(subnivian dens) that afford protection
from the elements and from predation
(Hall 1866; Chapskii 1940; McLaren
1958; Smith and Stirling 1975, all cited
in Kelly 2001, p. 47). Pups are born
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
between mid-March and mid-April,
nursed for about 6 weeks, and weaned
prior to spring break-up in June (Smith
1980, p. 2,201; Stirling 2002, p. 67).
During this time period, both ringed seal
pups and adults are hunted by polar
bears (Smith 1980, p. 2,201). Stirling
and Lunn (1997, p. 177) found that
ringed seal young-of-the-year
represented the majority of the polar
bear diet, although the availability of
ringed seal pups from about mid-April
to ice break up sometime in July
(Stirling and Lunn 1997, p. 176) is also
important to polar bears.
In many areas, ringed seals prefer to
create birth lairs in areas of accumulated
snow on stable, shore-fast ice over
continental shelves along Arctic coasts,
bays, and inter-island channels (Smith
and Hammill 1981, p. 966). While some
authors suggest that landfast ice is the
preferred pupping habitat of ringed
seals due to its stability throughout the
pupping and nursing period (McLaren
1958, p. 26; Burns 1970, p. 445), others
have documented ringed seal pupping
on drifting pack ice both nearshore and
offshore (Burns 1970; Smith 1987;
Finley et al. 1983, p. 162; Wiig et al.
1999, p. 595; Lydersen et al. 2004).
Either of these habitats can be affected
by earlier warming and break-up in the
spring, which shortens the length of
time pups have to grow and mature
(Kelly 2001, p. 48; Smith and Harwood
2001). Harwood et al. (2000, pp. 11–12)
reported that an early spring break-up
negatively impacted the growth,
condition, and apparent survival of
unweaned ringed seal pups. Early breakup was believed to have interrupted
lactation in adult females, which in
turn, negatively affected the condition
and growth of pups. Earlier ice breakups similar to those documented by
Harwood et al. (2000, p. 11) and
Ferguson et al. (2005, p. 131) are
predicted to occur more frequently with
warming temperatures, and result in a
predicted decrease in productivity and
abundance of ringed seals (Ferguson et
al. 2005, p. 131; Kelly 2001).
Additionally, high fidelity to birthing
sites exhibited by ringed seals makes
them more susceptible to localized
impacts from birth lair snow
degradation, harvest, or human
activities (Kelly 2006, p. 15).
Unusually heavy ice has also been
documented to result in markedly lower
productivity of ringed seals and reduced
polar bear productivity (Stirling 2002, p.
59). While reduced ice thickness
associated with warming in some areas
could be expected to improve seal
productivity, the transitory and
localized benefits of reduced ice
thickness on ringed seals are expected
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28259
to be outweighed by the negative effects
of increased vulnerability of seal pups
to predation and thermoregulatory costs
(Derocher et al. 2004, p. 168). The
number of studies that have
documented negative effects associated
with earlier warming and break-up and
reduced snow cover (Hammill and
Smith 1989, p. 131; Harwood et al.
2000, p. 11; Smith et al. 1991; Stirling
and Smith 2004, p. 63; Ferguson et al.
2005, p. 131), in comparison to any
apparent benefits of reduced ice
thickness further support this
conclusion.
Snow depth on the sea ice, in
addition to the timing of ice break-up,
appears to be important in affecting the
survival of ringed seal pups. Ferguson et
al. (2005, pp. 130–131) attributed
decreased snow depth in April and May
with low ringed seal recruitment in
western Hudson Bay. Reduced snowfall
results in less snow drift accumulation
on the leeward side of pressure ridges;
pups in lairs with thin snow roofs are
more vulnerable to predation than pups
in lairs with thick roofs (Hammill and
Smith 1989, p.131; Ferguson et al. 2005,
p. 131). Access to birth lairs for
thermoregulation is also considered to
be crucial to the survival of nursing
pups when air temperatures fall below
0 degrees C (Stirling and Smith 2004, p.
65). Warming temperatures that melt
snow-covered birth lairs can result in
pups being exposed to ambient
conditions and suffering from
hypothermia (Stirling and Smith 2004,
p. 63). Others have noted that when lack
of snow cover has forced birthing to
occur in the open, nearly 100 percent of
pups died from predation (Kumlien
1879; Lydersen et al. 1987; Lydersen
and Smith 1989, p. 489; Smith and
Lydersen 1991; Smith et al. 1991, all
cited in Kelly 2001, p. 49). More
recently, Kelly et al. (2006, p. 11) found
that ringed seal emergence from lairs
was related to structural failure of the
snow pack, and PM satellite
measurements indicating liquid
moisture in snow. These studies suggest
that warmer temperatures have and will
continue to have negative effects on
ringed seal pup survival, particularly in
areas such as western Hudson Bay
(Ferguson et al. 2005, p. 121).
Similar to earlier spring break-up or
reduced snow cover, increased rain-onsnow events during the late winter also
negatively impact ringed seal
recruitment by damaging or eliminating
snow-covered pupping lairs, increasing
exposure and the risk of hypothermia,
and facilitating predation by polar bears
and Arctic foxes (Alopex lagopus)
(Stirling and Smith 2004, p. 65). Stirling
and Smith (2004, p. 64) document the
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28260
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
collapse of snow roofs of ringed seal
birth lairs associated with rain events
near southeastern Baffin Island and the
resultant exposure of adult seals and
pups to hypothermia. Predation of pups
by polar bears was observed, and the
researchers suspect that most of the
pups in these areas were eventually
killed by polar bears (Stirling and
Archibald 1977, p. 1,127), Arctic foxes
(Smith 1976, p. 1,610) or possibly gulls
(Lydersen and Smith 1989). Stirling and
Smith (2004, p. 66) postulated that
should early season rain become regular
and widespread in the future, mortality
of ringed seal pups will increase,
especially in more southerly parts of
their range. Any significant decline in
ringed seal numbers, especially in the
production of young, could negatively
affect reproduction and survival of polar
bears (Stirling and Smith 2004, p. 66).
Changes in snow and ice conditions
can also have impacts on polar bear
prey other than ringed seals (Born
2005a, p. 152). These species include
harbor seals (Phoca vitulina), spotted
seals (Phoca largha), and ribbon seals
(Phoca fasciata), and in the north
Atlantic, harp seals (Phoca
greenlandica) and hooded seals
(Crystophora cristata). The absence of
ice in southerly pupping areas or the
relocation of pupping areas for other
ice-dependent seal species to more
northerly areas has been demonstrated
to negatively affect seal production. For
example, repeated years of little or no
ice in the Gulf of St. Lawrence resulted
in almost zero production of harp seal
pups, compared to hundreds of
thousands in good ice years (ACIA 2005,
p. 510). Marginal ice conditions and
early ice break-up during harp seal
whelping (pupping) are believed to have
resulted in increased juvenile mortality
from starvation and cold stress and an
overall reduction in this age class
(Johnston et al. 2005, pp. 215–216).
Northerly shifts of whelping areas for
hooded seals were reported to occur
during periods of warmer climate and
diminished ice (Burns 2002, p. 42). In
recent years, the location of a hooded
seal whelping patch near Jan Mayen, in
East Greenland, changed position
apparently in response to decreased sea
ice in this area. This change in
distribution has corresponded with a
decrease in seal numbers (T. Haug, pers.
comm. 2005). Laidre et al. (in press)
concluded that harp and hooded seals
will be susceptible to negative effects
associated with reduced sea ice because
they whelp in large numbers at high
density with a high degree of fidelity to
traditional and critical whelping
locations. Because polar bears prey
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
primarily on seal species whose
reproductive success is closely linked to
the availability of stable, spring ice, the
productivity of these species, and,
therefore, prey availability for polar
bears, is expected to decline in response
to continued declines in the extent and
duration of sea ice.
Reduced Prey Availability
Current evidence suggests that prey
availability to polar bears will be altered
due to reduced prey abundance,
changes in prey distribution, and
changes in sea ice availability as a
platform for hunting seals (Derocher et
al. 2004, pp. 167–169). Young,
immature bears may be particularly
vulnerable to changes in prey
availability. Polar bears feed
preferentially on blubber, and adult
bears often leave much of a kill behind
(Stirling and McEwan 1975, p. 1,021).
Younger bears, which are not as
efficient at taking seals, are known to
utilize these kills to supplement their
diet (Derocher et al. 2004, p. 168).
Younger bears may be
disproportionately impacted if there are
fewer kills or greater consumption of
kills by adults, resulting in less prey to
scavenge (Derocher et al. 2004, pp. 167–
168). Altered prey distribution would
also likely lead to increased competition
for prey between dominant and
subordinate bears, resulting in
subordinate or subadult bears having
reduced access to prey (Derocher et al.
2004, p. 167). Thus, a decrease in prey
abundance and availability would likely
result in a concomitant effect to polar
bears.
Reduction in food resources available
to seals, in addition to the previously
discussed effects on reproduction, could
affect seal abundance and availability as
a prey resource to polar bears. Ringed
seals are generalist feeders but depend
on Arctic cod (Boreogadus saida) as a
major component of their diet (Lowry et
al. 1980, p. 2,254; Bradstreet and Cross
1982, p. 3; Welch et al. 1997, p. 1,106;
Weslawski et al. 1994, p. 109). Klumov
(1937) regarded Arctic cod as the
’biological pivot’ for many northern
marine vertebrates, and as an important
intermediary link in the food chain.
Arctic cod are strongly associated with
sea ice throughout their range and use
the underside of the ice to escape from
predators (Bradstreet and Cross 1982, p.
39; Craig et al. 1982, p. 395; Sekerak
1982, p. 75). While interrelated changes
in the Arctic food web and effects to
upper level consumers are difficult to
predict, a decrease in seasonal ice cover
could negatively affect Arctic cod
(Tynan and DeMaster 1997, p. 314;
Gaston et al. 2003, p. 231). Though
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
decreased ice could improve the ability
of ringed seals to access and prey upon
Arctic cod in open water, this change
would come at increased costs for pups
that are forced into the water at an
earlier age and at risk of predation and
thermal challenges (Smith and Harwood
2001). For example, studies have shown
that even in the presence of abundant
prey, growth and condition of ringed
seals continued to be negatively affected
by earlier ice break-up (Harwood et al.
2000, p. 422). Ice seals, including the
ringed seal, are vulnerable to habitat
loss from changes in the extent or
concentration of Arctic ice because they
depend on pack-ice habitat for pupping,
foraging, molting, and resting (Tynan
and DeMaster 1997, p. 312; Derocher et
al. 2004, p. 168).
Sea ice is an essential platform that
allows polar bears to access their prey.
The importance of sea ice to polar bear
foraging is supported by documented
relationships between the duration and
extent of sea ice and polar bear
condition, reproduction, and survival
that are apparent across decades,
despite likely fluctuations in ringed seal
abundance (Stirling et al. 1999, p. 294;
Regehr et al. 2007a; p. 2,673; Regehr et
al. 2007b, p. 18; Rode et al. 2007, p. 6–
8). Ferguson et al. (2000b, p. 770)
reported that higher seal density in
Baffin Bay in comparison to the Arctic
Archipelago did not correspond with a
higher density of polar bears as a result
of the more variable ice conditions that
occur there. These results emphasize the
dependence of polar bears on sea ice as
a means of accessing prey. Not only
does ice have to be present over areas
of abundant prey, but the physical
characteristics of sea ice appear to also
be important. Stirling et al. (2008, in
press) noted that unusually rough and
rafted sea ice in the southeastern
Beaufort Sea from about Atkinson Point
to the Alaska border during the springs
of 2004–2006 resulted in reduced
hunting success of polar bears seeking
seals despite extensive searching for
prey. Thus, transitory or localized
increases in prey abundance will have
no benefit for polar bears if these
changes are accompanied by a reduction
in ice habitat or changes in physical
characteristics of ice habitat that negate
its value for hunting or accessing seals.
Observations-to-date and projections of
future ice conditions support the
conclusion that accessibility of prey to
polar bears is likely to decline.
Adaptation
Animals can adapt to changing
environmental conditions principally
through behavioral plasticity or as a
result of natural selection. Behavioral
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
changes allow adaptation over shorter
timeframes and can complement and be
a precursor to the forces of natural
selection that allow animals to evolve to
better fit new or changed environmental
patterns. Unlike behavioral plasticity,
natural selection is a multi-generational
response to changing conditions, and its
speed is dependent upon the organism’s
degree of genetic variation and
generation time and the rate of
environmental change (Burger and
Lynch 1995, p. 161). While some shortlived species have exhibited microevolutionary responses to climate
change (e.g., red squirrels (Reale et al.
2003, p. 594)), the relatively long
generation time (Amstrup 2003, pp.
599–600) and low genetic variation of
polar bears (Amstrup 2003, p. 590)
combined with the relatively rapid rate
of predicted sea ice changes that are
expected (Comiso 2006, p. 72; Serreze et
al. 2007, p. 1,533–1,536; Stroeve et al.
2007, pp. 1–5; Hegerl et al. 2007, p.
716), suggest that adaptation through
natural selection will be limited for
polar bears (Stirling and Derocher 1990,
p. 201). Furthermore, several recent
reviews of species adaptation to
changing climate suggest that rather
than evolving, species appear to first
alter their geographic distribution
(Walther et al. 2002, p. 390; Parmesan
2006, p. 655). For example, evidence
suggests that altered species distribution
was the mechanism allowing many
species to survive during the
Pleistocene warming period (Parmesan
2006, p. 655). Because polar bears
already occur in cold extreme climates,
they are constrained from responding to
climate change by significantly altering
their distribution (Parmesan 2006, p.
653). Furthermore, a number of
physiological and physical
characteristics of polar bears constrain
their ability to adapt behaviorally to
rapid and extensive alteration of their
sea-ice habitat.
Bears as a genus display a high degree
of behavioral plasticity (Stirling and
Derocher 1990, p. 189), opportunistic
feeding strategies (Lunn and Stirling
1985, p. 2295; Schwartz et al. 2003, p.
568), and physiological mechanisms for
energy conservation (Derocher et al.
1990, p. 196; McNab 2002, p. 385).
However, polar bears evolved to be the
largest of the bear species (Amstrup
2003, p. 588) by specializing on a
calorically dense, carnivorous diet that
differs from all other bear species. Their
large size has the advantage of both
increased fat storage capability (McNab
2002, p. 383) and reduced surface-area
to volume ratios that minimize heat loss
in the Arctic environment (McNab 2002,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
pp. 102–103). Because reproduction in
polar bears and other bears is dependent
upon achieving sufficient body mass
(Atkinson and Ramsay 1995, p. 559;
Derocher and Stirling 1996, p. 1,246;
Derocher and Stirling 1998, p. 253),
population density is directly linked to
the availability of high-quality food and
primary productivity (Hilderbrand et al.
1999, p. 135; Ferguson and McLoughlin
2000, p. 196). Thus, maintenance of a
high caloric intake is facilitated by the
high fat content of seals, which is
required to maintain polar bears at the
body size and in the numbers in which
they exist today.
The most recent population estimates
of ringed seals, the preferred prey of
most polar bear populations, range to
about 4 million or more, making them
one of the most abundant seal species in
the world (Kingsley 1990, p. 140).
Rather than switching to alternative
prey items when ringed seal
populations decline as a result of
environmental conditions, several
studies demonstrated corresponding
declines in polar bear abundance
(Stirling and ;ritsland 1995, p. 2,594;
Stirling 2002, p. 68). For those polar
bear populations that have been shown
to utilize alternative prey species in
response to changing availability, such
shifts have been among other icedependent pinnipeds (Derocher et al.
2002, p. 448; Stirling 2002, p. 67;
Iverson et al. 2006, pp. 110–112). For
example, Stirling and Parkinson (2006,
p. 270) and Iverson et al. (2006, p. 112)
have shown that polar bears in the Davis
Strait region have taken advantage of
increases in availability of harp and
hooded seals. See also the section
‘‘Effects of Sea Ice Habitat Changes on
Polar Bear Prey.’’ However, harp and
hooded seals have historically occurred
in areas not frequented by polar bears,
and are extremely vulnerable to polar
bear predation and in Davis Strait
survival of juveniles is believed to have
declined in recent years due to
significant and rapid reduction in sea
ice in the spring (Stirling and Parkinson
2006, p. 270).
Changes in ringed seal distribution
and abundance in response to changing
ice conditions and the ability of polar
bears to respond to those changes will
likely be the most important factor
determining effects on polar bear
populations. Currently, access to ringed
seals is seasonal for most polar bear
populations, resulting in cycles of
weight gain and weight loss. The most
important foraging periods occur during
the spring, early summer, and following
the open-water period in the fall
(Stirling et al. 1999, p. 303; Derocher et
al. 2002, p. 449; Durner et al. 2004, pp.
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28261
18–19). Because observed and predicted
changes in sea ice are most dramatic
during the summer/fall period (Lemke
et al. 2007, p. 351; Serreze et al. 2007,
p. 1,533–1,536), this is the timeframe
with the greatest potential for reduced
access to ringed seals as prey. Most
POLAR BEAR POPULATIONs forage
minimally during the fall open-water
period, but a reduction in sea ice can
extend the time period in which bears
have minimal or no access to prey
(Stirling et al. 1999, p. 299). The effects
of a lengthened ice-free season during
this time period have been associated
with declines in polar bear condition
(Stirling et al. 1999, p. 304; Rode et al.
2007, p. 8), reproduction (Regehr et al.
2006; Rode et al. 2007, p. 8–9), survival
(Regehr et al. 2007a, p. 2,677–2,678;
Regehr et al 2007b, p. 13) and
population size (Regehr et al. 2007a, p.
2,678–2,679;).
Marine mammal carcasses do not
currently constitute a large portion of
polar bear diets and are unlikely to
contribute substantially to future diets
of polar bears. Although marine
mammal carcass availability
occasionally is predictable where
whales are harvested for subsistence by
Native people (Miller et al. 2006, p. 1)
or where walruses haul out on land and
are killed in stampeding events
(Kochnev 2006, p. 159), in most cases
scavenging opportunities are
unpredictable and not a substitute for
normal foraging by polar bears. Even
where their distribution is predictable,
marine mammal carcasses are presently
used by only a small proportion of most
populations or contribute minimally to
total diet (Bentzen 2006, p. 23; Iverson
et al. 2006, p. 111), and do not appear
to be a preferred substitute for the
normal diet. For example, on the
Alaskan Southern Beaufort Sea coast,
from 2002–2004, on average less than 5
percent of the estimated population size
of 1,500 polar bears visited subsistenceharvested whale carcasses (Miller et al.
2006, p. 9). A small fraction of collared
pregnant adult females visited whale
harvest sites (Fischbach et al. 2007, pp.
1,401–1,402). Quotas on subsistence
whale harvest preclude the possibility
that carcasses will be increasingly
available in the future. Similarly, while
walrus contributed up to 24 percent of
diets of a few individual bears in Davis
Strait, population wide, walruses
composed a small fraction of the total
diet (Iverson et al. 2006, p. 112). Less
predictable sea-ice conditions could
increase the frequency of future marine
mammal strandings (Derocher et al.
2004, p. 89), and some polar bears may
benefit from such increases in marine
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28262
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mammal mortality. However, if
stranding events become frequent, they
are likely to result in declines of source
populations. Thus, the likelihood of
polar bears relying heavily on stranded
or harvested marine mammals as a food
source is low.
The potential for polar bears to
substitute terrestrial food resources in
place of their current diet of marine
mammals is limited by the low quality
and availability of foods in most
northern terrestrial environments.
Although smaller bears can maintain
their body weight consuming diets
consisting largely of berries and
vegetation, low digestibility (Pritchard
and Robbins 1990, p. 1,645), physical
constraints on intake rate, and in the
case of berries, low protein content,
prevent larger bears from similarly
subsisting on vegetative resources
(Stirling and Derocher 1990, p. 191;
Rode and Robbins 2000, p. 1,640; Rode
et al. 2001, p. 70; Welch et al. 1997, p.
1,105). While some meat sources are
available in terrestrial Arctic habitats,
such as caribou, muskox, and Arctic
char, the relative scarcity of these
resources results in these areas
supporting some of the smallest grizzly
bears in the world at some of the lowest
densities of any bear populations
(Hilderbrand et al. 1999, p. 135; Miller
et al. 1997, p. 37). Lunn and Stirling
(1985, p. 2,295) suggest that predation
on terrestrially-based prey by polar
bears may be rare due to the high
energetic cost of locomotion in polar
bears in comparison to grizzly bears
(Best 1982, p. 63). Energy expended to
pursue terrestrial prey could exceed the
amount of energy obtained.
Furthermore, terrestrial meat resources
are primarily composed of protein and
carbohydrates that provide
approximately half as many calories per
gram as fats (Robbins 1993, p. 10).
Because the wet weight of ringed seals
is composed of up to 50 percent fat
(Stirling 2002, p. 67), they provide a
substantially higher caloric value in
comparison to terrestrial foods.
Physiological and environmental
limitations, therefore, preclude the
possibility that terrestrial food sources
alone or as a large portion of the diet
would be an equivalent substitute for
the high fat diet supporting the
population densities and body size of
present-day polar bear populations.
An alternative to maintaining caloric
intake would be for polar bears to adopt
behavioral strategies that reduce energy
expenditure and requirements. Across
populations, polar bears do appear to
alter home range size and daily travel
distances in response to varying levels
of prey density (Ferguson et al. 2001, p.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
51). Additionally, polar bears exhibit a
variety of patterns of fasting and feeding
throughout their range, including 3-to 8month-long fasts, denning by pregnant
females, and moving between a fasting
and a feeding metabolism based on
continuously changing food availability
throughout the year (Derocher et al.
1990, p. 202). These physiological and
behavioral strategies have occurred in
response to regional variation in
environmental conditions but have
limitations relative to their application
across all regions and habitats. Both the
long fasts that occur in Western Hudson
Bay and denning of females throughout
polar bear ranges are dependent on prey
availability that allows sufficient
accumulation of body fat to survive
fasting periods (Derocher and Stirling
1995, p. 535). The 3-to 8-month-long
periods of food deprivation exhibited by
bears in the southern reaches of their
range are supported by a rich marine
environment that allows spring weight
gains sufficient to sustain extended
summer fasts. In the southern Beaufort
Sea, for example, the heaviest polar
bears were observed during autumn
(Durner and Amstrup 1996, p. 483). In
the Beaufort Sea and other regions of the
polar basin, the probability that polar
bears could survive extended summer
fasting periods appears to be low. The
documented reduction in polar bear
condition in Western Hudson Bay
associated with the recent lengthening
of the ice-free season (Stirling et al.
1999, p. 294) suggests that even in the
productive Hudson Bay environment
there are limits to the ability of polar
bears to fast.
Any period of fasting, whether while
denning or resting onshore, would
require an increase in food availability
during alternative, non-fasting periods
for fat accumulation. Adequate food
may not be available to support sex and
age classes other than pregnant females
to adopt a strategy of denning over
extended periods of time during food
shortage. Furthermore, the ability to
take advantage of seasonally fluctuating
food availability and avoid extended
torpor and associated physiological
costs (Humphries et al. 2003, p. 165) has
allowed polar bears to maximize access
to food resources and is an important
factor contributing to their large size.
The known current physiological and
physical characteristics of polar bears
suggest that behavioral adaptation will
be sufficiently constrained to cause a
pronounced reduction in polar bear
distribution, and abundance, as a result
of declining sea ice. The pace at which
ice conditions are changing and the long
generation time of polar bears precludes
adaptation of new physiological
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
mechanisms and physical
characteristics through natural
selection. Current evidence opposes the
likelihood that extended periods of
torpor, consumption of terrestrial foods,
or capture of seals in open water will be
sufficient mechanisms to counter the
loss of ice as a platform for hunting
seals. Polar bear survival and
maintenance at sustainable population
sizes depends on large and accessible
seal populations and vast areas of ice
from which to hunt.
Open Water Habitat
While sea ice is considered essential
habitat for polar bear life functions
because of the importance for feeding,
reproduction, or resting, open water is
not. Vast areas of open water can
present a barrier or hazard under certain
circumstances for polar bears to access
sea ice or land. Diminished sea ice cover
will increase the energetic cost to polar
bears for travel, and will increase the
risk of drowning that may occur during
long distance swimming or swimming
under unfavorable weather conditions.
In addition, diminished sea ice cover
may result in hypothermia for young
cubs that are forced to swim for longer
periods than at present. Under
diminishing sea ice projections (IPCC
2001, p. 489; ACIA 2005, p. 192; Serreze
2006), ice-dependent seals, the principal
prey of polar bears, will also be affected
through distribution changes and
reductions in productivity that will
ultimately translate into reductions in
seal population size.
Reduced Hunting Success
Polar bears are capable of swimming
great distances, but exhibit a strong
preference for sea ice (Mauritzen et al.
2003b, pp. 119–120). However, polar
bears will also quickly abandon sea ice
for land once the sea ice concentration
drops below 50 percent. This is likely
due to reduced hunting success in
broken ice with significant open water
(Derocher et al. 2004, p. 167; Stirling et
al. 1999, pp. 302–303). Bears have only
rarely been reported to capture ringed
seals in open water (Furnell and
Oolooyuk 1980, p. 88), therefore,
hunting in ice-free water would not
compensate for the corresponding loss
of sea ice and the access sea ice affords
polar bears to hunt ringed seals (Stirling
and Derocher 1993, p. 241; Derocher et
al. 2004, p. 167).
Reduction in sea ice and
corresponding increase in open water
would likely result in a net reduction in
ringed and bearded seals, and Pacific
walrus abundance (ACIA 2005, p. 510),
as well as a reduction in ribbon and
spotted seals (Born 2005a). While harp
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
and hooded seals may change their
distribution and temporarily serve as
alternative prey for polar bears, it
appears that these species cannot
successfully redistribute in a rapidly
changing environment and reproduce
and survive at former levels.
Furthermore, a recent study suggests
that these two species will be the most
vulnerable to effects of changing ice
conditions (Laidre et al. in press). Loss
of southern pupping areas due to
inadequate or highly variable ice
conditions will, in the long run, also
serve to reduce these species as a
potential polar bear prey (Derocher et al.
2004, p. 168). That increased take of
other species such as bearded seals,
walrus, harbor seals, or harp and
hooded seals, if they were available,
would not likely compensate for
reduced availability of ringed seals
(Derocher et al. 2004, p. 168).
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Open Water Swimming
Open water is considered to present a
potential hazard to polar bears because
it can result in long distances that must
be crossed to access sea ice or land
habitat. In September 2004, four polar
bears drowned in open water while
attempting to swim in an area between
shore and distant ice (Monnett and
Gleason 2006, p. 5). Seas during this
period were rough, and extensive areas
of open water persisted between pack
ice and land. Because the survey area
covered 11 percent of the study area, an
extrapolation of the survey data to the
entire study area suggests that a larger
number of bears may have drowned
during this event. Mortalities due to
offshore swimming during years when
sea ice formation nearshore is delayed
(or mild) may also be an important and
unaccounted source of natural mortality
given energetic demands placed on
individual bears engaged in longdistance swimming (Monnett and
Gleason 2006, p. 6). This suggests that
drowning related deaths of polar bears
may increase in the future if the
observed trend of recession of pack ice
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
with longer open-water periods
continues. However, this phenomenon
may be shortlived if natural selection
operates against the behavioral
inclination to swim between ice and
land and favors bears that remain on
land or on ice.
Wave height (sea state) increases as a
function of the amount of open water
surface area. Thus ice reduction not
only increases areas of open water
across which polar bears must swim,
but may have an influence on the size
of wave action. Considered together,
these may result in increases in bear
mortality associated with swimming
when there is little sea ice to buffer
wave action (Monnett and Gleason
2006, p. 5). Evidence of such mortality
was also reported east of Svalbard in
2006, where one exhausted and one
apparently dead polar bear were
stranded ( J. Dowdeswell, Head of the
Scott Polar Research Institute of
England, pers. obs.).
Terrestrial Habitat
Although sea ice is the polar bear’s
principal habitat, terrestrial habitat
serves a vital function seasonally for
maternal denning. In addition, use of
terrestrial habitat is seasonally
important for resting and feeding in the
absence of suitable sea ice. Due to
retreating sea ice, polar bears may be
forced to make increased use of land in
future years. The following sections
describe the effects or potential effects
of climate change and other factors on
polar bear use of terrestrial habitat. One
section focuses on access to or changes
in the quality of denning habitat, and
one focuses on distribution changes and
corresponding increases in polar bearhuman interactions in coastal areas.
Also discussed are the potential
consequences of and potential concerns
for development, primarily oil and gas
exploration and production which occur
in polar bear habitat (both marine and
terrestrial).
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28263
Access to and Alteration of Denning
Areas
Many female polar bears repeatedly
return to specific denning areas on land
(Harrington 1968, p. 11; Schweinsburg
et al. 1984, p. 169; Garner et al. 1994,
p. 401; Ramsay and Stirling 1990, p.
233; Amstrup and Gardner 1995, p. 8).
For bears to access preferred denning
areas, pack ice must drift close enough
or must freeze sufficiently early in the
fall to allow pregnant females to walk or
swim to the area by late October or early
November (Derocher et al. 2004, p. 166),
although polar bears may den into early
December (Amstrup 2003, p. 597).
Stirling and Andriashek (1992, p. 364)
found that the distribution of polar bear
maternal dens on land was related to the
proximity of persistent summer sea ice,
or areas that develop sea ice early in the
autumn.
Derocher et al. (2004, p. 166)
predicted that under future climate
change scenarios, pregnant female polar
bears will likely be unable to reach
many of the most important denning
areas in the Svalbard Archipelago, Franz
Josef Land, Novaya Zemlya, Wrangel
Island, Hudson Bay, and the Arctic
National Wildlife Refuge and north
coast of the Beaufort Sea (see Figure 8).
Under likely climate change scenarios,
the distance between the edge of the
pack ice and land will increase (ACIA
2005, pp. 456–459). As distance
increases between the southern edge of
the pack ice and coastal denning areas,
it will become increasingly difficult for
females to access preferred denning
locations. In addition to suitable access
and availability of den sites, body
condition is an important prerequisite
for cub survival, and recruitment into
the population as pregnant bears with
low lipid stores are less likely to leave
the den with healthy young in the
spring (Atkinson and Ramsay 1995, pp.
565–566). Messier et al. (1994)
postulated that pregnant bears may
reduce activity levels up to 2 months
prior to denning to conserve energy.
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Bergen et al. (2007, p. 2) hypothesized
that denning success is inversely related
to the distance a pregnant polar bear
must travel to reach denning habitat.
These authors developed an approach
using observed sea ice distributions
(1979–2006) and GCM-derived sea ice
projections (1975–2060) to estimate
minimum distances that pregnant polar
bears would have to travel between
summer sea ice habitats and a terrestrial
den location in northeast Alaska (Bergen
et al. 2007, p. 2–3). In this pilot
assessment, calculations were made
with and without the constraint of least
cost movement paths, which required
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
bears to optimally follow high-quality
sea ice habitats. Although variation was
evident and considerable among the five
GCMs analyzed, the smoothed multimodel average distances aligned well
with those derived from the
observational record. The authors found
that between 1979 and 2006, the
minimum distance polar bears traveled
to denning habitats in northeast Alaska
increased at an average linear rate of 6–
8 km per year (3.7–5.0 mi per year), and
almost doubled after 1992. They
projected that travel would increase
threefold by 2060 (Bergen et al. 2007, p.
2–3).
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Based on projected retraction of sea
ice in the future, Bergen et al. (2007, p.
2) states, ‘‘thus, pregnant polar bears
will likely incur greater energetic
expense in reaching traditional denning
regions if sea ice loss continues along
the projected trajectory.’’ Increased
travel distances could negatively affect
individual fitness, denning success, and
ultimately populations of polar bears
(Aars et al. 2006). While the Bergen et
al. (2007, p. 2) study focused on polar
bears using denning habitat in northern
Alaska, other denning regions in the
Arctic, particularly within the polar
basin region, are much farther from
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
ER15MY08.010
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28264
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
areas where summer ice is predicted to
persist in the future. Polar bears
returning to other denning locales, such
as Wrangel Island or the Chukotka
Peninsula, will likely have to travel
greater distances than those reported
here. Most high-density denning areas
are located at more southerly latitudes
(see Figure 8). For populations that den
at high latitudes in the Canadian
archipelago islands, access to, and
availability of, suitable den sites may
not currently be a problem. However,
access to historically-used den sites in
the future may become more
problematic in the northern areas. The
degree to which polar bears may use
nontraditional denning habitats at
higher latitudes in the future, through
facultative adaptation, is largely
unknown but is possible.
Climate change could also impact
populations where females den in snow
(Derocher et al. 2004). Insufficient snow
would prevent den construction or
result in use of poor sites where the roof
could collapse (Derocher et al. 2004).
Too much snow could necessitate the
reconfiguration of the den by the female
throughout the winter (Derocher et al.
2004). Changes in amount and timing of
snowfall could also impact the thermal
properties of the dens (Derocher et al.
2004). Since polar bear cubs are born
helpless and need to nurse for three
months before emerging from the den,
major changes in the thermal properties
of dens could negatively impact cub
survival (Derocher et al. 2004). Finally,
unusual rain events are projected to
increase throughout the Arctic in winter
(ACIA 2005), and increased rain in late
winter and early spring could cause den
collapse (Stirling and Smith 2004). Den
collapse following a warming period
was observed in the Beaufort Sea and
resulted in the death of a mother and
her two young cubs (Clarkson and Irish
1991). After March 1990 brought
unseasonable rain south of Churchill,
Manitoba, Canada, researchers observed
large snow banks along creeks and
rivers used for denning that had
collapsed because of the weight of the
wet snow, and noted that had there been
maternity dens in this area the bears
likely would have been crushed
(Stirling and Derocher 1993).
Oil and Gas Exploration, Development,
and Production
Each of the Parties to the 1973 Polar
Bear Agreement (see International
Agreements and Oversight section
below) has developed detailed
regulations pertaining to the extraction
of oil and gas within their countries.
The greatest level of oil and gas activity
within polar bear habitat is currently
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
occurring in the United States (Alaska).
Exploration and production activities
are also actively underway in Russia,
Canada, Norway, and Denmark
(Greenland). In the United States, all
such leasing and production activities
are evaluated as specified by the
National Environmental Policy Act (42
U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) (NEPA), Outer
Continental Shelf Lands Act (43 U.S.C.
1331 et seq.) (OCSLA), and numerous
other statutes, that evaluate and guide
exploration, development, and
production in order to minimize
possible environmental impacts. In
Alaska, the majority of oil and gas
development is on land; however, some
offshore production sites have been
developed, and others are planned.
Historically, oil and gas activities
have resulted in little direct mortality to
polar bears, and that mortality which
has occurred has been associated with
human-bear interactions as opposed to a
spill event. However, oil and gas
activities are increasing as development
continues to expand throughout the U.S.
Arctic and internationally, including in
polar bear terrestrial and marine
habitats. The greatest concern for future
oil and gas development is the effect of
an oil spill or discharges in the marine
environment impacting polar bears or
their habitat. Disturbance from activities
associated with oil and gas activities can
result in direct or indirect effects on
polar bear use of habitat. Direct
disturbances include displacement of
bears or their primary prey (ringed and
bearded seals) due to the movement of
equipment, personnel, and ships
through polar bear habitat. Female polar
bears tend to select secluded areas for
denning, presumably to minimize
disturbance during the critical period of
cub development. Direct disturbance
may cause abandonment of established
dens before their cubs are ready to
leave. For example, expansion of the
network of roads, pipelines, well pads,
and infrastructure associated with oil
and gas activities may force pregnant
females into marginal denning locations
(Lentfer and Hensel 1980, p. 106;
Amstrup et al. 1986, p. 242). The
potential effects of human activities are
much greater in areas where there is a
high concentration of dens such as
Wrangel Island. Although bear behavior
is highly variable among individuals
and the sample size was small, Amstrup
(1993, pp. 247–249) found that in some
instances denning bears were fairly
tolerant to some levels of activity.
Increased shipping may increase the
amount of open water, cause
disturbance to polar bears and their
prey, and increase the potential for
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28265
additional oil spills (Granier et al. 2006
p. 4). Much of the North Slope of Alaska
contains habitat suitable for polar bear
denning (Durner et al. 2001, p. 119).
Furthermore, in northern Alaska and
Chukotka, Russia, polar bears appear to
be using land areas with greater
frequency during the season of
minimum sea ice. Some of these areas
coincide with areas that have
traditionally been used for oil and gas
production and exploration. These
events increase the potential for
interactions with humans (Durner et al.
2001, p. 115; National Research Council
(NRC) 2003, p. 168); however, current
regulations minimize these interactions
by establishing buffer zones around
active den sites.
The National Research Council (NRC
2003, p. 169) evaluated the cumulative
effects of oil and gas development in
Alaska and concluded the following
related to polar bears and ringed seals:
• ‘‘Industrial activity in the marine
waters of the Beaufort Sea has been
limited and sporadic and likely has not
caused serious cumulative effects to
ringed seals or polar bears.
• Careful mitigation can help to
reduce the effects of oil and gas
development and their accumulation,
especially if there are no major oil
spills. However, the effects of full-scale
industrial development of waters off the
North Slope would accumulate through
the displacement of polar bears and
ringed seals from their habitats,
increased mortality, and decreased
reproductive success.
• A major Beaufort Sea oil spill
would have major effects on polar bears
and ringed seals.
• Climatic warming at predicted rates
in the Beaufort Sea region is likely to
have serious consequences for ringed
seals and polar bears, and those effects
will accumulate with the effects of oil
and gas activities in the region.
• Unless studies to address the
potential accumulation of effects on
North Slope polar bears or ringed seals
are designed, funded, and conducted
over long periods of time, it will be
impossible to verify whether such
effects occur, to measure them, or to
explain their causes.’’
Some alteration of polar bear habitat
has occurred from oil and gas
development, seismic exploration, or
other activities in denning areas, and
potential oil spills in the marine
environment and expanded activities
increase the potential for additional
alteration. Any such impacts would be
additive to other factors already or
potentially affecting polar bears and
their habitat. However, mitigative
regulations that have been instituted,
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28266
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
and will be modified as necessary, have
proven to be highly successful in
providing for polar bear conservation in
Alaska.
Oil and gas exploration, development,
and production activities do not
threaten the species throughout all or a
significant portion of its range based on:
(1) mitigation measures in place now
and likely to be used in the future; (2)
historical information on the level of oil
and gas development activities
occurring within polar bear habitat
within the Arctic; (3) the lack of direct
quantifiable impacts to polar bear
habitat from these activities noted to
date in Alaska; (4) the current
availability of suitable alternative
habitat; and (5) the limited and
localized nature of the development
activities, or possible events, such as oil
spills.
Documented direct impacts on polar
bears by the oil and gas industry during
the past 30 years are minimal. Polar
bears spend a limited amount of time on
land, particularly in the southern
Beaufort Sea, coming ashore to feed,
den, or move to other areas. At times,
fall storms deposit bears along the
coastline where bears remain until the
ice returns. For this reason, polar bears
have mainly been encountered at or
near most coastal and offshore
production facilities, or along the roads
and causeways that link these facilities
to the mainland. During those periods,
the likelihood of incidental interactions
between polar bears and industry
activities increases. As discussed under
our Factor D analysis below, the MMPA
has specific provisions for such
incidental take, including specific
findings that must be made by the
Service and the provision of mitigation
actions, which serve to minimize the
likelihood of impacts upon polar bears.
We have found that the polar bear
interaction planning and training
requirements set forth in the incidental
take regulations and required through
the letters of authorization (LOA)
process, and the overall review of the
regulations every one to five years has
increased polar bear awareness and
minimized these encounters in the
United States. The LOA requirements
have also increased our knowledge of
polar bear activity in the developed
areas.
Prior to issuance of regulations, lethal
takes by industry were rare. Since 1968,
there have been two documented cases
of lethal take of polar bears associated
with oil and gas activities. In both
instances, the lethal take was reported
to be in defense of human life. In the
winter of 1968–1969, an industry
employee shot and killed a polar bear
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
(Brooks et al. 1971, p. 15). In 1990, a
female polar bear was killed at a drill
site on the west side of Camden Bay
(USFWS internal correspondence,
1990). In contrast, 33 polar bears were
killed in the Canadian Northwest
Territories from 1976 to 1986 due to
encounters with industry (Stenhouse et
al. 1988, p. 276). Since the beginning of
the incidental take program, which
includes requirements for monitoring,
project design, and hazing of bears
presenting a safety problem, no polar
bears have been killed due to
encounters associated with the current
industry activities on the North Slope of
Alaska.
Observed Demographic Effects of Sea
Ice Changes on Polar Bear
The potential demographic effects of
sea ice changes on polar bear
reproductive and survival rates (vital
rates) and ultimately on population size
are difficult to quantify due to the need
for extensive time series of data. This is
especially true for a long-lived and
widely dispersed species like the polar
bear. Recent research by Stirling et al.
(2006), Regehr et al. (2007a, b), Hunter
et al. (2007), and Rode et al. (2007),
however, evaluates these important
relationships and adds significantly to
our understanding of how and to what
extent environmental changes influence
essential life history parameters. The
key demographic factors for polar bears
are physical condition, reproduction,
and survival. Alteration of these
characteristics has been associated with
elevated risks of extinction for other
species (McKinney 1997, p. 496;
Beissinger 2000, p. 11,688; Owens and
Bennett 2000, p. 12,145).
Physical condition of polar bears
determines the welfare of individuals,
and, ultimately, through their
reproduction and survival, the welfare
of populations (Stirling et al. 1999, p.
304; Regehr et al. 2007a, p. 13; Regehr
et al 2007b, pp. 2,677–2,680; Hunter et
al. 2007, pp. 8–13). In general, Derocher
et al. (2004, p. 170) predict that declines
in the physical condition will initially
affect female reproductive rates and
juvenile survival and then under more
severe conditions adult female survival
rates. Adult females represent the most
important sex and age class within the
population regarding population status
(Taylor et al. 1987, p. 811).
Declines in fat reserves during critical
times in the polar bear life cycle
detrimentally affect populations through
delay in the age of first reproduction,
decrease in denning success, decline in
litter sizes with more single cub litters
and fewer cubs, and lower cub body
weights and lower survival rates
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(Atkinson and Ramsay 1995, pp. 565–
566; Derocher et al. 2004, p. 170).
Derocher and Stirling (1998, pp. 255–
256) demonstrated that body mass of
adult females is correlated with cub
mass at den emergence, with heavier
females producing heavier cubs and
lighter females producing lighter cubs.
Heavier cubs have a higher rate of
survival (Derocher and Stirling 1996, p.
1,249). A higher proportion of females
in poor condition do not initiate
denning or are likely to abandon their
den and cub(s) mid-winter (Derocher et
al. 2004, p. 170). Females with
insufficient fat stores or in poor hunting
condition in the early spring after den
emergence could lead to increased cub
mortality (Derocher et al. 2004, p. 170).
In addition, sea ice conditions that
include broken or more fragmented ice
may require young cubs to enter water
more frequently and for more prolonged
periods of time, thus increasing
mortality from hypothermia. Blix and
Lenter (1979, p. 72) and Larsen (1985,
p. 325) indicate that cubs are unable to
survive immersion in icy water for more
than approximately 10 minutes. This is
due to cubs having little insulating fat,
their fur losing its insulating ability
when wet (though the fur of adults
sheds water and recovers its insulating
properties quickly), and the core body
temperature dropping rapidly when
they are immersed in icy water (Blix
and Lentfer 1979, p. 72).
Reductions in sea ice, as discussed in
previous sections, will alter ringed seal
distribution, abundance, and
availability for polar bears. Such
reductions will, in turn, decrease polar
bear body condition (Derocher et al.
2004, p. 165). Derocher et al. (2004, p.
165) projected that most females in the
Western Hudson Bay population may be
unable to reach the minimum 189 kg
(417 lbs) body mass required to
successfully reproduce by the year 2012.
Stirling (Canadian Wildlife Service, pers
comm. 2006) indicates, based on the
decline in weights of lone and
suspected pregnant females in the fall
(Stirling and Parkinson 2006), that the
2012 date is likely premature. However,
Stirling (Canadian Wildlife Service, pers
comm. 2006) found that the trend of
continuing weight loss by adult female
polar bears in the fall is clear and
continuing, and, therefore, Stirling
believed that the production of cubs in
these areas will probably be negligible
within the next 15–25 years.
Furthermore, with the extent of sea
ice projected to be substantially reduced
in the future (e.g., Stroeve et al. 2007,
pp. 1–5), opportunities for increased
feeding to recover fat stores during the
season of minimum ice may be limited
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
(Durner et al. 2007, p. 12). It should be
noted that the models project decreased
ice cover in all months in the Arctic, but
that (as has been observed) the projected
changes in the 21st century are largest
in summer (Holland et al. 2006, pp. 1–
5; Stroeve et al. 2007, pp. 1–5; Durner
et al. 2007, p. 12; DeWeaver 2007, p. 2;
IPCC 2007). Mortality of polar bears is
thought to be the highest in winter
when fat stores are low and energetic
demands are greatest. Pregnant females
are in dens during this period using fat
reserves and not feeding. The
availability and accessibility of seals to
polar bears, which often hunt at the
breathing holes, is likely to decrease
with increasing amounts of open water
or fragmented ice (Derocher et al. 2004,
p. 167).
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Demographic Effects on Polar Bear
Populations with Long-term Data Sets
This section summarizes demographic
effects on polar bear populations for
which long-term data sets are available.
These populations are: Western Hudson
Bay, Southern Hudson Bay, Southern
Beaufort Sea, Northern Beaufort Sea,
and, to a lesser extent, Foxe Basin,
Baffin Bay, Davis Strait, and Eastern
Hudson Bay.
Western Hudson Bay
The Western Hudson Bay polar bear
population occurs near the southern
limit of the species’ range and is
relatively discrete from adjacent
populations (Derocher and Stirling
1990, p. 1,390; Stirling et al. 2004, p.
16). In winter and spring, polar bears of
the Western Hudson Bay population
disperse over the ice-covered Bay to
hunt seals (Iverson et al. 2006, p. 98). In
summer and autumn, when Hudson Bay
is ice-free, the population is confined to
a restricted area of land on the western
coast of the Bay. There, nonpregnant
polar bears are cut off from their seal
prey and must rely on fat reserves until
freeze-up, a period of approximately 4
months. Pregnant bears going into dens
may be food deprived for up to an
additional 4 months (a total of 8
months).
In the past 50 years, spring air
temperatures in western Hudson Bay
have increased by 2–3 degrees C
(Skinner et al. 1998; Gagnon and Gough
2005, p. 289). Consequently, the sea ice
on the Bay now breaks up
approximately 3 weeks earlier than it
did 30 years ago (Stirling and Parkinson
2006, p. 265). This forces the Western
Hudson Bay polar bears off the sea ice
earlier, shortening the spring foraging
period when seals are most available,
and reducing the polar bears’ ability to
accumulate the fat reserves needed to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
survive while stranded onshore.
Previous studies have shown a
correlation between rising air
temperatures, earlier sea ice break-up,
and declining recruitment and body
condition for polar bears in western
Hudson Bay (Derocher and Stirling
1996, p. 1,250; Stirling et al. 1999, p.
294; Stirling and Parkinson 2006, p.
266). Based on GCM projections of
continued warming and progressively
earlier sea ice break-up (Zhang and
Walsh 2006), Stirling and Parkinson
(2006, p. 271–272) predicted that
conditions will become increasingly
difficult for the Western Hudson Bay
population.
Regehr et al. (2007a, p. 2,673) used
capture-recapture models to estimate
population size and survival for polar
bears captured from 1984 to 2004 along
the western coast of Hudson Bay.
During this period the Western Hudson
Bay population experienced a
statistically significant decline of 22
percent, from 1,194 bears in 1987 to 935
bears in 2004. Regehr et al. (2007a, p.
2,673) notes that while survival of adult
female and male bears was stable,
survival of juvenile, subadult, and
senescent (nonreproductive) bears was
negatively correlated with the spring sea
ice break-up date—a date that occurred
approximately 3 weeks earlier in 2004
than in 1984. Long-term observations
suggest that the Western Hudson Bay
population continues to exhibit a high
degree of fidelity to the study area
during the early part of the sea ice-free
season (Stirling et al. 1977, p. 1,126;
Stirling et al. 1999, p. 301; Taylor and
Lee 1995, p. 147), which precludes
permanent emigration as a cause for the
population decline. The authors (Regehr
et al. 2007a, p. 2,673) attribute the
decline of the Western Hudson Bay
population to increased natural
mortality associated with earlier sea ice
break-up, and the continued harvest of
approximately 40 polar bears per year
(Lunn et al. 2002, p. 104). No support
for alternative explanations was found.
Southern Hudson Bay
Evidence of declining body condition
for polar bears in the Western Hudson
Bay population suggests that there
should be evidence of parallel declines
in adjacent polar bear populations
experiencing similar environmental
conditions. In an effort to evaluate an
adjacent population, Obbard et al.
(2006, p. 2) conducted an analysis of
polar bear condition in the Southern
Hudson Bay population by comparing
body condition for two time periods,
1984–1986 and 2000–2005. The authors
found that the average body condition
for all age and reproductive classes
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28267
combined was significantly poorer for
Southern Hudson Bay bears captured
from 2000–2005 than for bears captured
from 1984–1986 (Obbard et al. 2006, p.
4). The results indicate a declining trend
in condition for all age and reproductive
classes of polar bears since the mid1980s. The results further reveal that the
decline has been greatest for pregnant
females and subadult bears—trends that
will likely have an impact on future
reproductive output and subadult
survival (Obbard et al. 2006, p. 1).
Obbard et al (2006, p. 4) evaluated
inter-annual variability in body
condition in relation to the timing of ice
melt and to duration of ice cover in the
previous winter and found no
significant relationship despite strong
evidence of a significant trend towards
both later freeze-up and earlier break-up
(Gough et al. 2004, p. 298; Gagnon and
Gough 2005, p. 293). While southern
Hudson Bay loses its sea ice cover later
in the year than western Hudson Bay,
the authors believe that other factors or
combinations of factors (that likely also
include later freeze-up and earlier
break-up) are operating to affect body
condition in southern Hudson Bay polar
bears. These factors may include
unusual spring rain events that occur
during March or April when ringed
seals are giving birth to pups in on-ice
birthing lairs (Stirling and Smith 2004,
pp. 60–63), depth of snow accumulation
and roughness of the ice that vary over
time and also affect polar bear hunting
success (Stirling and Smith 2004, p. 60–
62; Ferguson et al. 2005, p. 131),
changes in the abundance and
distribution of ringed seals, and reduced
pregnancy rates and of reduced pup
survival in ringed seals from western
Hudson Bay during the 1990s (Ferguson
et al. 2005, p. 132; Stirling 2005, p. 381).
A more recent status assessment using
open population capture-recapture
models was conducted to evaluate
population trend in the Southern
Hudson Bay population (Obbard et al.
2007, pp. 3–9). The authors found that
the population and survival estimates
for subadult female and male polar
bears were not significantly different
between 1984–1986 and 1999–2005
respectively. There was weak evidence
of lower survival of cubs, yearlings, and
senescent adults in the recent time
period (Obbard et al. 2007, pp. 10–11).
As previously reported, no association
was apparent between survival and cubof-the-year body condition, average
body condition for the age class, or
extent of ice cover. The authors indicate
that lack of association could be real or
attributable to various factors—the
coarse scale of average body condition
measure, or to limited sample size, or
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
28268
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
limited years of intensive sampling
(Obbard et al. 2007, pp. 11–12).
The decline in survival estimates,
although not statistically significantly,
combined with the evidence of
significant declines in body condition
for all age and sex classes, suggest that
the Southern Hudson Bay population
may be under increased stress at this
time (Obbard et al. 2007, p. 14). The
authors also indicated that if the trend
in earlier ice break-up and later freezeup continues in this area, it is likely that
the population will exhibit changes
similar to the Western Hudson Bay
population even though no current
significant relationships exist between
extent of ice cover and the survival
estimates and the average body
condition for each age class (Obbard et
al. 2007, p. 14).
Southern Beaufort Sea
The Southern Beaufort Sea population
has also been subject to dramatic
changes in the sea ice environment,
beginning in the winter of 1989–1990
(Regehr et al. 2006, p. 2). These changes
were linked initially through direct
observation of distribution changes
during the fall open-water period. With
the exception of the Western Hudson
Bay population, the Southern Beaufort
Sea population has the most complete
and extensive time series of life history
data, dating back to the late 1960s. A 5year coordinated capture-recapture
study of this population to evaluate
changes in the health and status of polar
bears and life history parameters such as
reproduction, survival, and abundance
was completed in 2006. Results of this
study indicate that the estimated
population size has gone from 1,800
polar bears (Amstrup et al. 1986, p. 244;
Amstrup 2000, p. 146) to 1,526 polar
bears in 2006 (Regehr et al. 2006, p. 16).
The precision of the earlier estimate
(1,800 polar bears) was low, and
consequently there is not a statistically
significant difference between the two
point estimates. Amstrup et al. (2001, p.
230) provided a population estimate of
as many as 2,500 bears for this
population in the late 1980s, but the
statistical variance of this estimate
could not be calculated and thus
precludes the comparative value of the
estimate.
Survival rates, weights, and skull
sizes were compared for two periods of
time, 1967–1989 and 1990–2006. In the
later period, estimates of cub survival
declined significantly, from 0.65 to 0.43
(Regehr et al. 2006, p. 11). Cub weights
also decreased slightly. The authors
believed that poor survival of new cubs
may have been related to declining
physical condition of females entering
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
dens and consequently of cubs born
during recent years, as reflected by
smaller skull measurements. In
addition, body weights for adult males
decreased significantly, and skull
measurements were reduced since 1990
(Regehr et al. 2006, p 1). Because male
polar bears continue to grow into their
teen years (Derocher et al. 2005, p. 898),
if nutritional intake was similar since
1990, the size of males should have
increased (Regehr et al. 2006, p. 18). The
observed changes reflect a trend toward
smaller size adult male bears. Although
a number of the indices of population
status were not independently
significant, nearly all of the indices
illustrated a declining trend. In the case
of the Western Hudson Bay population,
declines in cub survival and physical
stature were recorded for a number of
years (Stirling et al. 1999, p. 300;
Derocher et al. 2004, p. 165) before a
statistically significant decline in the
population size was confirmed (Regehr
et al. 2007, p. 2,673).
In further support of the interaction of
environmental factors, nutritional stress,
and their effect on polar bears, several
unusual mortality events have been
documented in the southern Beaufort
Sea. During the winter and early spring
of 2004, three observations of polar bear
cannibalism were recorded (Amstrup et
al. 2006b, p. 1). Similar observations
had not been recorded in that region
despite studies extending back for
decades. In the fall of 2004, four polar
bears were observed to have drowned
while attempting to swim between shore
and distant pack ice in the Beaufort Sea.
Despite offshore surveys extending back
to 1987, similar observations had not
previously been recorded (Monnett and
Gleason 2006, p. 3). In spring of 2006,
three adult female polar bears and one
yearling were found dead. Two of these
females and the yearling had no fat
stores and apparently starved to death,
while the third adult female was too
heavily scavenged to determine a cause
of death. This mortality is suspicious
because prime age females have had
very high survival rates in the past
(Amstrup and Durner 1995, p. 1,315).
Similarly, the yearling that was found
starved was the offspring of another
radio-collared prime age female whose
collar had failed prior to her yearling
being found dead. Annual survival of
yearlings, given survival of their mother,
was previously estimated to be 0.86
(Amstrup and Durner 1995, p. 1,316).
The probability, therefore, that this
yearling died while its mother was still
alive was only approximately 14
percent. Regehr et al. (2006, p. 27)
indicate that these anecdotal
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
observations, in combination with
changes in survival of young and
declines in size and weights reported
above, suggest mechanisms by which a
changing sea ice environment can affect
polar bear demographics and population
status.
The work by Regehr et al. (2006, pp.
1, 5) described above suggested that the
physical stature (as measured by skull
size and body weight data) of some sex
and age classes of bears in the Southern
Beaufort Sea population had changed
between early and latter portions of this
study, but trends in or causes of those
changes were not investigated. Rode et
al. (2007, pp. 1–28), using sea ice and
polar bear capture data from 1982 to
2006, investigated whether these
measurements changed over time or in
relation to sea ice extent. Annual
variation in sea ice habitat important to
polar bear foraging was quantified as the
percent of days between April to
November when mean sea ice
concentration over the continental shelf
was greater than or equal to 50 percent.
The 50 percent concentration threshold
was used because bears make little use
of areas where sea ice concentration is
lower (Durner et al. 2004, p. 19). The
April to November period was used
because it is believed to be the primary
foraging period for polar bears in the
southern Beaufort Sea (Amstrup et al.
2000b, p. 963). The frequency of capture
events for individual bears was
evaluated to determine if this factor had
an effect on bear size, mass, or
condition. Rode et al. (2007, pp. 5–8)
found that mass, length, skull size, and
body condition indices (BCI) of growing
males (aged 3–10), mass and skull size
of cubs-of-the year, and the number of
yearlings per female in the spring and
fall were all positively and significantly
related to the percent of days in which
sea ice covered the continental shelf.
Unlike Regehr et al. (2006, p. 1), Rode
et al. (2007, p. 8) did not document a
declining trend in skull size or body
size of cubs-of-the-year when the date of
capture was considered. Condition of
adult males 11 years and older and of
adult females did not decline. There
was some evidence, based on capture
dates, that females with cubs have been
emerging from dens earlier in recent
years. Thus, though cubs were smaller
in recent years, they also were captured
earlier in the year. Why females may be
emerging from dens earlier than they
used to is not certain and warrants
additional research.
Skull sizes and/or lengths of adult
and subadult males and females
decreased over time during the study
(Rode et al. 2007, p. 1). Adult body mass
was not related to sea ice cover and did
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
not show a trend with time. The
condition of adult females exhibited a
positive trend over time, reflecting a
decline in length without a parallel
trend in mass. Though cub production
increased over time, the number of
cubs-of-the-year per female in the fall
and yearlings per female in the spring
declined (Rode et al. 2007, p. 1),
corroborating the reduced cub survival,
as noted previously by Regehr et al.
(2006, p. 1). Males exhibited a stronger
relationship with sea ice conditions and
more pronounced declines over time
than females. The mean body mass of
males of ages 3–10 years (63 percent of
all males captured over the age of 3)
declined by 2.2 kg (4.9 lbs) per year,
consistent with Regehr et al. (2006, p.
1), and was positively related to the
percent of days with greater than or
equal to 50 percent mean ice
concentration over the continental shelf
(Rode et al. 2007, p. 10). Because
declines were not apparent in older,
fully grown males, but were apparent in
younger, fully grown males, the authors
suggest that nutritional limitations may
have occurred only in more recent years
after the time when older males in the
population were fully grown. Bears with
prior capture history were either larger
or similar in stature and mass to bears
captured for the first time, indicating
that research activities did not influence
trends in the data.
The effect of sea ice conditions on the
mass and size of subadult males
suggests that, if sea ice conditions
changed over time, this factor could be
associated with the observed declines in
these measures. While the sea ice metric
used in Rode et al. (2007, p. 3) was
meaningful to the foraging success of
polar bears, recent habitat analyses have
resulted in improvements in the
understanding of preferred sea ice
conditions of bears in the Southern
Beaufort Sea population. Durner et al.
(2007, pp. 6, 9) recently identified
optimal polar bear habitat based on
bathymetry (water depth), proximity to
land, sea ice concentration, and distance
to sea ice edges using resource selection
functions. The sum of the monthly
extent of this optimal habitat for each
year within the range of the Southern
Beaufort Sea population (Amstrup et al.
2004, p. 670) was strongly correlated
with the Rode et al. (2007, p. 10) sea ice
metric for the 1982–2006 period. This
suggests that the Rode et al. (2007, p. 10)
sea ice metric effectively quantified
important habitat value. While the Rode
et al. (2007, p. 10) sea ice metric did not
exhibit a significantly negative trend
over time, the optimal habitat available
to bears in the southern Beaufort Sea as
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
identified by Durner et al. (2007, pp. 5–
6) did significantly decline between
1982 and 2006. This further supports
the observation that the declining trend
in bear size and condition over time
were associated with a declining trend
in availability of foraging habitat,
particularly for subadult males whose
mass and stature were related to sea ice
conditions.
Rode et al. (2007, p. 12) concludes
that the declines in mass and body
condition index of subadult males,
declines in growth of males and
females, and declines in cub
recruitment and survival suggest that
polar bears of the Southern Beaufort Sea
population have experienced a
declining trend in nutritional status.
The significant relationship between
several of these measurements and sea
ice cover over the continental shelf
suggests that nutritional limitations may
be associated with changing sea ice
conditions.
Regehr et al. (2007b, p. 3) used
multistate capture-recapture models that
classified individual polar bears by sex,
age, and reproductive category to
evaluate the effects of declines in the
extent and duration of sea ice on
survival and breeding probabilities for
polar bears in the Southern Beaufort Sea
population. The study incorporated data
collected from 2001–2006. Key elements
of the models were the dependence of
survival on the duration of the ice-free
period over the continental shelf in the
southern Beaufort Sea region, and
variation in breeding probabilities over
time. Other factors considered included
harvest mortality, uneven capture
probability, and temporary emigrations
from the study area. Results of Regehr
et al. (2007b, p. 1) reveal that in 2001
and 2002, the ice-free period was
relatively short (mean 92 days) and
survival of adult female polar bears was
high (approximately 0.99). In 2004 and
2005, the ice-free period was long (mean
135 days) and survival of adult female
polar bears was lower (approximately
0.77). Breeding and cub-of-the-year litter
survival also declined from high rates in
early years to lower rates in latter years
of the study. The short duration of the
study (5 years) introduced uncertainty
associated with the logistic relationship
between the sea ice covariate and
survival. However, the most supported
noncovariate models (i.e., that excluded
ice as a covariate) also estimated
declines in survival and breeding from
2001 to 2005 that were in close
agreement to the declines estimated by
the full model set.
Although the precision of vital rates
estimated by Regehr et al. (2007b, pp.
17–18) was low, subsequent analyses
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28269
(Hunter et al. 2007, p. 6) indicated that
the declines in vital rates associated
with longer ice-free periods have
ramifications for the trend of the
Southern Beaufort Sea population (i.e.,
result in a declining population trend).
The Southern Beaufort Sea population
occupies habitats similar to four other
populations (Chukchi, Laptev, Kara, and
Barents Seas) which represent over onethird of the world’s polar bears. These
areas have experienced sea ice declines
in recent years that have been more
severe than those experienced in the
southern Beaufort Sea (Durner et al.
2007, pp. 32–33), and declining trends
in status for these populations are
projected to be similar to or greater than
those projected for the Southern
Beaufort Sea population (Amstrup et al.
2007, pp 7–8, 32).
Northern Beaufort Sea
The Northern Beaufort Sea
population, unlike the Southern
Beaufort Sea and Western Hudson Bay
populations, is located in a region
where sea ice converges on shorelines
throughout most of the year. Stirling et
al. (2007, pp. 1–6) used open population
capture-recapture models of data
collected from 1971–2006 to assess the
relationship between polar bear survival
and sex, age, time period, and a number
of environmental covariates in order to
assess population trends. Three
covariates, two related to sea ice habitat
and yearly seal productivity, were used
to assess the recapture probability for
estimates of long-term trends in the size
of the Northern Beaufort Sea population
(Stirling et al. 2007, pp. 4–8).
Associations between survival estimates
and the three covariates (sea ice habitat
variables and seal abundance) were not,
in general, supported by the data.
Population estimates (model averaged)
from 2004–2006 (980) were not
significantly different from estimates for
the periods of 1972–1975 (745) and
1985–1987 (867). The abundance during
the three sampling periods, 1972–1975,
1985–1987, and 2004–2006 may be
slightly low because (1) some bears
residing in the extreme northern
portions of the population may not have
been equally available for capture and
(2) the number of polar bears around
Prince Patrick Island was not large
relative to the rest of the population.
Stirling et al. (2007, p. 10) concluded
that currently the Northern Beaufort Sea
population appears to be stable,
probably because ice conditions remain
suitable for feeding through much of the
summer and fall in most years and
harvest has not exceeded sustainable
levels.
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28270
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Other Populations
As noted earlier in the ‘‘Distribution
and Movement’’ and the ‘‘Polar Bear
Seasonal Distribution Patterns Within
Annual Activity Areas’’ sections of this
final rule, Stirling and Parkinson (2006,
pp. 261–275) investigated ice break-up
relative to distribution changes in five
other polar bear populations in Canada:
Foxe Basin, Baffin Bay, Davis Strait,
Western Hudson Bay, and Eastern
Hudson Bay. They found that sea-ice
break-up in Foxe Basin has been
occurring about 6 days earlier each
decade; ice break-up in Baffin Bay has
been occurring 6 to 7 days earlier per
decade; and ice break-up in Western
Hudson Bay has been occurring 7 to 8
days earlier per decade. Although longterm results from Davis Strait were not
conclusive, particularly because the
maximum percentage of ice cover in
Davis Strait varies considerably more
between years than in western Hudson
Bay, Foxe Basin, or Baffin Bay, Stirling
and Parkinson (2006, p. 269) did
document a negative shortterm trend
from 1991 to 2004 in Davis Strait. In
eastern Hudson Bay, there was not a
statistically significant trend toward
earlier sea-ice break-up.
In four populations, Western Hudson
Bay, Foxe Basin, Baffin Bay, and Davis
Strait, residents of coastal settlements
have reported seeing more polar bears
and having more problem bear
encounters during the open-water
season, particularly in the fall. In those
areas, the increased numbers of
sightings, as well as an increase in the
number of problem bears handled at
Churchill, Manitoba, have been
interpreted as indicative of an increase
in population size. As discussed earlier,
the declines in population size,
condition, and survival of young bears
in the Western Hudson Bay population
as a consequence of earlier sea ice
break-up brought about by climate
warming have all been well documented
(Stirling et al. 1999, p. 294; Gagnon and
Gough 2005; Regehr et al. 2007a, p.
2,680). In Baffin Bay, the available data
suggest that the population is being
overharvested, so the reason for seeing
more polar bears is unlikely to be an
increase in population size. Ongoing
research in Davis Strait (Peacock et al.
2007, pp. 6–7) indicates that this
population may be larger than
previously believed, which may at first
seem inconsistent with the Stirling and
Parkinson (2006, pp. 269–270)
hypothesis of declining populations
over time. This observation, however, is
not equilavent to an indication of
population growth. The quality of
previous population estimates for this
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
region, and the lack of complete
coverage of sampling used to derive the
previous estimates, preclude
establishment of a trend in numbers.
Although the timing and location of
availability of sea ice in Davis Strait
may have been declining (Amstrup et al.
2007, p. 25), changes in numbers and
distribution of harp seals at this time
may support large numbers of polar
bears even if ringed seals are less
available (Stirling and Parkinson 2006,
p. 270; Iverson et al. 2006, p. 110). As
stated previously, continuing loss of sea
ice ultimately will have negative effects
on this population and other
populations in the Seasonal Ice
ecoregion.
Polar Bear Populations without Longterm Data Sets
The remaining circumpolar polar bear
populations either do not have data sets
of sufficiently long time series or do not
have data sets of comparable
information that would allow the
analysis of population trends or
relationships to various environmental
factors and other variables over time.
Projected Effects of Sea Ice Changes on
Polar Bears
This section reviews a study by
Durner et al. (2007) that evaluated polar
bear habitat features and future habitat
distribution and seasonal availability
into the future. Studies by Amstrup et
al. (2007) and Hunter et al. (2007) are
also reviewed which included new
analyses and approaches to examine
trends and relationships for populations
or groups of populations based on
commonly understood relationships
with habitat features and environmental
conditions.
Habitat loss has been implicated as
the greatest threat to the survival for
most species (Wilcove et al. 1998, p.
614). Extinction theory suggests that the
most vulnerable species are those that
are specialized (Davis et al. 2004), longlived with long generation times and
low reproductive output (Bodmer et al.
1997), and carnivorous with large
geographic extents and low population
densities (Viranta 2003, p. 1,275).
Because of their specialized habitats and
life history constraints (Amstrup 2003,
p. 605), polar bears have many qualities
that make their populations susceptible
to the potential negative impacts of sea
ice loss resulting from climate change.
As discussed in detail in the ‘‘Sea Ice
Habitat’’ section of this final rule,
contemporary observations and state-ofthe-art models point to a warming global
climate, with some of the most
accelerated changes in Arctic regions. In
the past 30 years, average world surface
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
temperatures have increased 0.2 degrees
C per decade, but parts of the Arctic
have experienced warming at a rate of
10 times the world average (Hansen et
al. 2006). Since the late 1970s there
have been major reductions in summer
(multi-year) sea ice extent (Meier et al.
2007, pp. 428–434) (see detailed
discussion in section entitled ‘‘Summer
Sea Ice’’); decreases in ice age (Rigor
and Wallace 2004; Belchansky et al.
2005) and thickness (Rothrock et al.
1999; Tucker et al. 2001) (see detailed
discussion in section entitled ‘‘Sea Ice
Thickness’’); and increases in length of
the summer melt period (Belchansky et
al. 2004; Stroeve et al. 2005) (see
detailed discussion in section entitled
‘‘Length of the Melt Period’’). Recent
observations further indicate that winter
ice extent is declining (Comiso 2006)
(see detailed discussion in section
entitled ‘‘Winter Sea Ice’’). Empirical
evidence therefore establishes that the
environment on which polar bears
depend for their survival has already
changed substantially.
Without sea ice, polar bears lack the
platform that allows them to access
prey. Longer melt seasons and reduced
summer ice extent will force polar bears
into habitats where their hunting
success will be compromised (Derocher
et al. 2004, p. 167; Stirling and
Parkinson 2006, pp. 271–272). Increases
in the duration of the summer season,
when polar bears are restricted to land
or forced over relatively unproductive
Arctic waters, may reduce individual
survival and ultimately population size
(Derocher et al. 2004, pp. 165–170). Ice
seals typically occur in open-water
during summer and therefore are
inaccessible to polar bears during this
time (Harwood and Stirling 1992, p.
897). Thus, increases in the length of the
summer melt season have the potential
to reduce annual availability of prey. In
addition, unusual movements, such as
long distance swims to reach pack ice or
land, place polar bears at risk and may
affect mortality (Monnett and Gleason
2006, pp. 4–6). Because of the
importance of sea ice to polar bears,
projecting patterns of ice habitat
availability has direct implications on
their future status. This section reports
on recent studies that project the effects
of sea ice change on polar bears.
Polar Bear Habitat
Durner et al. (2007, pp. 4–10)
developed resource selection functions
(RSFs) to identify ice habitat
characteristics selected by polar bears
and used these selection criteria as a
basis for projecting the future
availability of optimal polar bear habitat
throughout the 21st century. Location
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
data from satellite-collared polar bears
and environmental data (e.g., sea ice
concentration, bathymetry, etc.) were
used to develop RSFs (Manly et al.
2002), which are considered to be a
quantitative measure of habitat selection
by polar bears. Important habitat
features identified in the RSF models
were then used to determine the
availability of optimal polar bear habitat
in GCM projections of 21st century sea
ice distribution. The following
information has been excerpted or
extracted from Durner et al. (2007).
Durner et al. (2007, p. 5) used the
outputs from 10 GCMs from the IPCC
4AR report as inputs into RSFs models
to forecast future distribution and
quantities of preferred polar bear
habitat. The 10 GCMs were selected
based on their ability to accurately
simulate actual ice extent derived from
passive microwave satellite observations
(as described in DeWeaver 2007). The
area of the assessment was the pelagic
ecoregion of the Arctic polar basin
comprised of the Divergent and
Convergent ecoregions described by
Amstrup et al. (2007, pp. 5–7) as
described previously in introductory
materials contained in the ‘‘Polar Bear
Ecoregions’’ section of this final rule.
Predictions of the amount and rate of
change in polar bear habitat varied
among GCMs, but all predicted net
losses in the polar basin during the 21st
century. Projected losses in optimal
habitat were greatest in the peripheral
seas of the polar basin (Divergent
ecoregion) and projected to be greatest
in the Southern Beaufort, Chukchi, and
Barents Seas. Observed losses of sea ice
in the Southern Beaufort, Chukchi, and
Barents Seas are occurring more rapidly
than projected and suggest that
trajectories may vary at regional scales.
Losses were least in high-latitude
regions where the RSF models predicted
an initial increase in optimal habitat
followed by a modest decline. Optimal
habitat changes in the Queen Elizabeth
and Arctic Basin units of the CanadaGreenland group (Convergent ecoregion)
were projected to be negligible if not
increasing. Very little optimal habitat
was observed or predicted to occur in
the deep water regions of the central
Arctic basin.
Durner et al. (2007, p. 13) found that
the largest seasonal reductions in
habitat were predicted for spring and
summer. Based on the multi-model
mean of 10 GCMs, the average area of
optimal polar bear habitat during
summer in the polar basin declined
from an observed 1.0 million sq km
(0.39 million sq mi) in 1985–1995
(baseline) to a projected multi-model
average of 0.58 million sq km (0.23
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
million sq mi) in 2045–2054 (42 percent
decline), 0.36 million sq km (0.14
million sq mi) in 2070–2079 (64 percent
decline), and 0.32 million sq km (0.12
million sq mi) in 2090–2099 (68 percent
decline). After summer melt, most
regions of the polar basin were projected
to refreeze throughout the 21st century.
Therefore, winter losses of polar bear
habitat were more modest, from 1.7
million sq km (0.54 million sq mi) in
1985–1995 to 1.4 million sq km (0.55
million sq mi) in 2090–2099 (17 percent
decline). Simulated and projected rates
of habitat loss during the late 20th and
early 21st centuries by many GCMs tend
to be less than observed rates of loss
during the past two decades; therefore,
habitat losses based on GCM multimodel averages were considered to be
conservative.
Large declines in optimal habitat are
projected to occur in the Alaska-Eurasia
region (Divergent ecoregion) where 60–
80 percent of the polar bear’s historical
area of spring and summer habitat may
disappear by the end of the century
(Durner et al. 2007). The CanadaGreenland region (Convergent
ecoregion) has historically contained
less total optimal habitat area, since it
is geographically smaller than the
Alaska-Eurasia region. In the Queen
Elizabeth region, while there is a similar
seasonal pattern to the projected loss of
optimal habitat, the magnitude of
habitat loss was much less because of
the predicted stability of ice in this
region (Durner et al. 2007, p. 13). The
projected rates of habitat loss over the
21st century were not constant over
time (Durner et al. 2007). Rates of loss
tended to be greatest during the second
and third quarters of the century and
then diminish during the last quarter.
Losses in optimal habitat between
1985–1995 and 1996–2006 established
an observed trajectory of change that
was consistent with the GCM
projections; however, the observed rate
of change (established over a 10-year
period), when extrapolated over the first
half of the 21st century, resulted in
more habitat lost than that projected by
the GCM ensemble average (i.e., faster
than projected) (Durner et al. 2007, p.
13).
The recent findings regarding the
record minimum summer sea ice
conditions for 2007 reported by the
NSIDC in Boulder, Colorado, were not
considered in the analysis of sea ice
conditions reported by Durner et al.
(2007) because the full 2007 data were
not yet available when the analyses in
Durner et al. (2007) were conducted. In
2007, sea ice losses in the Canadian
Archipelago and the polar basin
Convergent ecoregions were the largest
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28271
observed to date; these areas had
previously been observed to be
relatively stable (Durner et al. 2007).
Durner et al. (2007, pp. 18–19)
indicated that less available habitat will
likely result in reduced polar bear
populations, although the precise
relationship between habitat loss and
population demographics remains
unknown. Other authors (Stirling and
Parkinson 2006, pp. 271–272; Regehr et
al. 2007, pp. 14–18; Hunter et al. 2007,
pp. 14–18; Rode et al. 2007, pp. 5–8;
Amstrup et al. 2007, pp. 19–31) present
detailed information regarding
demographic effects of loss of sea ice
habitat. Durner et al. (2007, pp. 19–20)
does hypothesize that density effects
may become more important as polar
bears make long distance annual
migrations from traditional winter areas
to remnant high-latitude summer areas
already occupied by polar bears.
Further, Durner et al. (2007, p. 19)
indicate that declines and large seasonal
swings in habitat availability and
distribution may impose greater impacts
on pregnant females seeking denning
habitat or leaving dens with cubs than
on males and other age groups. Durner
et al. (2007, p. 19) found that although
most winter habitats would be
replenished annually, long distance
retreat of summer habitat may
ultimately preclude bears from
seasonally returning to their traditional
winter ranges. Please also see the
section in this final rule entitled
‘‘Access to and Alteration of Denning
Areas.’’
Polar Bear Population Projections—
Southern Beaufort Sea
Recent demographic analyses and
modeling of the Southern Beaufort Sea
population have provided insight about
the current and future status of this
population (Hunter et al. 2007; Regehr
et al. 2007b). This population occupies
habitats similar to four other
populations in the Divergent ecoregion
(Barents, Chukchi, Kara and Laptev
Seas), which together represent over
one-third of the current worldwide
polar bear population. Because these
other populations have experienced
more severe sea ice changes than the
southern Beaufort Sea, this assessment
may understate the severity of the
demographic impact that polar bear
populations face in the Divergent
ecoregion.
Hunter et al. (2007, pp. 2–6)
conducted a demographic analysis of
the Southern Beaufort Sea population
using a life-cycle model parameterized
with vital rates estimated from capturerecapture data collected between 2001
and 2006 (Regehr et al. 2007b, pp. 12–
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28272
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
14). Population growth rates and
resultant population sizes were
projected both deterministically (i.e.,
assuming that environmental conditions
remained constant over time) and
stochastically (i.e., allowing for
environmental conditions to vary over
time).
The deterministic model produced
positive point estimates of population
growth rate under the conditions in
2001–2003, ranging from 1.02 to 1.08
(i.e., 2 to 8 percent growth per year), and
negative point estimates of population
growth rate under the conditions in
2004–2005 when the region was ice-free
for much longer, ranging from 0.77 to
0.90 (i.e., 23 to 10 percent decline per
year) (Hunter et al. 2007, p. 8). The
overall growth rate estimate for the
study period was about 0.997, i.e., a 0.3
percent decline per year. Population
growth rate was most affected by adult
female survival, with secondary effects
from reduced breeding probability
(Hunter et al. 2007, p. 8). A main
finding of this analysis was that when
there are more than 125 ice-free days
over the continental shelf of the broad
southern Beaufort Sea region,
population growth rate declines
precipitously.
The stochastic model incorporated
environmental variability by
partitioning observed data into ‘‘good’’
years (2001–2003, short ice-free period)
and ‘‘bad’’ years (2004–2005, long icefree period), and evaluating the effect of
the frequency of bad years on
population growth rate (Hunter et al.
2007, p. 6). Stochastic projections were
made in two ways: (1) Assuming a
variable environment with the
probability of bad years equal to what
has been observed recently (1979–2006);
and (2) assuming a variable
environment described by projections of
sea ice conditions in outputs of 10
selected general circulation models, as
described by DeWeaver (2007). In the
first analysis, Hunter et al. (2007, pp.
12–13) found that the stochastic growth
rate declined with an increase in
frequency of bad years, and that if the
frequency of bad years exceeded 17
percent the result would be population
decline. The observed frequency of bad
years since 1979 indicated a decline of
about 1 percent per year for the
Southern Beaufort Sea population. The
average frequency of bad ice years from
1979–2006 was approximately 21
percent and from 2001–2005 was
approximately 40 percent. In the second
analysis, using outputs from 10 GCMs to
determine the frequency of bad years,
Hunter et al. (2007, p. 13) estimated a
55 percent probability of decline to 1
percent of current population size in 45
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
years using the non-covariate model set,
and a 40 percent probability of decline
to 0.1 percent of current population size
in 45 years, also using the non-covariate
model set. Under sea ice conditions
predicted by each of the 10 GCMs, the
Southern Beaufort Sea population was
projected to experience a significant
decline within the next century. The
demographic analyses of Hunter et al.
(2007, pp. 3–9) incorporated uncertainty
arising from demographic parameter
estimation, the short time-series of
capture-recapture data, the form of the
population model, environmental
variation, and climate projections.
Support for the conclusions come from
the agreement of results from different
statistical model sets, deterministic and
stochastic models, and models with and
without climate forcing.
Polar Bear Population Projections—
Range-wide
Amstrup et al. (2007, pp. 5–6) used
two modeling approaches to estimate
the future status of polar bears in the 4
ecoregions they delineated (see section
entitled ‘‘Polar Bear Ecoregions’’ and
Figure 2 above). First, they used a
deterministic Carrying Capacity Model
(CM) that applied current polar bear
densities to future GCM sea ice
projections to estimate potential future
numbers of polar bears in each of the 4
ecoregions. The second approach, a
Bayesian Network Model (BM),
included the same annual measure of
sea ice area as well as measures of the
spatial and temporal availability of sea
ice. In addition, the BM incorporated
numerous other stressors that might
affect polar bear populations that were
not incorporated in the carrying
capacity model. The CM ‘‘provided
estimates of the maximum potential
sizes of polar bear populations based on
climate modeling projections of the
quantity of their habitat—but in the
absence of effects of any additional
stressors * * *’’ while the BM
‘‘provided estimates of how the
presence of multiple stressors * * *
may affect polar bears’’ (Amstrup et al.
2007, p. 5).
For both modeling approaches, the 19
polar bear populations were grouped
into 4 ecoregions, which are defined by
the authors on the basis of observed
temporal and spatial patterns of ice
formation and ablation (melting or
evaporation), observations of how polar
bears respond to these patterns, and
projected future sea ice patterns (see
‘‘Current Population Status and Trends’’
section). The four ecoregions are: (1) the
Seasonal Ice ecoregion (which occurs
mainly at the southern extreme of the
polar bear range); (2) the Archipelago
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
ecoregion of the central Canadian
Arctic; (3) the polar basin Divergent
ecoregion; and (4) the polar Basin
Convergent ecoregion (see Figure 2
above). The ecoregions group polar bear
populations that share similar
environmental conditions and are,
therefore, likely to respond in a similar
fashion to projected future conditions.
Carrying Capacity Model (CM)
The deterministic Carrying Capacity
Model (CM) developed by Amstrup et
al. (2007) was used to estimate presentday polar bear density in each ecoregion
based on estimates of the number of
polar bears and amount of sea ice in
each ecoregion. These density estimates
were defined as ‘‘carrying capacities’’
and applied to projected future sea ice
availability scenarios using the
assumption that current ‘‘carrying
capacities’’ will apply to available
habitat in the future. This density and
habitat index, therefore, allows a
straightforward comparison between the
numbers of bears that are present now
and the number of bears which might be
present in the future.
Amstrup et al. (2007, p. 8) defined
total available sea ice habitat in the
Divergent and Convergent ecoregions as
the 12-month sum of sea ice cover (in
km2) over the continental shelves of the
2 polar basin ecoregions; in the
Archipelago and Seasonal Ice
ecoregions, all sea ice-covered areas
were considered shelf areas and defined
as available habitat (Amstrup et al.
2007, p. 9). In the Divergent and
Convergent ecoregions, available sea ice
habitat was further defined as either
optimal (according to the definition of
Durner et al. 2007, p. 9) or nonoptimal;
this further subdivision was not applied
in the Archipelago and Seasonal Ice
ecoregions, which used the one measure
of total available sea ice habitat.
Projections of future sea ice availability
for each ecoregion were derived from 10
General Circulation Models (GCMs)
selected by DeWeaver (2007, p. 21).
Projections of polar bear status based on
habitat availability were determined for
each of the four ecoregions for 4 time
periods: the present (year 0); 45 years
from the present (the decade of 2045–
2055); 75 years from the present (2070–
2080); and 100 years (2090–2100) from
the present. For added perspective, the
authors also looked at 10 years in the
past (1985–1995). Three sea ice habitat
availability estimates were derived for
each time period, based on the
minimum, mean, and maximum sea ice
projections from the 10-model GCM
ensemble. Changes in habitat were
defined in terms of direction
(contracting, stable or expanding) and
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
28273
bear populations: enhanced,
maintained, decreased, or toward
extirpation’’ (Amstrup et al. 2007, p.
12).
The range of projected carrying
capacities (numbers of bears potentially
remaining assuming historic densities
were maintained) varied by ecoregion
and to whether maximum or minimum
ice values were used. Table 1 below
presents the range of projected change
in carrying capacity of sea ice habitats
for polar bears by ecoregion based on
sea ice projections from GCMs. The
range of percentages represents
minimum and maximum projected
changes in carrying capacity based on
minimum and maximum projected
changes in the total area of sea ice
habitat at various times.
All CM runs projected declines in
polar bear carrying capacity in all four
ecoregions (Amstrup et al. 2007, Figure
9). Some CM model runs project that
polar bear carrying capacity will be
trending ‘‘toward extirpation’’ (the term
‘‘toward extirpation’’ is defined as one
of three combinations of habitat change
and carrying capacity change (i.e.,
contracting moderate habitat change,
decreasing fast carrying capacity
change; contracting fast, decreasing
moderate; contracting fast, decreasing
high)) in some ecoregions at certain
times, but that less severe carrying
capacity changes will occur in other
ecoregions (see Tables 2 and 6, and
Figure 9 in Amstrup et al. 2007). Using
the 4 composite summary categories of
Amstrup et al. (2007, p. 12), the
minimum sea ice extent model results
project that a trend toward extirpation
of polar bears will appear in the polar
basin Divergent ecoregion by year 45
and in the Seasonal Ice ecoregion by
year 75. Mean sea ice extent model
results project that a trend toward
extirpation of bears will appear in the
polar basin Divergent ecoregion by year
75 and in the polar basin Convergent
ecoregion by year 100. None of the
model results project that a trend
toward extirpation will appear in the
Archipelago region by year 100.
Likewise, none of the model results
project that polar bear carrying capacity
will increase or remain stable in any
ecoregion beyond 45 years. Although
the pattern of projected carrying
capacity varied greatly among regions,
the summary finding was for a rangewide decline in polar bear carrying
capacity of between 10 and 22 percent
by year 45 and between 22 and 32
percent by year 75 (Amstrup et al. 2007,
p. 20). CM results provide a
conservative view of the potential
magnitude of change in bear carrying
capacity over time and area, because
these results are based solely on the area
of sea ice present at a given point in
time and do not consider the effects of
other population stressors.
ice availability, numerous other
stressors, and expert judgment regarding
known relationships between these
stressors and polar bear demographics
to obtain probabilistic estimates of
future polar bear distributions and
relative numbers. Anthropogenic
stressors included human activities that
could affect distribution or abundance
of polar bears, such as hunting, oil and
gas development, shipping, and direct
bear-human interactions. Natural
stressors included changes in the
availability of primary and alternate
prey and foraging areas, and occurrence
of parasites, disease, and predation.
Environmental factors included
projected changes in total ice and
optimal habitat, changes in the distance
that ice retreats from traditional autumn
or winter foraging areas, and changes in
the number of months per year that ice
is absent in the continental shelf
regions. Habitat changes, natural and
anthropogenic stressors, and
environmental factors were evaluated
for their potential effects on the density
and distribution of polar bears and
survival throughout their range. BM
outcomes were defined according to
their collective influence on polar bear
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
Bayesian Network Model (BM)
To address other variables in addition
to sea ice habitat that may affect polar
bears, Amstrup et al. (2007, pp. 5–6)
developed a prototype Bayesian
Network Model (BM). The BM
incorporated empirical data and GCM
projections of annual and seasonal sea
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
ER15MY08.011
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
magnitude (slow or none, moderate, or
fast), while changes in carrying capacity
were defined in terms of direction
(decreasing, stable or increasing) and
magnitude (low to none, moderate, or
high) (Amstrup et al. 2007, pp. 10–12).
‘‘Outcomes of habitat change and
carrying capacity change were
categorized into 4 composite summary
categories to describe the status of polar
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28274
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
population distribution and relative
numbers with respect to current
conditions (e.g., larger than now, the
same as now, smaller than now, rare, or
extinct) (Amstrup et al. 2007).
As a caveat to their results, the
authors note that, because a BM
combines expert judgment and
interpretation with quantitative and
qualitative empirical information,
inputs from multiple experts are usually
incorporated into the structure and
parameterization of a ‘‘final’’ BM.
Because the BM in Amstrup et al. (2007)
incorporates the input of a single polar
bear expert, the model should be viewed
as an ‘‘alpha’’ level prototype (Marcot et
al. 2006, cited in Amstrup et al. 2007,
p.27) that would benefit from additional
development and refinement. Given this
caveat, it is extremely important, while
interpreting model outcomes, to focus
on the general direction and magnitude
of the probabilities of projected
outcomes rather than the actual
numerical probabilities associated with
each outcome. For example, situations
with high probability of a particular
outcome (e.g., of extinction) or
consistent directional effect across sea
ice scenarios suggest a higher likelihood
of that outcome as opposed to situations
where the probability is evenly spread
across outcomes or where there is large
disagreement among different sea ice
scenarios. These considerations were
central to the authors’ interpretation of
BM results (Amstrup et al. 2007).
The overall outcomes from the BM
indicate that in each of the four
ecoregions polar bear populations in the
future are very likely to be smaller and
have a higher likelihood of experiencing
multiple stressors in comparison to the
past or present. In the future, multiple
natural and anthropogenic stressors will
likely become important, and negative
effects on all polar bear populations will
be apparent by year 45 with generally
increased effects through year 100.
In the Seasonal Ice ecoregion the
dominant outcome of the BM was
‘‘extinct’’ at all future time periods
under all three GCM scenarios used in
the analysis, with low probabilities
associated with alternative outcomes,
except for the minimum GCM scenario
at year 45 (when the probability of
alternative outcomes was around 44
percent). The small probabilities for
outcomes other than extinct suggest a
trend in this ecoregion toward probable
extirpation by the mid-21st century. In
the polar basin Divergent ecoregion,
‘‘extinct’’ was also the predominant
outcome, with very low probabilities
associated with alternative outcomes
(i.e., less then 15 percent probability of
not becoming extinct). The small
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
probabilities for outcomes other than
extinct also suggest a trend in this
ecoregion toward probable extirpation
by the mid-21st century. In the polar
basin Convergent ecoregion, population
persistence at ‘‘smaller in numbers’’ or
‘‘rare’’ was the predominant outcome at
year 45, but the probability of extinction
came to predominate (i.e., was greater
than 60 percent) at year 75 and year 100.
In the Archipelago ecoregion, a smaller
population was the most probable
outcome at year 45 under all GCM
scenarios. By year 75, the most probable
outcome for this ecoregion (as in the
other ecoregions) across all GCM ice
scenarios was population persistence,
albeit in lower numbers. Even late in the
century, however, the probability of a
smaller than present population in the
Archipelago Ecoregion was relatively
high. Therefore, Amstrup et al. (2007)
concluded that polar bears, in reduced
numbers, could occur in the
Archipelago Ecoregion through the end
of the century. The authors note that the
projected changes in sea ice conditions
could result in loss of approximately
two-thirds of the world’s current polar
bear population by the mid-21st
century. They further note that, because
the observed trajectory of Arctic sea ice
decline appears to be underestimated by
currently available models, these
projections may be conservative.
As part of the BM, Amstrup et al.
(2007, pp. 29–31) conducted a
sensitivity analysis to determine the
influence of model inputs and found
that the overall projected population
outcome was greatly influenced by
changes in sea ice habitat. The Bayesian
sensitivity analysis found that 91
percent of the variation in the overall
predicted population outcome was
determined by six variables. Four of
these six were sea ice related, including
patterns of seasonal and spatial
distribution. The fifth variable among
these top six was the ecoregion being
considered. Outcomes varied for
ecoregions as a result of differences in
their sea ice characteristics. The sixth
ranked variable, with regard to overall
population outcome, was the level of
intentional takes or harvest
(overutilization). The stressors that
related to bear-human interactions,
parasites and disease and predation, and
other natural or man-made factors
provided a nominal influence of less
than 9 percent contribution to the status
outcome.
Amstrup et al. (2007, pp. 22–24)
characterize the types and implications
of uncertainty inherent to the carrying
capacity and BM modeling in their
report. Analyses in this report contain
three main categories of uncertainty: (1)
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
uncertainty in our understandings of the
biological, ecological, and
climatological systems; (2) uncertainty
in the representation of those
understandings in models and statistical
descriptions; and (3) uncertainty in
model predictions. In addition, Amstrup
et al. (2007) discussed potential
consequences of and efforts to evaluate
and minimize uncertainty in the
analyses. We reiterate the caveat that a
BM combines expert judgment and
interpretation with quantitative and
qualitative empirical information,
therefore necessitating inputs from
multiple experts (if available) before it
can be considered final. We note again
that because the BM presented in
Amstrup et al. (2007) incorporates the
input of a single polar bear expert, it
should be viewed as a first-generation
prototype (Marcot et al. 2006, cited in
Amstrup et al. 2007, p.27) that would
benefit from additional development.
Because the BM includes numerous
qualitative inputs (including expert
assessment) and requires additional
development (Amstrup et al. 2007, p.
27), we are more confident in the
general direction and magnitude of the
projected outcomes rather than the
actual numerical probabilities
associated with each outcome, and we
are also more confident in outcomes
within the 45-year foreseeable future
than in outcomes over longer
timeframes (e.g., year 75 and year 100 in
Amstrup et al. (2007)). We conclude that
the outcomes of the BM are consistent
with ‘‘the increasing volume of data
confirming negative relationships
between polar bear welfare and sea ice
decline’’ (Amstrup et al. 2007, p. 31),
and parallel other assessments of both
the demographic parameter changes as
well as trends in various factors that
threaten polar bears as described by
Derocher et al. (2004), and in the
proposed rule to list polar bears as a
threatened species (72 FR 1064).
However, because of the preliminary
nature of the BM and levels of
uncertainty associated with the initial
Bayesian Modeling efforts, we do not
find that the projected outcomes derived
from the BM to be as reliable as the data
derived from the ensemble of climate
models used by the Service to gauge the
loss of sea ice habitat over the next 45
years. Both the proposed rule and the
status assessment (Range Wide Status
Review of the Polar Bear (Ursus
maritimus), Schliebe et al. 2006a),
underwent extensive peer review by
impartial experts within the disciplines
of polar bear ecology, climatology,
toxicology, seal ecology, and traditional
ecological knowledge, and thereby
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
of polar bears. Ultimately, these interrelated factors will result in range-wide
population declines. Populations in
different ecoregions will experience
different rates of change and timing of
impacts. Within the foreseeable future,
however, all ecoregions will be affected.
Polar Bear Mortality
As changes in habitat become more
severe and seasonal rates of change
more rapid, catastrophic mortality
events that have yet to be realized on a
large scale are expected to occur.
Observations of drownings and starved
animals may be a prelude to such
events. Populations experiencing
compromised physical condition will be
increasingly prone to sudden die-offs.
While no information currently exists to
evaluate such events, the possibility of
other forms of unanticipated mortality
are mentioned here because they have
been observed in other species (e.g.,
canine distemper in Caspian seals
(Phoca caspica) (Kuiken et al. 2006, p.
321) and phocine distemper virus in
harbor seals (Heide-Jorgensen et al.
1992, cited in Goodman 1998).
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
represent a consensus on the
conclusions in these documents. The
more recent projections from the BM
exercise conducted by Amstrup et al.
(2007) are consistent with conclusions
reached in the earlier assessments that
polar bear populations will continue to
decline in the future.
Rationale
Conclusion Regarding Current and
Projected Demographic Effects of
Habitat Changes on Polar Bears
Polar bears have evolved in a sea ice
environment that serves as an essential
platform from which they meet life
functions. Polar bears currently are
exposed to a rapidly changing sea ice
platform, and in many regions of the
Arctic already are being affected by
these changes. Sea ice changes are
projected to continue and positive
feedbacks are expected to amplify
changes in the arctic which will hasten
sea ice retreat. These factors will likely
negatively impact polar bears by
increasing energetic demands of seeking
prey. Remaining members of many
populations will be redistributed, at
least seasonally, into terrestrial or
offshore habitats with marginal values
for feeding, and increasing levels of
negative bear-human interactions.
Increasing nutritional stress will
coincide with exposure to numerous
other potential stressors. Polar bears in
some regions already are demonstrating
reduced physical condition, reduced
reproductive success, and increased
mortality. As changes in habitat become
more severe and seasonal rates of
change more rapid, catastrophic
mortality events that have yet to be
realized on a large scale are expected to
occur. Observations of drownings and
starved animals may be a prelude to
such events. These changes will in time
occur throughout the world-wide range
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
Conclusion for Factor A
Polar bears evolved over thousands of
years to life in a sea ice environment.
They depend on the sea ice-dominated
ecosystem to support essential life
functions. Sea ice provides a platform
for hunting and feeding, for seeking
mates and breeding, for movement to
terrestrial maternity denning areas and
occasionally for maternity denning, for
resting, and for long-distance
movements. The sea ice ecosystem
supports ringed seals, primary prey for
polar bears, and other marine mammals
that are also part of their prey base.
Sea ice is rapidly diminishing
throughout the Arctic. Patterns of
increased temperatures, earlier onset of
and longer melting periods, later onset
of freeze-up, increased rain-on-snow
events, and potential reductions in
snowfall are occurring. In addition,
positive feedback systems (i.e., the seaice albedo feedback mechanism) and
naturally occurring events, such as
warm water intrusion into the Arctic
and changing atmospheric wind
patterns, can operate to amplify the
effects of these phenomena. As a result,
there is fragmentation of sea ice, a
dramatic increase in the extent of open
water areas seasonally, reduction in the
extent and area of sea ice in all seasons,
retraction of sea ice away from
productive continental shelf areas
throughout the polar basin, reduction of
the amount of heavier and more stable
multi-year ice, and declining thickness
and quality of shore-fast ice. Such
events are interrelated and combine to
decrease the extent and quality of sea
ice as polar bear habitat during all
seasons and particularly during the
spring-summer period. Arctic sea ice
will continue to be affected by climate
change. Due to the long persistence time
of certain GHGs in the atmosphere, the
current and projected patterns of GHG
emissions over the next few decades,
and interactions among climate
processes, climate changes for the next
40–50 years are already largely set (IPCC
2007, p. 749; J. Overland, NOAA, in litt.
to the Service, 2007). Climate change
effects on sea ice and polar bears will
continue through this timeframe and
very likely further into the future.
Changes in sea ice negatively impact
polar bears by increasing the energetic
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28275
demands of movement in seeking prey,
causing seasonal redistribution of
substantial portions of populations into
marginal ice or terrestrial habitats with
limited values for feeding, and
increasing the susceptibility of bears to
other stressors, some of which follow.
As the sea ice edge retracts to deeper,
less productive polar basin waters, polar
bears will face increased competition for
limited food resources, increased open
water swimming with increased risk of
drowning, increasing interaction with
humans with negative consequences,
and declining numbers that may be
unable to sustain ongoing harvests.
Changes in sea ice will reduce
productivity of most ice seal species,
result in changes in composition of seal
species indigenous to some areas, and
eventually result in a decrease in seal
abundance. These changes will decrease
availability or timing of availability of
seals as food for polar bears. Ringed
seals will likely remain distributed in
shallower, more productive southerly
areas that are losing their seasonal sea
ice and becoming characterized by vast
expanses of open water in the springsummer-fall period. As a result, the
seals will remain unavailable as prey to
polar bears during critical times of the
year. These factors will, in turn, result
in a steady decline in the physical
condition of polar bears, which has
proven to lead to population-level
demographic declines in reproduction
and survival.
The ultimate net effect of these interrelated factors will be that polar bear
populations will decline or continue to
decline. Not all populations will be
affected evenly in the level, rate, and
timing of effects, but we have
determined that, within the foreseeable
future, all polar bear populations will be
negatively affected. This determination
is broadly supported by results of the
USGS studies, and within the
professional community, including a
majority of polar bear experts who peer
reviewed the proposed rule. The PBSG
evaluated potential impacts to the polar
bear, and determined that the observed
and projected changes in sea ice habitat
would negatively affect the species
(Aars et al. 2006, p. 47). The IUCN,
based on the PBSG assessment,
reclassified polar bears as ‘‘vulnerable.’’
Similarly, their justification for the
classification was the projected change
in sea ice, effect of climate change on
polar bear condition, and corresponding
effect on reproduction and survival,
which have been associated with a
steady and persistent decline in
abundance.
A series of analyses of the best
available scientific information on the
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28276
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
ecology and demography of polar bears
were recently undertaken by the USGS
at the request of the Secretary of the
Interior. These include additional
analyses of some specific populations
(Southern Beaufort Sea, Northern
Beaufort Sea, Southern Husdon Bay),
analysis of optimal polar bear habitat
and projections of optimal habitat
through the 21st century, projections of
the status of populations into the future,
and information from a pilot study
regarding the increase in travel distance
for pregnant females to reach denning
areas on the North Slope of Alaska with
insights to potential consequences.
Results of the analyses are detailed
within this final rule. This significant
effort enhanced and reaffirmed our
understanding of the interrelationships
of ecological factors and the future
status of polar bear populations.
The USGS report by Amstrup et al.
(2007) synthesized historical and recent
scientific information and conducted
two modeling exercises to provide a
range-wide assessment of the current
and projected future status of polar
bears occupying four ecoregions. In this
effort, using two approaches and
validation processes, the authors
described four ‘‘ecoregions’’ based on
current and projected sea ice conditions
and developed a suite of population
projections by ecoregion. This
assessment helps inform us on the
future fate of polar bear populations
subject to a rapidly changing sea ice
environment. In summary, polar bear
populations within all ecoregions were
not uniformly impacted, but all
populations within ecoregions declined,
with the severity of declines depending
on the sea ice projections (minimal,
mean, maximum), season of the year,
and area. Amstrup et al. (2007, p. 36)
forecasts the extirpation of populations
in the Seasonal Ice, and polar basin
Divergent ecoregions by the mid-21st
century. Because the BM presented in
the report be viewed as a firstgeneration prototype (Marcot et al. 2006,
cited in Amstrup et al. 2007, p.27) that
would benefit from additional
development, and because the BM
includes numerous qualitative inputs
(including expert assessment), we are
more confident in the general direction
and magnitude of the projected
outcomes rather than the actual
numerical probabilities associated with
each outcome, and we are also more
confident in outcomes within the 45year foreseeable future.
In the southerly populations
(Seasonal Ice ecoregion) of Western
Hudson Bay, Southern Hudson Bay,
Foxe Basin, Davis Strait, and Baffin Bay,
polar bears already experience stress
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
from seasonal fasting due to early sea
ice retreat, and have or will be affected
earliest (Stirling and Parkinson 2006, p.
272; Obbard et al. 2006, pp. 6–7; Obbard
et al. 2007, p. 14). Populations in the
Divergent ecoregion, including the
Chukchi Sea, Barents Sea, Southern
Beaufort Sea, Kara Sea, and Laptev Sea
will, or are currently, experiencing
initial effects of changes in sea ice (Rode
et al. 2007, p. 12; Regehr et al. 2007b,
pp. 18–19; Hunter et al. 2007, p. 19;
Amstrup et al. 2007, p. 36). These
populations are vulnerable to large-scale
dramatic seasonal fluctuations in ice
movements, decreased abundance and
access to prey, and increased energetic
costs of hunting. Polar bear populations
inhabiting the central island archipelago
of Canada (Archipelago ecoregion) will
also be affected but to lesser degrees and
later in time. These more northerly
populations (Norwegian Bay, Lancaster
Sound, M’Clintock Channel, Viscount
Melville Sound, Kane Basin, and the
Gulf of Boothia) are expected to be
affected last due to the buffering effects
of the island archipelago complex,
which lessens effects of oceanic currents
and seasonal retractions of ice and
retains a higher proportion of heavy,
more stable, multi-year sea ice. A
caution in this evaluation is that
historical record minimum summer ice
conditions in September 2007 resulted
in vast ice-free areas that encroached
into the area of permanent polar sea ice
in the central Arctic Basin, and the
Northwest Passage was open for the first
time in recorded history. The record low
sea ice conditions of 2007 are an
extension of an accelerating trend of
minimum sea ice conditions and further
support the concern that current sea ice
models may be conservative and
underestimate the rate and level of
change expected in the future.
Although climate change may
improve conditions for polar bears in
some high latitude areas where harsh
conditions currently prevail, these
improvements will only be transitory.
Continued warming will lead to reduced
numbers and reduced distribution of
polar bears range-wide (Regehr et al.
2007b, p. 18; Derocher et al. 2004, p. 19;
Hunter et al. 2007, p. 14; Amstrup et al.
2007, p. 36). Projected declines in the
sea ice for most parts of the Arctic are
long-term, severe, and occurring at a
pace that is unprecedented (Comiso
2003; ACIA 2004; Holland et al. 2006,
pp. 1–5); therefore, the most northerly
polar bear populations will experience
declines in demographic parameters
similar to those observed in the Western
Hudson Bay population, along with
changes in distribution and other
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
currently unknown ecological responses
(Derocher et al. 2004, p. 171; Aars et al.
2006, p. 47). Ultimately, all polar bear
populations will be affected within the
foreseeable future, and the species will
likely become in danger of extinction
throughout all of its range.
It is possible, even with the total loss
of summer sea ice, that a small number
of polar bears could survive, provided
there is adequate seasonal ice cover to
serve as a platform for hunting
opportunities, and that sea ice is present
for a period of time adequate for
replenishment of body fat stores and
condition. However, this possibility is
difficult to evaluate. As a species, polar
bears have survived at least two
warming periods, the Last Interglacial
(140,000—115,000 years Before Present
(BP)), and the Holocene Thermal
maximum (ca 12,000—4,000 BP)
(Dansgaard et al. 1993, p. 218; DahlJensen et al. 1998, p. 268). Greenland ice
cores revealed that the climate was
much more variable in the past, and
some of the historical shifts between the
warm and cold periods were rapid,
suggesting that the recent relative
climate stability seen during the
Holocene may be an exception
(Dansgaard et al. 1993, p. 218). While
the precise impacts of these warming
periods on polar bears and the Arctic
sea ice habitat are unknown, the ability
of polar bears to adapt to alternative
food sources seems extremely limited
given the caloric requirements of adult
polar bears and the documented effects
of nutritional stress on reproductive
success.
In addition to the effects of climate
change on sea ice, we have also
evaluated changes to habitat in the
Arctic as a result of increased pressure
from human activities. Increased human
activities include a larger footprint from
the number of people resident to the
area, increased levels of oil and gas
exploration and development and
expanding areas of interest, and
potential increases in shipping.
Cumulatively, these activities may
result in alteration of polar bear habitat.
Any potential impact from these
activities would be additive to other
factors already or potentially affecting
polar bears and their habitat. We
acknowledge that the sum total of
documented direct impacts from these
activities in the past have been minimal.
We also acknowledge, as discussed
further under the Factor D analysis in
this final rule, that national and local
concerns for these activities has resulted
in the development and implementation
of multi-layered regulatory programs to
monitor and eliminate or minimize
potential effects. Regarding potential
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
shipping activities within the Arctic,
increased future monitoring is necessary
to enhance the understanding of
potential effects from this activity.
Determination for Factor A
We have evaluated the best available
scientific and commercial information
on polar bear habitat and the current
and projected effects of various factors
(including climate change) on the
quantity and distribution of polar bear
habitat, and have determined that the
polar bear is threatened throughout its
entire range by ongoing and projected
changes in sea ice habitat (i.e., the
species is likely to become endangered
throughout all of its range within the
foreseeable future due to habitat loss).
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Factor B. Overutilization for
Commercial, Recreational, Scientific, or
Educational Purposes
Use of polar bears for commercial,
recreational, scientific, and educational
purposes is generally low, with the
exception of harvest. Use for nonlethal
scientific purposes is highly regulated
and does not pose a threat to
populations. Similarly, the regulated,
low-level use for educational purposes
through placement of cubs or orphaned
animals into zoos or public display
facilities or through public viewing is
not a threat to populations. Sport
harvest of polar bears in Canada is
discussed in the harvest section below.
For purposes of population assessment,
no distinction is made between harvest
uses for sport or subsistence. Take
associated with defense of life, scientific
research, illegal take, and other forms of
take are generally included in harvest
management statistics, so this section
also addresses all forms of take,
including bear-human interactions.
Overview of Harvest
Polar bears historically have been,
and continue to be, an important
renewable resource for coastal
communities throughout the Arctic
(Lentfer 1976, p. 209; Amstrup and
DeMaster 1988, p. 41; Servheen et al.
1999, p. 257, Table 14.1; Schliebe et al.
2006a, p. 72). Polar bears and polar bear
hunting remain an important part of
indigenous peoples’ culture, and polar
bear hunting is a source of pride,
prestige, and accomplishment. Polar
bears provide a source of meat and raw
materials for handicrafts, including
functional clothing such as mittens,
boots (mukluks), parka ruffs, and pants
(Nageak et al. 1991, p. 6).
Prior to the 1950s, most hunting was
by indigenous people for subsistence
purposes. Increased sport hunting in the
1950s and 1960s resulted in population
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
declines (Prestrud and Stirling 1994, p.
113). International concern about the
status of polar bears resulted in
biologists from the five polar bear range
nations forming the Polar Bear
Specialist Group (PBSG) within the
IUCN SSC (Servheen et al. 1999, p. 262).
The PBSG was largely responsible for
the development and ratification of the
1973 International Agreement on the
Conservation of Polar Bears (1973 Polar
Bear Agreement) (Prestrud and Stirling
1994, p. 114) (see detailed discussion
under Factor D, ‘‘Inadequacy of Existing
Regulatory Mechanisms’’ below). The
1973 Polar Bear Agreement and the
actions of the member nations are
credited with the recovery of polar bears
following the previous period of
overexploitation.
Harvest Management by Nation
Canada
Canada manages or shares
management responsibility for 13 of the
world’s 19 polar bear populations (Kane
Basin, Baffin Bay, Davis Strait, Foxe
Basin, Western Hudson Bay, Southern
Hudson Bay, Gulf of Boothia, Lancaster
Sound, Norwegian Bay, M’Clintock
Channel, Viscount Melville Sound,
Northern Beaufort Sea, and Southern
Beaufort Sea). Wildlife management is a
shared responsibility of the Provincial
and Territorial governments. The
Federal government (Canadian Wildlife
Service) has an ongoing research
program and is involved in management
of wildlife populations shared with
other jurisdictions, especially ones with
other nations (e.g., where a polar bear
stock ranges across an international
boundary). To facilitate and coordinate
management of polar bears, Canada has
formed the Federal Provincial Technical
Committee for Polar Bear Research and
Management (PBTC) and the Federal
Provincial Administrative Committee
for Polar Bear Research and
Management (PBAC). These committees
include Provincial, Territorial, and
Federal representatives who meet
annually to review research and
management activities.
Polar bears are harvested in Canada
by native residents and by sport hunters
employing native guides. All humancaused mortality (i.e., hunting, defense
of life, and incidental kills) is included
in a total allowable harvest. Inuit people
from communities in Nunavut,
Northwest Territories (NWT), Manitoba,
Labrador, Newfoundland, and Quebec
conduct hunting. In Ontario, the Cree
and the Inuit can harvest polar bears. In
Nunavut and NWT, each community
obtains an annual harvest quota that is
based on the best available scientific
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28277
information and monitored through
distribution of harvest tags to local
hunter groups, who work with scientists
to set quotas. Native hunters may use
their harvest tags to guide sport hunts.
The majority of sport hunters in Canada
are U.S. citizens. In 1994 the MMPA
was amended to allow these hunters to
import their trophies into the United
States if the bears had been taken in a
legal manner from sustainably managed
populations.
The Canadian system places tight
controls on the size and design of
harvest limits and harvest reporting.
Quotas are reduced in response to
population declines (Aars et al. 2006, p.
11). In 2004, existing polar bear harvest
practices caused concern when Nunavut
identified quota increases for 8
populations, 5 of which are shared with
other jurisdictions (Lunn et al. 2005, p.
3). Quota increases were largely based
on indigenous knowledge (the Nunavut
equivalent of traditional ecological
knowledge) and the perception that
some populations were increasing from
historic levels. Nunavut did not
coordinate these changes with adjacent
jurisdictions that share management
responsibility. This action resulted in an
increase in the quota of allowable
harvest from 398 bears in 2003–2004 to
507 bears in 2004–2005 (Lunn et al.
2005, p. 14, Table 6). Discussions
between jurisdictions, designed to
finalize cooperative agreements
regarding the shared quotas, continue.
Greenland
The management of polar bear harvest
in Greenland is through a system
introduced in 1993 that allows only fulltime hunters living a subsistence
lifestyle to hunt polar bears. Licenses
are issued annually for a small fee
contingent upon reporting harvest
during the prior 12 months. Until 2006,
no quotas were in place, but harvest
statistics were collected through
Piniarneq, a local reporting program
(Born and Sonne 2005, p. 137). In
January 2006, a new harvest monitoring
and quota system was implemented
(L2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the 1973 Polar Bear Agreement, and that
the program is based on scientifically
sound quotas ensuring the maintenance
of the population at a sustainable level.
Six populations were approved for
import of polar bear trophies (62 FR
7302, 64 FR 1529, 66 FR 50843) under
regulations implementing section
104(c)(5) of the MMPA (50 CFR 18.30).
However, as of the effective date of the
threatened listing, authorization for the
import of sport hunted polar bear
trophies is no longer available under
section 104(c)(5) of the MMPA.
Harvest Summary
A thorough review and evaluation of
past and current harvest, including
other forms of removal, for all
populations has been described in the
Polar Bear Status Review (Schliebe et al.
2006a, pp. 108–127). The Status Review
is available on our Marine Mammal
website (https://alaska.fws.gov/fisheries/
mmm/polarbear/issues.htm). Table 2 of
the Status Review provides a summary
of harvest statistics from the
populations and is included herein as a
reference. The total harvest and other
forms of removal were considered in the
summary analysis.
Five populations (including four that
are hunted) have no estimate of
potential risk from overharvest, since
adequate demographic information
necessary to conduct a population
viability analysis and risk assessment
are not available (see Table 1 below).
For one of the populations, Chukchi
Sea, severe overharvest is suspected to
have occurred during the past 10–15
years, and anecdotal information
suggests the population is in decline
(Aars et al. 2006, pp. 34–35). The
Chukchi Sea, Baffin Bay, Kane Basin,
and Western Hudson Bay populations
may be overharvested (Aars et al. 2006,
pp. 40, 44–46). In other populations,
including East Greenland and Davis
Strait, substantial harvest occurs
annually in the absence of scientifically
derived population estimates (Aars et al.
2006, pp. 39, 46). Considerable debate
has occurred regarding the recent
changes in population estimates based
on indigenous or local knowledge (Aars
et al. 2006, p. 57) and subsequent quota
increases for some populations in
Nunavut (Lunn et al. 2005, p. 20). The
PBSG (Aars et al. 2006, p. 57), by
resolution, recommended that ‘‘polar
bear harvest can be increased on the
basis of local and traditional knowledge
only if supported by scientifically
collected information.’’ Increased polar
bear observations along the coast may be
attributed to changes in bear
distribution due to lack of suitable ice
habitat rather than to increased
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
28279
actual numerical probabilities
associated with each outcome.
Nonetheless, the relatively high ranking
for this stressor indicates that effective
management of hunting and evaluation
of sustainable harvest levels will
continue to be important to minimize
effects for populations experiencing
increased stress.
bears most associated with human
conflicts, are most often subadult bears
that are inexperienced hunters and,
therefore, that scavenge more frequently
than adult bears (Stirling 1988, p. 182).
Following subadults, females with cubs
are most likely to interact with humans,
because females with cubs are likely to
be thinner and hungrier than single
adult bears, and starving bears are more
likely to interact with humans in their
pursuit of food (Stirling 1988, p. 182).
For example, in Churchill, Manitoba,
Canada, an area of high polar bear use,
the occurrence of females with cubs
feeding at the town’s garbage dump in
Polar bears come into conflict with
humans when they scavenge for food at
sites of human habitation, and also
because they occasionally prey or
attempt to prey upon humans (Stirling
1988, p. 182). ‘‘Problem bears,’’ the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
ER15MY08.012
sensitivity analysis to determine the
importance and influence of the
stressors on the population forecast.
Their analysis indicated that intentional
take was the 4th ranked .potential
stressor, and could exacerbate the
effects of habitat loss in the future.
Because of the preliminary nature of the
BM results, we are more confident in
the general direction and magnitude of
the projected outcomes rather than the
Bear-Human Interactions
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
population size (Stirling and Parkinson
2006, p. 266). Additional data are
needed to reconcile these differing
interpretations.
As discussed in Factor A, Amstrup et
al. (2007, p.30) used a first-generation
BM model to forecast the range-wide
status of polar bears during the 21st
century, factoring in a number of
stressors, including intentional take or
harvest. The authors conducted a
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28280
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
the fall increased during years when
bears came ashore in poorer condition
(Stirling 1988, p. 182). Other factors that
may influence bear-human encounters
include increased land use activities,
increased human populations in areas of
high polar bear activity, increased polar
bear concentrations on land, and earlier
polar bear departure from ice habitat to
terrestrial habitats.
Increased bear-human interactions
and defense-of-life kills may occur
under predicted climate change
scenarios where more bears are on land
and in contact with human settlements
(Derocher et al. 2004, p. 169). Direct
interactions between people and bears
in Alaska have increased markedly in
recent years, and this trend is expected
to continue (Amstrup 2000, p. 153).
Since the late 1990s, the timing of
complete ice formation in the fall has
occurred later in November or early
December than it formerly did
(September and October), resulting in an
increased amount of time polar bears
spend on land. This consequently
increases the probability of bear-human
interactions occurring in coastal
villages. Adaptive management
programs that focus on the development
of community or ecotourism based polar
bear-human interaction plans (that
include polar bear patrols, deterrent and
hazing programs, efforts to manage and
minimize sources of attraction, and
education about polar bear behavior and
ecology) are ongoing in a number of
Alaska North Slope communities and
should be expanded or further
developed for other communities in the
future. In four Canadian populationsWestern Hudson Bay, Foxe Basin, Baffin
Bay, and Davis Strait-Inuit hunters
reported seeing more bears in recent
years around settlements, hunting
camps, and sometimes locations where
they had not (or only rarely) been seen
before, resulting in an increase in
threats to human life and damage to
property (Stirling and Parkinson 2006,
p. 262).
As discussed in Factor A, Amstrup et
al. (2007, p.30) used a first-generation
BM model to forecast the range-wide
status of polar bears during the 21st
century, factoring in a number of
stressors, including bear-human
interactions. The authors conducted a
sensitivity analysis to determine the
importance and influence of the
stressors on the population forecast.
Their analysis indicated that bearhuman interactions ranked 7th of
potential stressors. Because of the
preliminary nature of the BM results, we
are more confident in the general
direction and magnitude of the
projected outcomes rather than the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
actual numerical probabilities
associated with each outcome. Although
this factor’s singular contribution to a
declining population trend was
relatively small, it could operate with
other mortality factors (such as harvest)
in the future to exacerbate the effects of
habitat loss. Thus, bear-human
interactions should be monitored, and
may require additional management
actions in the future.
Conclusion for Factor B
Rationale
Polar bears are harvested in Canada,
Alaska, Greenland, and Russia. Active
harvest management or reporting
programs are in place for populations in
Canada, Greenland, and Alaska.
Principles of sustainable yield are
instituted through harvest quotas or
guidelines for a number of Canadian
populations. Other forms of removal,
such as defense-of-life take are
considered through management actions
by the responsible jurisdictions.
Hunting or killing polar bears is illegal
in Russia, although an unknown level of
harvest occurs, and harvest impacts on
Russian populations are generally
unknown. While overharvest is
occurring for some populations, laws
and regulations for most management
programs have been instituted and are
flexible enough to allow adjustments in
order to ensure that harvests are
sustainable. These actions are largely
viewed as having succeeded in
reversing widespread overharvests by
many jurisdictions that resulted in
population depletion during the period
prior to signing of the multilateral 1973
Polar Bear Agreement (Prestrud and
Stirling 1994) see additional discussion
under Factor D below). For the
internationally-shared populations in
the Chukchi Sea, Baffin Bay, Kane
Basin, and Davis Strait, conservation
agreements have been developed
(United States-Russia) or are in
development (Canada-Greenland), but
in making our finding we have not
relied on agreements that have not been
implemented.
We realize that management agencies
will be challenged in the future with
managing populations that are declining
and under stress from loss of sea ice. We
also note that the sensitivity anlaysis
conducted by Amstrup et al. (2007, pp.
35, 58) suggests that, for some
populations, the effects of habitat and
environmental changes will far
outweigh the effects of harvest, and
consequently, that harvest regulation
may have little effect on the ultimate
population outcome. For other
populations affected to a lesser degree
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
by environmental changes and habitat
impacts, effective implementation of
existing regulatory mechanisms is
necessary to address issues related to
overutilization.
Determination for Factor B
We have evaluated the best available
scientific and commercial information
on the utilization of polar bears for
commercial, recreational, scientific, or
educational purposes. Harvest,
increased bear-human interaction levels,
defense-of-life take, illegal take, and
take associated with scientific research
live-capture programs are occurring for
several populations. We have
determined that harvest is likely
exacerbating the effects of habitat loss in
several populations. In addition, polar
bear mortality from harvest and negative
bear-human interactions may in the
future approach unsustainable levels for
several populations, especially those
experiencing nutritional stress or
declining population numbers as a
consequence of habitat change. The
PBSG (Aars et al. 2006, p. 57), through
resolution, urged that a precautionary
approach be instituted when setting
harvest limits in a warming Arctic
environment. Continued efforts are
necessary to ensure that harvest or other
forms of removal do not exceed
sustainable levels. We find, however,
that overutilization does not currently
threaten the polar bear throughout all or
a significant portion of its range.
Factor C. Disease and Predation
Disease
The occurrence of diseases and
parasites in polar bears is rare compared
to other bears, with the exception of the
presence of Trichinella larvae,
Trichinella has been documented in
polar bears throughout their range, and,
although infestations can be quite high,
they are normally not fatal (Rausch
1970, p. 360; Dick and Belosevic 1978,
p. 1,143; Larsen and Kjos-Hanssen 1983,
p. 95; Taylor et al. 1985, p. 303; Forbes
2000, p. 321). Although rabies is
commonly found in Arctic foxes, there
has been only one documented case in
polar bears (Taylor et al. 1991, p. 337).
Morbillivirus has been documented in
polar bears from Alaska and Russia
(Garner et al. 2000, p. 477; C. Kirk,
University of Alaska, Fairbanks, pers.
comm. 2006). Antibodies to the
protozoan parasite, Toxoplasma gondii,
were found in Alaskan polar bears;
whether this is a health concern for
polar bears is unknown (C. Kirk,
University of Alaska, Fairbanks, pers.
comm. 2006).
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Whether polar bears are more
susceptible to new pathogens due to
their lack of previous exposure to
diseases and parasites is also unknown.
Many different pathogens and viruses
have been found in seal species that are
polar bear prey (Duignan et al. 1997, p.
7; Measures and Olson 1999, p. 779;
Dubey et al. 2003, p. 278; Hughes-Hanks
et al. 2005, p. 1,226), so the potential
exists for transmission of these diseases
to polar bears. . As polar bears become
more nutritionally stressed, they may
eat more of the intestines and internal
organs of their prey than they presently
do, thus increasing potential exposure
to parasites and viruses (Derocher et al.
2004, p. 170; Amstrup et al. 2006b, p.
3). In addition, new pathogens may
expand their range northward from
more southerly areas under projected
climate change scenarios (Harvell et al.
2002, p. 60). A warming climate has
been associated with increases in
pathogens in other marine organisms
(Kuiken et al. 2006, p. 322).
Amstrup et al. (2007, p. 87)
considered a host of potential stressors,
including diseases and parasites, in
their status evaluation of polar bears.
The influence of parasites and disease
agents evaluated in the sensitivity
analysis ranked 8th, and made very
minor contributions to the projected
population status. The authors note,
however, that the potential effect of
disease and parasites on polar bears
would likely increase if the climate
continues to warm (Amstrup et al. 2007,
p. 21). Parasitic agents that have
developmental stages outside the bodies
of warm-blooded hosts (e.g., nematodes)
will likely benefit from the warmer and
wetter weather projected for the Arctic
(Macdonald et al. 2005). Significant
impacts from such parasites on some
Arctic ungulates have been noted.
Improved conditions for such parasites
already have had significant impacts on
some terrestrial mammals (Kutz et al.
2001, p. 771; Kutz et al. 2004). Bacterial
parasites also are likely to benefit from
a warmer and wetter Arctic. Although
increases in disease and parasite agents
have not yet been reported in polar
bears, they are anticipated, if
temperatures continue to warm as
projected. Amstrup et al. (2007, p. 31)
also indicated that diseases and
parasites could operate to exacerbate the
effects of habitat loss. Continued
monitoring of pathogens and parasites
in polar bears is appropriate.
Intraspecific Predation
Intraspecific killing has been reported
among all North American bear species
(Derocher and Wiig 1999, p. 307;
Amstrup et al. 2006b, p. 1). Reasons for
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
intraspecific predation in bear species
are poorly understood but thought to
include nutrition, and enhanced
breeding opportunities in the case of
predation on cubs. Although
occurrences of infanticide by male polar
bears have been well documented
(Hansson and Thomassen 1983, p. 248;
Larsen 1985, p. 325; Taylor et al. 1985,
p. 304; Derocher and Wiig 1999, p. 307),
this activity accounts for a small
percentage of the cub mortality.
Cannibalism has also been
documented in polar bears (Derocher
and Wiig 1999, p. 307; Amstrup et al.
2006b, p. 1). Amstrup et al. (2006b, p.
1) observed three instances of
cannibalism in the southern Beaufort
Sea during the spring of 2004; two
involved adult females (one an unusual
mortality of a female in a den) and third
involved a yearling. This is notable
because, throughout a combined 58
years of research, there are no similar
observations recorded. Active stalking
or hunting preceded the attacks, and all
three of the killed bears were wholly or
partly consumed. Adult males were
believed to be the predator in both
attacks. Amstrup et al. (2006b, p. 43)
indicated that in general a greater
proportion of polar bears in the area
where the predation events occurred
were in poorer physical condition
compared to bears captured in other
areas. The authors hypothesized that
large adult males may be the first to
show effects of nutritional stress which
is expected to occur first in more
southerly areas, due to significant ice
retreat (Skinner et al. 1988, p. 3; Comiso
and Parkinson 2004, p. 43; Stroeve et al.
2005, p. 1) . Adult males may be the first
to show the effects of nutritional stress
because they feed little during the
spring mating season and enter the
summer in poorer condition than other
sex/age classes. Derocher and Wiig
(1999, p. 308) documented a similar
intraspecific killing and consumption of
another polar bear in Svalbard, Norway,
which was attributed to relatively high
population densities and food shortages.
Taylor et al. (1985, p. 304) documented
that a malnourished female killed and
consumed her own cubs, and Lunn and
Stenhouse (1985, p. 1,516) found an
emaciated male consuming an adult
female polar bear. The potential
importance of cannibalism and
infanticide for polar bear population
regulation is unknown. However, given
our current knowledge of disease and
predation, we do not believe that these
factors are currently having populationlevel effects.
Another form of intraspecific stress is
cross-breeding, or hybridization. The
first documented instance of cross-
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28281
breeding in the wild was reported in the
spring of 2006. Rhymer and Simberloff
(1996, pp. 83–84) express concerns for
cross-breeding in the wild, noting that
habitat modification contributing to
cross breeding may cause the breakdown of reproductive isolation between
native species, leading to mixing of gene
pools and potential loss of genotypically
distinct populations. The authors
generally viewed hybridization through
introgression (defined as gene flow
between populations through
hybridization when hybrids cross back
to one of the parental populations) as a
threat to plant and animal taxa,
particularly for morphologically welldefined and evolutionarily isolated taxa.
Cross-breeding in the wild is thought to
be extremely rare, but cross-breeding
may pose additional concerns for
population and species viability in the
future should the rate of occurrence
increase.
Conclusion for Factor C
Rationale
Disease pathogen titers are present in
polar bears; however, no epizootic
outbreaks have been detected. In
addition, forms of intraspecific stress
and cannibalism are known to be
present with bear species and within
polar bears. For polar bears, there is no
indication that these stressors have
operated to influence population levels
in the past. Cannibalism is an indication
of intraspecific stress, however we do
not believe it has resulted in population
level effects.
Determination for Factor C
We have evaluated the best available
scientific information on disease and
predation, and have determined that
disease and predation (including
intraspecific predation) do not threaten
the species throughout all or any
significant portion of its range. Potential
for disease outbreaks, an increased
possibility of pathogen exposure from
changed diet or the occurrence of new
pathogens that have moved northward
with a warming environment, and
increased mortality from cannibalism all
warrant continued monitoring and may
become more significant threat factors
in the future for polar bear populations
experiencing nutritional stress or
declining population numbers.
Factor D. Inadequacy of Existing
Regulatory Mechanisms
Regulatory mechanisms directed
specifically at managing many of the
threats to polar bears, such as
overharvest or disturbance, exist in all
of the countries states where the species
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
28282
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
International Agreements and
Oversight
IUCN/SSC Polar Bear Specialist Group
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
occurs, as well as between (bilateral and
multilateral) range countries.
International Agreement on the
Conservation of Polar Bears
Canada, Denmark (on behalf of
Greenland), Norway, the Russian
Federation, and the United States are
parties to the Agreement on the
Conservation of Polar Bears (1973 Polar
Bear Agreement) signed in 1973; by
1976, the Agreement was ratified by all
parties. The 1973 Polar Bear Agreement
requires the parties to take appropriate
action to protect the ecosystem of which
polar bears are a part, with special
attention to habitat components such as
denning and feeding sites and migration
patterns, and to manage polar bear
populations in accordance with sound
conservation practices based on the best
available scientific data. The 1973 Polar
Bear Agreement relies on the efforts of
each party to implement conservation
programs and does not preclude a party
from establishing additional controls
(Lentfer 1974, p. 1).
The 1973 Polar Bear Agreement is
viewed as a success in that polar bear
populations recovered from excessive
harvests and severe population
reductions in many areas (Prestrud and
Stirling 1994). At the same time,
implementation of the terms of the 1973
Polar Bear Agreement varies across the
member parties. Efforts are needed to
improve current harvest management
practices, such as restricting harvest of
females and cubs, establishing
sustainable harvest limits, and
controlling illegal harvests (Derocher et
al. 1998, pp. 47–48). In addition, a lack
of protection of key habitats by member
parties, with few notable exceptions for
some denning areas, is a weakness
(Prestrud and Stirling 1994, p. 118).
The Polar Bear Specialist Group
(PBSG) is not a regulatory authority nor
do they provide any regulatory
mechanisms. However, the PBSG
contributed significantly to the
negotiation and development of the
International Agreement on the
Conservation of Polar Bears (1973 Polar
Bear Agreement), and has been
instrumental in monitoring the
worldwide status of polar bear
populations. Therefore, we believe a
discussion of the PBSG is relevant to a
current understanding of the status of
polar bears worldwide. We did not rely
on the PBSG or any actions of the PBSG
for determining the status of the polar
bear under the Act.
The PBSG operates under the IUCN
Species Survival Commission (SSC),
and was formed in 1968. The PBSG
meets periodically at 3-to 5-year
intervals in compliance with Article VII
of the 1973 Polar Bear Agreement; said
article instructs member parties to
conduct national research programs on
polar bears, particularly research
relating to the conservation and
management of the species and, as
appropriate, coordinate such research
with the research carried out by other
parties, consult with other parties on
management of migrating polar bear
populations, and exchange information
on research and management programs,
research results, and data on bears
taken. The PBSG first evaluated the
status of all polar bear populations in
1980. In 1993, 1997, and 2001, the PBSG
conducted circumpolar status
assessments of polar bear populations,
and the results of those assessments
were published as part of the
proceedings of the relevant PBSG
meeting. The PBSG conducted its fifth
polar bear status assessment in June
2005.
The PBSG also evaluates the status of
polar bears under the IUCN Red List
criteria. Previously, polar bears were
classified under the IUCN Red List
program as: ‘‘Less rare but believed to be
threatened/requires watching’’ (1965);
‘‘Vulnerable’’ (1982, 1986, 1988, 1990,
1994); and ‘‘Lower Risk/Conservation
Dependent’’ (1996). During the 2005
PBSG working group meeting, the PBSG
re-evaluated the status of polar bears
and unanimously agreed that a status
designation of ‘‘Vulnerable’’ was
warranted.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
Inupiat-Inuvialuit Agreement for the
Management of Polar Bears of the
Southern Beaufort Sea
In January 1988, the Inuvialuit of
Canada and the Inupiat of Alaska,
groups that both harvest polar bears for
cultural and subsistence purposes,
signed a management agreement for
polar bears of the southern Beaufort Sea.
This agreement, based on the
understanding that the two groups
harvested animals from a single
population shared across the
international boundary, provides a joint
responsibility for conservation and
harvest practices (Treseder and
Carpenter 1989, p. 4; Nageak et al. 1991,
p. 341). Provisions of the agreement
include: annual quotas (which may
include problem kills); hunting seasons;
protection of bears in dens or while
constructing dens, and protection of
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
females accompanied by cubs and
yearlings; collection of specimens from
killed bears to facilitate monitoring of
the sex and age composition of the
harvest; agreement to meet annually to
exchange information on research and
management and to set priorities;
agreement on quotas for the coming
year; and prohibition of hunting with
aircraft or large motorized vessels and of
trade in products taken in violation of
the agreement. In Canada,
recommendations and decisions from
the Commissioners are then
implemented through Community Polar
Bear Management Agreements,
Inuvialuit Settlement Region
Community Bylaws, and NWT Big
Game Regulations. In the United States,
this agreement is implemented at the
local level. Adherence to the
agreement’s terms in Alaska is
voluntary, and levels of compliance may
vary. There are no Federal, State, or
local regulations that limit the number
or type (male, female, cub) of polar bear
that may be taken. Brower et al. (2002)
analyzed the effectiveness of the
Inupiat-Inuvialuit Agreement, and
found that it had been successful in
maintaining the total harvest and the
proportion of females in the harvest
within sustainable levels. The authors
noted the need to improve harvest
monitoring in Alaska and increase
awareness of the need to prevent
overharvest of females for both
countries.
Agreement between the United States of
America and the Russian Federation on
the Conservation and Management of
the Alaska-Chukotka Polar Bear
Population
On October 16, 2000, the United
States and the Russian Federation
signed a bilateral agreement for the
conservation and management of polar
bear populations shared between the
two countries. The Agreement between
the United States of America and the
Russian Federation on the Conservation
and Management of the AlaskaChukotka Polar Bear Population
(Bilateral Agreement) expands upon the
progress made through the multilateral
1973 Polar Bear Agreement by
implementing a unified conservation
program for this shared population. The
Bilateral Agreement reiterates
requirements of the 1973 Polar Bear
Agreement and includes restrictions on
harvesting denning bears, females with
cubs or cubs less than 1 year old, and
prohibitions on the use of aircraft, large
motorized vessels, and snares or poison
for hunting polar bears. The Bilateral
Agreement does not allow hunting for
commercial purposes or commercial
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
uses of polar bears or their parts. It also
commits the parties to the conservation
of ecosystems and important habitats,
with a focus on conserving polar bear
habitats such as feeding, congregating,
and denning areas. The Russian
government indicates that it is prepared
to implement the Bilateral Agreement.
On December 9, 2006, the Congress of
the United States passed the ‘‘United
States—Russia Polar Bear Conservation
and Management Act of 2006.’’ This Act
provides the necessary authority to
regulate and manage the harvest of polar
bears from the Chukchi Sea population,
an essential conservation measure.
Ratification documents have been
exchanged between the countries, but
the United States has yet to designate
representatives to the Commission, and
we did not rely on this treaty in our
assessment as it is not formally
implemented. Implementation of the
Act will provide numerous conservation
benefits for this population, however it
does not provide authority or
mechanisms to address ongoing loss of
sea ice.
Convention on International Trade in
Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and
Flora (CITES)
The Convention on International
Trade in Endangered Species of Wild
Fauna and Flora (CITES) is a treaty
aimed at protecting species at risk from
international trade. The CITES regulates
international trade in animals and
plants by listing species in one of its
three appendices. The level of
monitoring and regulation to which an
animal or plant species is subject
depends on the appendix in which the
species is listed. Appendix I includes
species threatened with extinction that
are or may be affected by trade; trade of
Appendix I species is only allowed in
exceptional circumstances. Appendix II
includes species not necessarily now
threatened with extinction, but for
which trade must be regulated in order
to avoid utilization incompatible with
their survival. Appendix III includes
species that are subject to regulation in
at least one country, and for which that
country has asked other CITES Party
countries for assistance in controlling
and monitoring international trade in
that species.
Polar bears were listed in Appendix II
of CITES on July 7, 1975. As such,
CITES parties must determine, among
other things, that any polar bear, polar
bear part, or product made from polar
bear was legally obtained and that the
export will not be detrimental to the
survival of the species, prior to issuing
a permit authorizing the export of the
animal, part, or product. The CITES
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
does not itself regulate take or domestic
trade of polar bears; however, through
its process of monitoring trade in
wildlife species and requisite findings
prior to allowing international
movement of listed species and
monitoring programs, the CITES is
effective in ensuring that the
international movement of listed species
does not contribute to the detriment of
wildlife populations. All polar bear
range states are members to the CITES
and have in place the CITES-required
Scientific and Management Authorities.
The Service therefore has determined
that the CITES is effective in regulating
the international trade in polar bear, or
polar bear parts or products, and
provides conservation measures to
minimize those potential threats to the
species.
Domestic Regulatory Mechanisms
United States
Marine Mammal Protection Act of
1972, as amended
The Marine Mammal Protection Act
of 1972, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1361 et
seq.) (MMPA) was enacted to protect
and conserve marine mammals so that
they continue to be significant
functioning elements of the ecosystem
of which they are a part. The MMPA set
forth a national policy to prevent marine
mammal species or population stocks
from diminishing to the point where
they are no longer a significant
functioning element of the ecosystems.
The MMPA places an emphasis on
habitat and ecosystem protection. The
habitat and ecosystem goals set forth in
the MMPA include: (1) Management of
marine mammals (including of polar
bears) to ensure they do not cease to be
a significant element of the ecosystem to
which they are a part; (2) protection of
essential habitats, including rookeries,
mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance ‘‘from the adverse effects of
man’s action’’; (3) recognition that
marine mammals ‘‘affect the balance of
marine ecosystems in a manner that is
important to other animals and animal
products,’’ and that marine mammals
and their habitats should therefore be
protected and conserved; and (4)
direction that the primary objective of
marine mammal management is to
maintain ‘‘the health and stability of the
marine ecosystem.’’ Congressional
intent to protect marine mammal habitat
is also reflected in the definitions
section of the MMPA. The terms
‘‘conservation’’ and ‘‘management’’ of
marine mammals are specifically
defined to include habitat acquisition
and improvement.
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28283
The MMPA established a general
moratorium on the taking and importing
of marine mammals and a number of
prohibitions, which are subject to a
number of exceptions. Some of these
exceptions include take for scientific
purposes, for purposes of public
display, for subsistence use by Alaska
Natives, and unintentional incidental
take coincident with conducting
otherwise lawful activities. The Service,
prior to issuing a permit authorizing the
taking or importing of a polar bear, or
a polar bear part or product, for
scientific or public display purposes
submits each request to a rigorous
review, including an opportunity for
public comment and consultation with
the U.S. Marine Mammal Commision
(MMC), as described at 50 CFR 18.31. In
addition, in 1994, Congress amended
the MMPA to allow for the import of
polar bear trophies taken in Canada for
personal use providing certain
requirements are met. Import permits
may only be issued to hunters that are
citizens of the United States for trophies
they have legally taken from those
Canadian polar bear populations the
Service has approved as meeting the
MMPA requirements, as described at 50
CFR 18.30. The Service has determined
that there is sufficient rigor under the
regulations at 50 CFR 18.30 and 18.31
to ensure that any activities so
authorized are consistent with the
conservation of this species and are not
a threat to the species.
Take is defined in the MMPA to
include the ‘‘harassment’’ of marine
mammals. ‘‘Harassment’’ includes any
act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance
that ‘‘has the potential to injure a
marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild’’ (Level A harassment),
or ‘‘has the potential to disturb a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild by causing disruption of behavioral
patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering’’ (Level B
harassment).
The Secretaries of Commerce and of
the Interior have primary responsibility
for implementing the MMPA. The
Department of Commerce, through the
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA), has authority
with respect to whales, porpoises, seals,
and sea lions. The remaining marine
mammals, including polar bears,
walruses, sea otters, dugongs, and
manatees are managed by the
Department of the Interior through the
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Both
agencies are ‘‘* * * responsible for the
promulgation of regulations, the
issuance of permits, the conduct of
scientific research, and enforcement as
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28284
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
necessary to carry out the purposes of
[the MMPA].’’
Citizens of the United States who
engage in a specified activity other than
commercial fishing (which is
specifically and separately addressed
under the MMPA) within a specified
geographical region may petition the
Secretary of the Interior to authorize the
incidental, but not intentional, taking of
small numbers of marine mammals
within that region for a period of not
more than five consecutive years (16
U.S.C. 1371(a)(5)(A)). The Secretary
‘‘shall allow’’ the incidental taking if the
Secretary finds that ‘‘the total of such
taking during each five-year (or less)
period concerned will have no more
than a negligible impact on such species
or stock and will not have an
unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of such species or stock for
taking for subsistence uses.’’ If the
Secretary makes the required findings,
the Secretary also prescribes regulations
that specify (1) permissible methods of
taking, (2) means of affecting the least
practicable adverse impact on the
species, their habitat, and their
availability for subsistence uses, and (3)
requirements for monitoring and
reporting. The regulatory process does
not authorize the activities themselves,
but authorizes the incidental take of the
marine mammals in conjunction with
otherwise legal activities.
Similar to promulgation of incidental
take regulations, the MMPA also
established an expedited process by
which citizens of the United States can
apply for an authorization to
incidentally take small numbers of
marine mammals where the take will be
limited to harassment (16 U.S.C.
1371(a)(5)(D)). These authorizations are
limited to one year and as with
incidental take regulations, the
Secretary must find that the total of
such taking during the period will have
no more than a negligible impact on
such species or stock and will not have
an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of such species or stock for
taking for subsistence uses. The Service
refers to these authorizations as
Incidental Harassment Authorizations.
Examples and descriptions of how the
Service has analyzed the effects of oil
and gas activities and applied the
general provisions of the MMPA
described above to polar bear
conservation programs in the Beaufort
and Chukchi Seas are decribed in the
Range Wide Status Review of the Polar
Bear (Ursus maritimus) (Schliebe et al.
2006a). These regulations include an
evaluation of the cumulative effects of
oil and gas industry activities on polar
bears from noise, physical obstructions,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
human encounters, and oil spills. The
likelihood of an oil spill occurring and
the risk to polar bears is modeled
quantitatively and factored into the
evaluation. The results of previous
industry monitoring programs, and the
effectiveness of past detection and
deterrent programs that have a
beneficial record of protecting polar
bears, as well as providing for the safety
of oil field workers, are also considered.
Based on the low likelihood of an oil
spill occurring and the effectiveness of
industry mitigation measures within the
Beaufort Sea region, the Service has
found that oil and gas industry activities
have not affected the rates of
recruitment or survival for the polar
bear populations over the period of the
regulations.
General operating conditions in
specific authorizations include the
following: (1) Protection of pregnant
polar bears during denning activities
(den selection, birthing, and maturation
of cubs) in known and confirmed
denning areas; (2) restrictions on
industrial activities, areas, time of year;
and (3) development of a site-specific
plan of operation and a site-specific
polar bear interaction plan. Additional
requirements may include: pre-activity
surveys (e.g., aerial surveys, infra-red
thermal aerial surveys, or polar bear
scent-trained dogs) to determine the
presence or absence of dens or denning
activity and, in known denning areas,
enhanced monitoring or flight
restrictions, such as minimum flight
elevations. These and other safeguards
and coordination with industry have
served to minimize industry effects on
polar bears.
Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act
The Outer Continental Shelf Lands
Act (43 U.S.C. 1331 et seq.) (OCSLA)
established Federal jurisdiction over
submerged lands on the Outer
Continental Shelf (OCS) seaward of the
State boundaries (3-mile limit) in order
to expedite exploration and
development of oil/gas resources on the
OCS in a manner that minimizes impact
to the living natural resources within
the OCS. Implementation of OCSLA is
delegated to the Minerals Management
Service (MMS) of the Department of the
Interior. The OCS projects that could
adversely impact the Coastal Zone are
subject to Federal consistency
requirements under terms of the Coastal
Zone Management Act, as noted below.
The OCSLA also mandates that orderly
development of OCS energy resources
be balanced with protection of human,
marine, and coastal environments. The
OCSLA does not itself regulate the take
of polar bears, although through
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
consistency determinations it helps to
ensure that OCS projects do not
adversely impact polar bears or their
habitats.
Oil Pollution Act of 1990
The Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (33
U.S.C. 2701) established new
requirements and extensively amended
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act
(33 U.S.C. 1301 et. seq.) to provide
enhanced capabilities for oil spill
response and natural resource damage
assessment by the Service. It requires us
to consult on developing a fish and
wildlife response plan for the National
Contingency Plan, input to Area
Contingency Plans, review of Facility
and Tank Vessel Contingency Plans, and
to conduct damage assessments
associated with oil spills.
Coastal Zone Management Act
The Coastal Zone Management Act of
1972 (16 U.S.C. 1451 et seq.) (CZMA)
was enacted to ‘‘preserve, protect,
develop, and where possible, to restore
or enhance the resources of the Nation’s
coastal zone.’’ The CZMA provides for
the submission of a State program
subject to Federal approval. The CZMA
requires that Federal actions be
conducted in a manner consistent with
the State’s CZM plan to the maximum
extent practicable. Federal agencies
planning or authorizing an activity that
affects any land or water use or natural
resource of the coastal zone must
provide a consistency determination to
the appropriate State agency. The
CZMA applies to polar bear habitats of
northern and western Alaska. The North
Slope Borough and Alaska Coastal
Management Programs assist in
protection of polar bear habitat through
the project review process. The CZMA
does not itself regulate the take of polar
bears, and, overall, is not determined to
be effective at this time in addressing
the threats identified in the five factor
analysis.
Alaska National Interest Lands
Conservation Act
The Alaska National Interest Lands
Conservation Act of 1980 (16 U.S.C.
3101 et seq.) (ANILCA) created or
expanded National Parks and National
Wildlife Refuges in Alaska, including
the expansion of the Arctic National
Wildlife Refuge (NWR). One of the
establishing purposes of the Arctic NWR
is to conserve polar bears. Section 1003
of ANILCA prohibits production of oil
and gas in the Arctic NWR, and no
leasing or other development leading to
production of oil and gas may take place
unless authorized by an Act of Congress.
Most of the Arctic NWR is a federally
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
designated Wilderness, but the coastal
plain of Arctic NWR, which provides
important polar bear denning habitat,
does not have Wilderness status. The
ANILCA does not itself regulate the take
of polar bears, although through its
designations it has provided recognition
of, and various levels of protection for,
polar bear habitat. In the case of polar
bear habitat, the Bureau of Land
Management (BLM) is responsible for
vast land areas on the North Slope,
including the National Petroleum
Reserve, Alaska (NPRA). Habitat
suitable for polar bear denning and den
sites have been identified within NPRA.
The BLM considers fish and wildlife
values under its multiple use mission in
evaluating land use authorizations and
prospective oil and gas leasing actions.
Provisions of the MMPA regarding the
incidental take of polar bears on land
areas and waters within the jurisdiction
of the United States continue to apply
to activities conducted by the oil and
gas industry on BLM lands.
Marine Protection, Research and
Sanctuaries Act
The Marine Protection, Research and
Sanctuaries Act (33 U.S.C. 1401 et seq.)
(MPRSA) was enacted in part to
‘‘prevent or strictly limit the dumping
into ocean waters of any material that
would adversely affect human health,
welfare, or amenities, or the marine
environment, ecological systems, or
economic potentialities.’’ The MPRSA
does not itself regulate the take of polar
bears. There are no designated marine
sanctuaries within the range of the polar
bear.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Canada
Canada’s constitutional arrangement
specifies that the Provinces and
Territories have the authority to manage
terrestrial wildlife, including the polar
bear, which is not defined as a marine
mammal in Canada. The Canadian
Federal Government is responsible for
CITES-related programs and provides
both technical (long-term demographic,
ecosystem, and inventory research) and
administrative (Federal-Provincial Polar
Bear Technical Committee (PBTC),
Federal-Provincial Polar Bear
Administrative Committee (PBAC), and
the National Database) support to the
Provinces and Territories. The
Provinces and Territories have the
ultimate authority for management,
although in several areas, the decisionmaking process is shared with
aboriginal groups as part of the
settlement of land claims. Regulated
hunting by aboriginal people is
permissible under Provincial and
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
Territorial statutes (Derocher et al. 1998,
p. 32) as described in Factor B.
In Manitoba, most denning areas have
been protected by inclusion within the
boundaries of Wapusk National Park. In
Ontario, some denning habitat and
coastal summer sanctuary habitat are
included in Polar Bear Provincial Park.
Some polar bear habitat is included in
the National Parks and National Park
Reserves and territorial parks in the
Northwest Territories, Nunavut, and
Yukon Territory (e.g., Herschel Island).
While these parks and preserves provide
some protection for terrestrial habitat,
subsistence hunting activities are
allowed in these areas. Additional
habitat protection measures in Manitoba
include restrictions on harassment and
approaching dens and denning bears,
and a land use permit review that
considers potential impacts of land use
activities on wildlife (Derocher et al.
1998, p. 35). The measures adopted by
the Government of Manitoba have been
effective on a site-specific basis. In
addition, the Government of Manitoba
has recently listed the polar bear as a
threatened species in that province;
however, we have no information on
whether this designation provides any
additional regulatory protection for the
species.
Species at Risk Act
Canada’s Species at Risk Act (SARA)
became law on December 12, 2002, and
went into effect on June 1, 2004 (Walton
2004, p. M1–17). Prior to SARA,
Canada’s oversight of species at risk was
conducted through the Committee on
the Status of Endangered Wildlife in
Canada (COSEWIC) which continues to
function under SARA and through the
Ministry of Environment. COSEWIC
evaluates species status and provides
recommendations to the Minister of the
Environment, who makes final listing
decisions and identifies species-specific
management actions. The SARA
provides a number of protections for
wildlife species placed on the List of
Wildlife Species at Risk, or ‘‘Schedule
1’’ (SARA Registry 2005). The listing
criteria used by COSEWIC are based on
the 2001 IUCN Red List assessment
criteria (Appendix 3). Currently, under
SARA the polar bear is designated as a
Schedule 3 species, ‘‘Species of Special
Concern,’’ awaiting re-assessment and
public consultation for possible uplisting to Schedule 1 (Environment
Canada 2005). A Schedule 3 listing
under SARA does not include
protection measures, whereas a
Schedule 1 listing under SARA may
include protection measures. We did
not rely on this potential in our analysis
as the action has not yet occurred.
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28285
Intra-jurisdiction Polar Bear
Agreements Within Canada
Polar bears occur in the Northwest
Territories (NWT), Nunavut, Yukon
Territory, and in the Provinces of
Manitoba, Ontario, Quebec,
Newfoundland, and Labrador (see
Figure 1 above). All 13 Canadian polar
bear populations lie within or are
shared with the NWT or Nunavut. The
NWT and Nunavut geographical
boundaries include all Canadian lands
and marine environment north of the
60th parallel (except the Yukon
Territory), and all islands and waters in
Hudson Bay and Hudson Strait up to the
low water mark of Manitoba, Ontario,
and Quebec. The offshore marine areas
along the coast of Newfoundland and
Labrador are under Federal jurisdiction.
Although Canada manages each of the
13 populations of polar bear as separate
units, there is a complex sharing of
responsibilities. While wildlife
management has been delegated to the
Provincial and Territorial Governments,
the Federal Government (Environment
Canada’s Canadian Wildlife Service) has
an active research program and is
involved in management of wildlife
populations shared with other
jurisdictions, especially ones with other
nations. In the NWT, Native Land
Claims resulted in Co-management
Boards for most of Canada’s polar bear
populations. Canada formed the PBTC
and PBAC to ensure a coordinated
management process consistent with
internal and international management
structures and the International
Agreement. The committees meet
annually to review research and
management of polar bears in Canada
and have representation from all
Provincial and Territorial jurisdictions
with polar bear populations and the
Federal Government. Beginning in 1984,
the Service and biologists from Norway
and Denmark have, with varying
degrees of frequency, participated in
annual PBTC meetings. The annual
meetings of the PBTC provide for
continuing cooperation between
jurisdictions and for recommending
management actions to the PBAC
(Calvert et al. 1995, p. 61).
The NWT Polar Bear Management
Program (GNWT) manages polar bears
in the Northwest Territories. A 1960
‘‘Order-in-Council’’ granted authority to
the Commissioner in Council (NWT) to
pass ordinances to protect polar bears,
including the establishment of a quota
system. The Wildlife Act, 1988, and Big
Game Hunting Regulations provide
supporting legislation which addresses
each polar bear population. The
Inuvialuit and Nunavut Land Claim
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28286
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Agreements supersede the Northwest
Territories Act (Canada) and the
Wildlife Act. The Government of
Nunavut passed a new Wildlife Act in
2004 and has management and
enforcement authority for polar bears in
their jurisdiction. Under the umbrella of
this authority, polar bears are now comanaged through wildlife management
boards made up of Land Claim
Beneficiaries and Territorial and Federal
representatives. The Boards may
develop Local Management Agreements
(LMAs) between the communities that
share a population of polar bears.
Management agreements are in place for
all Nunavut populations. The LMAs are
signed between the communities,
regional wildlife organizations, and the
Government of Nunavut (Department of
Environment) but can be over-ruled by
the Nunavut Wildlife Management
Board (NWMB).
In the case of populations that
Nunavut shares with Quebec and
Ontario, the management agreement is
not binding upon residents of
communities outside of Nunavut
jurisdiction. Similarly, in the case of
populations that Nunavut shares with
Manitoba, or Newfoundland and
Labrador, the management agreement is
not binding upon residents of
communities outside of Nunavut
jurisdiction. Regulations implementing
the LMAs specify who can hunt, season
timing and length, age and sex classes
that can be hunted, and the total
allowable harvest for a given
population. The Department of
Environment in Nunavut and the
Department of Environment and Natural
Resources in the NWT have officers to
enforce the regulations in most
communities of the NWT. The officers
investigate and prosecute incidents of
violation of regulations, kills in defense
of life, or exceeding a quota (USFWS
1997). Canada’s inter-jurisdictional
requirements for consultation and
development of LMAs and oversight
through the PBTC and PBAC have
resulted in conservation benefits for
polar bear populations. Although there
are some localized instances where
changes in management agreements may
be necessary, these arrangements and
provisions have operated to minimize
the threats of overharvest to the species.
The Service analyzed the overall
efficacy of Canada’s management of
polar bears in 1997 (62 FR 7302) and
1999 (64 FR 1529) and determined, at
those times, that the species was
managed by Canada using sound
scientific principles and in such a
manner that existing populations would
be sustained. We continue to believe
that, in general, Canada manages polar
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
bears in an effective and sustainable
manner. However, as discussed above
(see ‘‘Harvest Management by Nation’’),
the Territory of Nunavut has recently
adopted changes to polar bear
management, including some increased
harvest quotas, that may place a greater
significance on indigenous knowledge
than on scientific data and analysis.
Management improvements may be
desirable for some Canadian
populations. The Service will continue
to monitor polar bear management in
Canada and actions taken by the
Nunavut Government. This is
particularly important for populations
that are currently in decline or may
decline in the near future.
Russian Federation
Polar bears are listed in the second
issue of the Red Data Book of the
Russian Federation (2001). The Red
Data Book establishes official policy for
protection and restoration of rare and
endangered species in Russia. Polar bear
populations inhabiting the Barents Sea
and part of the Kara Sea (Barents-Kara
population) are designated as Category
IV (uncertain status); polar bears in the
eastern Kara Sea, Laptev Sea, and the
western Eastern Siberian Sea (Laptev
population) are listed as Category III
(rare); and polar bears inhabiting the
eastern part of the Eastern Siberian Sea,
Chukchi Sea, and the northern portion
of the Bering Sea (Chukchi population)
are listed as Category V (restoring). The
main government body responsible for
management of species listed in the Red
Data Book is the Ministry of Natural
Resources of the Russian Federation.
Russia Regional Committees of Natural
Resources are responsible for managing
polar bear populations consistent with
Federal legislation (Belikov et al. 2002,
p. 86).
Polar bear hunting has been totally
prohibited in the Russian Arctic since
1956 (Belikov et al. 2002, p. 86). The
only permitted take of polar bears is
catching cubs for public zoos and
circuses. There are no data on illegal
trade of polar bears, and parts and
products derived from them, although
considerable concern persists for
unquantified levels of illegal harvest
that is occurring (Belikov et al. 2002, p.
87).
In the Russian Arctic, Natural
Protected Areas (NPAs) have been
established that protect marine and
associated terrestrial ecosystems,
including polar bear habitats. Wrangel
and Herald Islands have high
concentrations of maternity dens and
polar bears, and were included in the
Wrangel Island State Nature Reserve
(zapovednik) in 1976. A 1997 decree by
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the Russian Federation Government
established a 12-nautical mile (nm)
(22.2 km) marine zone to the Wrangel
Island State Nature Reserve; the marine
zone was extended an additional 24-nm
(44.4-km) to a total of 36-nm (66.7-km)
by a decree from the Governor of
Chukotsk Autonomous Okruga (Belikov
et al. 2002, p. 87). The Franz Josef Land
State Nature Refuge was established in
1994. In 1996, a federal nature reserve
(zakaznik) was established on Severnaya
Zemlya archipelago. In Chukotka, efforts
are underway to establish new protected
areas where polar bears aggregate
seasonally; other special protected areas
are proposed for the Russian High
Arctic including the Novosibirsk
Islands, Severnaya Zemlya, and Novaya
Zemlya. However, because they have
not yet been designated, protections that
may be afforded the polar bear under
these designations have not been
considered in our evaluation of the
adequacy of existing regulatory
mechanisms. Within these protected
areas, conservation and restoration of
terrestrial and marine ecosystems, and
plant and animal species (including the
polar bear), are the main goals. In 2001,
the Nenetskiy State Reserve, which
covers 313,400 ha (774,428 ac), and
includes the mouth of the Pechora River
and adjacent waters of the Barents Sea,
was established.
In May 2001, the Federal law
‘‘Concerning territories of traditional
use of nature by small indigenous
peoples of North, Siberia, and Far East
of the Russian Federation’’ was passed.
This law established areas for
traditional use of nature (TTUN) within
NPAs of Federal, regional, and local
levels to support traditional life styles
and traditional subsistence use of nature
resources for indigenous peoples. This
law and the law ‘‘Concerning natural
protected territories’’ (1995) regulate
protection of plants and animals on the
TTUNs. The latter also regulates
organization, protection and use of other
types of NPAs: State Nature Reserves
(including Biosphere Reserves),
National Parks, Natural Parks, and State
Nature Refuges. Special measures on
protection of polar bears or other
resources may be governed by specific
regulations of certain NPAs.
Outside NPAs, protection and use of
marine renewable natural resources are
regulated by Federal legislation; Acts of
the President of the Russian Federation;
regulations of State Duma, Government,
and Federal Senate of the Russian
Federation; and regulations issued by
appropriate governmental departments.
The most important Federal laws for
nature protection are: ‘‘About
environment protection’’ (2002), ‘‘About
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
animal world’’ (1995), ‘‘About
continental shelf of the Russian
Federation’’ (1995), ‘‘About exclusive
economical zone of the Russian
Federation’’ (1998), and ‘‘About internal
sea waters, territorial sea, and adjacent
zone of the Russian Federation’’ (1998)
(Belikov et al. 2002, p. 87). The
effectiveness of laws protecting marine
and nearshore environments is
unknown.
Norway
According to the Svalbard Treaty of
February 9, 1920, Norway exercises full
and unlimited sovereignty over the
Svalbard Archipelago. Polar bears have
complete protection from harvest under
the Svalbard Treaty (Derocher et al.
2002b, p. 75), which is effectively
implemented. The Svalbard Treaty
applies to all the islands situated
between 10 degree and 35 degrees East
longitude and between 74 degrees and
81 degrees North latitude, and includes
the waters up to 4 nm offshore. Beyond
this zone, Norway claims an economic
zone to the continental shelf areas to
which Norwegian law applies. Under
Norwegian Game Law, all game,
including polar bears, are protected
unless otherwise stated (Derocher et al.
2002b, p. 75). The main responsibility
for the administration of Svalbard lies
with the Norwegian Ministry of Justice.
Norwegian civil and penal laws and
various other regulations are applicable
to Svalbard. The Ministry of
Environment deals with matters
concerning the environment and nature
conservation. The Governor of Svalbard
(Sysselmannen), who has management
responsibilities for freshwater fish and
wildlife, pollution and oil spill
protection, and environmental
monitoring, is the cultural and
environmental protection authority in
Svalbard (Derocher et al. 2002b, p. 75).
Approximately 65 percent of the land
area of Svalbard is totally protected,
including all major regions of denning
by female bears; however, protection of
habitat is only on land and to 4 nm
offshore. Marine protection was
increased in 2004, when the territorial
border of the existing protected areas
was increased to 12 nm (Aars et al.
2006, p. 145). Norway claims control of
waters out to 200 nm and regards polar
bears as protected within this area.
In 2001, the Norwegian Parliament
passed a new Environmental Act for
Svalbard which went into effect in July
2002. This Act was designed to ensure
that wildlife, including polar bears, is
protected, although hunting of some
other species is allowed. The only
permitted take of polar bears is for
defense of life. The regulations included
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
specific provisions on harvesting,
motorized traffic, remote camps and
camping, mandatory leashing of dogs,
environmental pollutants, and
environmental impact assessments in
connection with planning development
or activities in or near settlements.
Some of these regulations were specific
to the protection of polar bears, e.g.,
through enforcement of temporal and
spatial restrictions on motorized traffic
and through provisions on how and
where to camp to ensure adequate bear
security (Aars et al. 2006, p. 145).
In 2003, Svalbard designated six new
protected areas, two nature reserves,
three national parks and one ‘‘biotope
protection area.’’ The new protected
areas are mostly located around Isfjord,
the most populated fjord on the west
side of the archipelago. Another
protected area, Hopen, is an important
denning area (Aars et al. 2006, p. 145).
Kong Karls Land is the main denning
area and has the highest level of
protection under the Norwegian land
management system. These new
protected areas cover 4,449 sq km (1,719
sq mi) which is 8 percent of the
Archipelago’s total area (https://
www.norway.org/News/archive/2003/
200304svalbard.htm), and increase the
total area under protection to 65 percent
of the total land area.
Denmark/Greenland
Under terms of the Greenland Home
Rule (1979), the government of
Greenland is responsible for
management of all renewable resources,
including polar bears. Greenland is also
responsible for providing scientific data
for sound management of polar bear
populations and for compliance with
terms of the 1973 Polar Bear Agreement.
Regulations for the management and
protection of polar bears in Greenland
that were introduced in 1994 have been
amended several times (Jensen 2002, p.
65). Hunting and reporting regulations
include who can hunt polar bears
(residents who live off the land),
protection of family groups with cubs of
the year, prohibition of trophy hunting,
mandatory reporting requirements, and
regulations on permissible firearms and
means of transportation (Jensen 2002, p.
65). In addition, there are specific
regulations that apply to traditional take
within the National Park of North and
East Greenland and the Melville Bay
Nature Reserve. A large amount of polar
bear habitat occurs within the National
Park of North and East Greenland. One
preliminary meeting between Greenland
Home Rule Government and Canada
(with the participation of the
government of Nunavut) has occurred to
discuss management of shared
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28287
populations. Greenland introduced a
quota system that took effect on January
1, 2006 (L°nstrup 2005, p. 133),
although no scientifically supportable
quotas have yet been developed. Some
reconsideration to allow a limited sport
hunt is under discussion within the
Greenland governmental organizations.
We have no information upon which to
base a finding that Greenland is
managing polar bear hunting activities
in a manner that provides for
sustainable populations.
Regulatory Mechanisms to Limit Sea
Ice Loss
Although there are regulatory
mechanisms for managing many of the
threats to polar bears in all countries
where the species occurs, as well as
among range countries through bilateral
and multilateral agreements, there are
no known regulatory mechanisms that
are directly and effectively addressing
reductions in sea ice habitat at this time.
National and international regulatory
mechanisms to comprehensively
address the causes of climate change are
continuing to be developed.
International efforts to address climate
change globally began with the United
Nations Framework Convention on
Climate Change (UNFCCC), adopted in
May 1992. The stated objective of the
UNFCCC is the stabilization of GHG
concentrations in the atmosphere at a
level that would prevent dangerous
anthropogenic interference with the
climate system. The Kyoto Protocol,
negotiated in 1997, became the first
additional agreement added to the
UNFCCC to set GHG emissions targets.
The Kyoto Protocol entered into force in
February 2005 for signatory countries.
Domestic U.S. efforts relative to
climate change focus on implementation
of the Clean Air Act, and continued
studies programs, support for
developing new technologies and use of
incentives for supporting reductions in
emissions.
The recent publication by Canadell et
al. (2007) underscores the current
deficiencies of regulatory mechanisms
in addressing root causes of climate
change. This paper, in the Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences,
indicates that the growth rate of
atmospheric carbon dioxide (CO2), the
largest anthropogenic source of GHGs, is
increasing rapidly. Increasing
atmospheric CO2 concentration is
consistent with the results of climatecarbon cycle models, but the magnitude
of the observed CO2 concentration is
larger than that estimated by models.
The authors suggest that these changes
‘‘characterize a carbon cycle that is
generating stronger-than-expected and
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
28288
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
sooner-than-expected climate forcing’’
(Canadell et al. 2007).
Conclusion for Factor D
Rationale
Our review of existing regulatory
mechanisms at the national and
international level has led us to
determine that potential threats to polar
bears from direct take, disturbance by
humans, and incidental or harassment
take are, for the most part, adequately
addressed through international
agreements, national, State, Provincial
or Territorial legislation, and other
regulatory mechanisms.
As described under Factor A, the
primary threat to the survival of the
polar bear is loss of sea ice habitat and
its consequences to polar bear
populations. Our review of existing
regulatory mechanisms has led us to
determine that, although there are some
existing regulatory mechanisms to
address anthropogenic causes of climate
change, there are no known regulatory
mechanisms in place at the national or
international level that directly and
effectively address the primary threat to
polar bears-the rangewide loss of sea ice
habitat.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Determination for Factor D
After evaluating the best available
scientific information, we have
determined that existing regulatory
mechanisms at the national and
international level are adequate to
address actual and potential threats to
polar bears from direct take, disturbance
by humans, and incidental or
harassment take.
We note that GHG loading in the
atmosphere can have a considerable lag
effect on climate, so that what has
already been emitted will have impacts
out to 2050 and beyond (IPCC 2007, p.
749; J. Overland, NOAA, in litt. to the
Service, 2007)). This is reflected in the
similarity of low, medium, and high
SRES emissions scenarios out to about
2050 (see Figure 5). As noted above, the
publication of Canadell et al. (2007)
underscores the current deficiencies of
regulatory mechanisms in addressing
root causes of climate change. This
paper indicates that the growth rate of
atmospheric carbon dioxide (CO2), the
largest anthropogenic source of GHGs, is
increasing rapidly. Increasing
atmospheric CO2 concentration is
consistent with the results of climatecarbon cycle models, but the magnitude
of the observed CO2 concentration is
larger than that estimated by models
(Canadell et al. 2007). We have
determined that there are no known
regulatory mechanisms in place at the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
national or international level that
directly and effectively address the
primary threat to polar bears-the
rangewide loss of sea ice habitat within
the foreseeable future. We also
acknowledge that there are some
existing regulatory mechanisms to
address anthropogenic causes of climate
change, and these mechanisms are not
expected to be effective in counteracting
the worldwide growth of GHG
emissions within the foreseeable future.
Factor E. Other Natural or Manmade
Factors Affecting the Polar Bear’s
Continued Existence
Contaminants
Understanding the potential effects of
contaminants on polar bears in the
Arctic is confounded by the wide range
of contaminants present, each with
different chemical properties and
biological effects, and the differing
geographic, temporal, and ecological
exposure regimes impacting each of the
19 polar bear populations. Further,
contaminant concentrations in polar
bear tissues differ with polar bears’ age,
sex, reproductive status, and other
factors. Contaminant sources and
transport; geographical, temporal
patterns and trends; and biological
effects are detailed in several recent
Arctic Monitoring and Assessment
Program (AMAP) publications (AMAP
1998; AMAP 2004a; AMAP 2004b;
AMAP 2005). Three main groups of
contaminants in the Arctic are thought
to present the greatest potential threat to
polar bears and other marine mammals:
petroleum hydrocarbons, persistent
organic pollutants (POPS), and heavy
metals.
Petroleum Hydrocarbons
The principal petroleum
hydrocarbons in the Arctic include
crude oil, refined oil products,
polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons, and
natural gas and condensates (AMAP
1998, p. 661). Petroleum hydrocarbons
come from both natural and
anthropogenic sources. The primary
natural source is oil seeps. AMAP (2007,
p. 18) notes that ‘‘natural seeps are the
major source of petroleum hydrocarbon
contamination in the Arctic
environment.’’ Anthropogenic sources
include activities associated with
exploration, development, and
production of oil (well blowouts,
operational discharges), ship- and landbased transportation of oil (oil spills
from pipelines, accidents, leaks, and
ballast washings), discharges from
refineries and municipal waste water,
and combustion of wood and fossil
fuels. In addition to direct
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
contamination, petroleum hydrocarbons
are transported from more southerly
areas to the Arctic via long range
atmospheric and oceanic transport, as
well as by north-flowing rivers (AMAP
1998, p. 671).
Polar bears are particularly vulnerable
to oil spills due to their inability to
effectively thermoregulate when their
fur is oiled, and to poisoning that may
occur from ingestion of oil while from
grooming or eating contaminated prey
(St. Aubin 1990, p. 237). In addition,
polar bears are curious and are likely to
investigate oil spills and oilcontaminated wildlife. Under some
circumstances polar bears are attracted
to offshore drilling platforms (Stirling
1988, p. 6; Stirling 1990, p. 230).
Whether healthy polar bears in their
natural environment would avoid oil
spills and contaminated seals is
unknown; hungry polar bears are likely
to scavenge contaminated seals, as they
have shown no aversion to eating and
ingesting oil (St. Aubin 1990, p. 237;
Derocher and Stirling 1991, p. 56). Polar
bears are generally known to be
attracted to various refined hydrocarbon
products such as anti-freeze, hydraulic
fluids, etc., and may consume them,
which in some instances has resulted in
death (Amstrup et al. 1989).
The most direct exposure of polar
bears to petroleum hydrocarbons would
come from direct contact with and
ingestion of oil from acute and chronic
oil spills. Polar bears’ range overlaps
with many active and planned oil and
gas operations within 40 km (25 mi) of
the coast or offshore. In the past, no
large volume major oil spills of more
than 3,000 barrels have occurred in the
marine environment within the range of
polar bears. Oil spills associated with
terrestrial pipelines have occurred in
the vicinity of polar bear habitat,
including denning areas (e.g., Russian
Federation, Komi Republic, 1994 oil
spill, https://www.american.edu/ted/
KOMI.HTM). Despite numerous
safeguards to prevent spills, smaller
spills do occur. An average of 70 oil and
234 waste product spills per year
occurred between 1977 and 1999 in the
North Slope oil fields (71 FR 14456).
Many spills are small (less than 50
barrels) by oil and gas industry
standards, but larger spills (greater than
or equal to 500 barrels) account for
much of the annual volume. The largest
oil spill to date on the North Slope oil
fields in Alaska (estimated volume of
approximately 4,786 barrels) occurred
on land in March 2006, and resulted
from an undetected leak in a corroded
pipeline (see State of Alaska Prevention
and Emergency Response web site
(https://www.dec.state.ak.us/spar/perp/
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
response/sum_fy06/060302301/
060302301_index.htm).
The MMS (2004, pp. 10, 127)
estimated an 11 percent chance of a
marine spill greater than 1,000 barrels in
the Beaufort Sea from the Beaufort Sea
Multiple Lease Sale in Alaska. The
Minerals Management Service (MMS)
prepared an EIS on the Chukchi Sea
Planning Area; Oil and Gas Lease Sale
193 and Seismic Surveying Activities in
the Chukchi Sea; they determined that
polar bears could be affected by both
routine activities and a large oil spill
(MMS 2007, pp. ES 1–10). Regarding
routine activities, the EIS determined
that small numbers of polar bears could
be affected by ‘‘noise and other
disturbance caused by exploration,
development, and production activities’’
(MMS 2007, p. ES–4). In addition, the
EIS evaluated events that would be
possible over the life of the hypothetical
development and production that could
follow the lease sale, and estimated that
‘‘the chance of a large spill greater than
or equal to 1,000 barrels occurring and
entering offshore waters is within a
range of 33 to 51 percent.’’ If a large
spill were to occur, the analysis
conducted as part of the EIS process
identified potentially significant
impacts to polar bears occurring in the
area affected by the spill; the evaluation
was done without regard to the effect of
mitigating measures (MMS 2007, p. ES–
4).
Oil spills in the fall or spring during
the formation or break-up of sea ice
present a greater risk because of
difficulties associated with clean up
during these periods, and the presence
of bears in the prime feeding areas over
the continental shelf. Amstrup et al.
(2000a, p. 5) concluded that the release
of oil trapped under the ice from an
underwater spill during the winter
could be catastrophic during spring
break-up if bears were present. During
the autumn freeze-up and spring breakup periods, any oil spilled in the marine
environment would likely concentrate
and accumulate in open leads and
polynyas, areas of high activity for both
polar bears and seals (Neff 1990, p. 23).
This would result in an oiling of both
polar bears and seals (Neff 1990, pp. 23–
24; Amstrup et al. 2000a, p. 3; Amstrup
et al. 2006a, p. 9).
The MMS operating regulations
require that Outer Continental Shelf
(OCS) activities are carried out in a safe
and environmentally sound manner to
prevent harm, damage or waste of, any
natural resources any life (including
marine mammals such as the polar
bear), property, or the marine, coastal,
or human environment. Regulations for
exploration, development, and
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
production operations on the OCS are
specified in 30 CFR part 250. These
regulations provide measures for
pollution prevention and control,
including drilling procedures specific to
individual wells, redundant safety and
pollution prevention equipment,
blowout preventers and subsurface
safety valves, training of the drilling
crews, and structural and safety system
review of production facilities.
Regulations related to oil-spill
prevention and response are specified in
30 CFR part 254.
As previously discussed in the ‘‘Oil
and Gas Exploration, Development, and
Production’’ section, the actual history
of oil and gas activities in the Beaufort
and Chukchi Seas demonstrate that
operations have been done safely and
with a negligible effect on wildlife and
the environment. On the Beaufort and
Chukchi OCS, 35 exploratory wells have
been drilled. During this drilling period,
approximately 26.7 barrels of petroleum
product have been spilled, and, of those
26.7 barrels, approximately 24 barrels
were recovered or cleaned up. MMS and
industry standards require strict
protection measures during production
of energy resources. For example,
although it is located in State of Alaska
waters, the shared State/Federal
Northstar production facility used a
specially-fabricated pipe that was
buried 7–11 ft below the sea floor to
prevent damage from ice keels, is pigged
(the practice of using pipeline
inspection gauges or ’pigs’ to perform
various operations on a pipeline
without stopping the flow of the
product in the pipeline), and has several
different monitoring systems to detect
spills.
In addition, NOAA and the Service
require monitoring and avoidance
measures for marine mammals during
critical times during exploration and
production. The Marine Mammal
Observers (MMO) are required by
NOAA and the Service to be on deck
watching for animals. Depending on the
activity and the particular
circumstances, operations may be
temporarily halted or modified. In some
circumstances, hazing may be used to
keep the polar bears away from
operations. There are specific guidelines
the MMO follow for observing and
hazing. Hazing is only used to protect
the safety of humans or the marine
mammal.
Prior to any exploration,
development, or production activities,
companies must submit an Exploration
Plan or a Development/Production Plan
to MMS for review and approval. In
Alaska, MMS provides a copy of all
such plans to the Service for review.
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28289
Prior to conducting drilling operations,
the operator must also obtain approval
for an Application for Permit to Drill
(APD). The APD requires detailed
information on the seafloor and shallow
seafloor conditions for the drill site from
shallow geophysical and, if necessary,
archaeological and biological surveys.
The APD requires detailed information
about the drilling program to allow
evaluation of operational safety and
pollution-prevention measures. The
lessee must use the best available and
safest technology to minimize the
potential for uncontrolled well flow,
through the use of blowout preventers.
For example, the operator also must
identify procedures to curtail operations
during critical ice or weather
conditions.
In addition, the MMS identifies
additional protection measures for the
polar bear through the use of
Information to Lessees (ITL). Lessees are
advised that incidental take of marine
mammals is prohibited unless
authorization is received under the
MMPA. For example, for Sale 193 in the
Chukchi Sea, potential lessees were
advised to obtain MMPA authorizations
from FWS and to consult with the
Service, local Native communities and
the Alaska Nanuuq Commission during
exploration, production and spill
response planning, to assure adequate
protection for the polar bear. Lessees are
specifically advised to conduct their
activities in a way that will limit
potential encounters and interaction
between lease operations and polar
bears.
For production, the lessee must
design, fabricate, install, use, inspect,
and maintain all platforms and
structures on the OCS to ensure their
structural integrity for the safe conduct
of operations at specific locations. All
tubing installations open to
hydrocarbon-bearing zones below the
surface must be equipped with safety
devices that will shut off the flow from
the well in the event of an emergency,
unless the well is incapable of flowing.
All surface production facilities must be
designed, installed, and maintained in a
manner that provides for efficiency,
safety of operations, and protection of
the environment, including marine
mammals.
Pipeline-permit applications to MMS
include the pipeline location drawing,
profile drawing, safety schematic
drawing, pipe-design data to scale, a
shallow-hazard-survey report, and an
archaeological report. The MMS
evaluates the design and fabrication of
the pipeline. No pipeline route will be
approved by MMS if any bottomdisturbing activities (from the pipeline
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28290
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
itself or from the anchors of lay barges
and support vessels) encroach on any
biologically sensitive areas. The
operators are required to monitor and
inspect pipelines by methods prescribed
by MMS for any indication of pipeline
leakage.
MMS conducts onsite inspections to
ensure compliance with plans and with
the MMS pollution prevention
regulations. It has been practice in
Alaska to have an MMS inspector
onboard drilling vessels during key
drilling procedures.
In compliance with 30 CFR part 254,
all owners and operators of oilhandling, oil-storage, or oiltransportation facilities located seaward
of the coastline must submit an Oil Spill
Response Plan to MMS for approval.
Owners or operators of offshore
pipelines are required to submit a plan
for any pipeline that carries oil,
condensate that has been injected into
the pipeline, or gas and naturally
occurring condensate.
Increases in circumpolar Arctic oil
and gas development, coupled with
increases in shipping and/or
development of offshore and land-based
pipelines, increase the potential for an
oil spill to negatively affect polar bears
and/or their habitat. Future declines in
the Arctic sea ice may result in
increased tanker traffic in high bear use
areas (Frantzen and Bambulyak 2003, p.
4), which would increase the chances of
an oil spill from a tanker accident,
ballast discharge, or discharges during
the loading and unloading of oil at the
ports. Amstrup et al. (2007, p. 31)
assumed that human activities related to
oil and gas exploration and
development are likely to increase with
disappearance of sea ice from many
northern areas. At the same time, less
sea ice will facilitate an increase in
offshore developments. More offshore
development will increase the
probability of hydrocarbon discharges
into polar bear habitat (Stirling 1990, p.
228). The record of over 30 years of
predominantly terrestrial oil and gas
development in Alaska suggests that
with proper management, potential
negative effects of these activities on
polar bears can be minimized (Amstrup
1993, p. 250; Amstrup 2000, pp. 150–
154; Amstrup 2003, pp. 597, 604;
Amstrup et al. 2004, p. 23) (for details
see the ‘‘Oil and Gas Exploration,
Development, and Production’’ section
of this final rule). Increased industrial
activities in the marine environment
will require additional monitoring.
Amstrup et al. (2006) evaluated the
potential effects of a hypothetical 5,912barrel oil spill (the largest spill thought
possible from a pipeline spill) on polar
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
bears from the Northstar offshore oil
production facility in the southern
Beaufort Sea, and found that there is a
low probability that a large number of
bears (e.g., 25–60) might be affected by
such a spill. For the purposes of this
scenario, it was assumed that a polar
bear would die if it came in contact with
the oil. Amstrup et al. (2006a, p.21)
found that 0–27 bears could potentially
be oiled during the open water
conditions in September, and from 0–74
bears in mixed ice conditions during
October. If such a spill occurred,
particularly during the broken ice
period, the impact of the spill could be
significant to the Southern Beaufort Sea
polar bear population (Amstrup et al.
2006a, pp. 7, 22; 65 FR 16833). The
sustainable harvest yield per year for the
Southern Beaufort Sea population,
based on a stable population size of
1,800 bears, was estimated to be 81.1
bears (1999–2000 to 2003–2004) (Lunn
et al. 2005, p. 107). For the same time
period, the average harvest was 58.2
bears, leaving an additional buffer of 23
bears that could have been removed
from the population. Therefore, an oil
spill that resulted in the death of greater
than 23 bears, which was possible based
on the range of oil spill-related
mortalities from the previous analysis,
could have had population level effects
for polar bears in the southern Beaufort
Sea. However, the harvest figure of 81
bears may no longer be sustainable for
the Southern Beaufort Sea population,
so, given the average harvest rate cited
above, fewer than 23 oil spill-related
mortalities could result in populationlevel effects.
The number of polar bears affected by
an oil spill could be substantially higher
if the spill spread to areas of seasonal
polar bear concentrations, such as the
area near Kaktovik, Alaska, in the fall,
and could have a significant impact to
the Southern Beaufort Sea polar bear
population. It seems likely that an oil
spill would affect ringed seals the same
way the Exxon Valdez oil spill affected
harbor seals (Frost et al. 1994a, pp. 108–
110; Frost et al. 1994b, pp. 333–334,
343–344, 346–347; Lowry et al. 1994,
pp. 221–222; Spraker et al. 1994, pp.
300–305). As with polar bears, the
number of animals killed would vary
depending upon the season and spill
size (NRC 2003, pp. 168–169). Oil spills
remain a concern for polar bears
throughout their range. Increased
industrial activities in the marine
environment will require additional
monitoring. Oil and gas exploration,
development, and production effects on
polar bears and their habitat are
discussed under Factor A.
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs)
Contamination of the Arctic and subArctic regions through long-range
transport of persistent organic
pollutants has been recognized for over
30 years (Bowes and Jonkel 1975, p.
2,111; de March et al. 1998, p. 184;
Proshutinsky and Johnson 2001, p. 68;
MacDonald et al. 2003, p. 38). These
compounds are transported via large
rivers, air, and ocean currents from the
major industrial and agricultural centers
located at more southerly latitudes
(Barrie et al. 1992; Li et al. 1998, pp. 39–
40; Proshutinsky and Johnson 2001, p.
68; Lie et al. 2003, p. 160). The presence
and persistence of these contaminants
within the Arctic is dependent on many
factors, including transport routes,
distance from source, and the quantity
and chemical composition of the
releases. Climate change may increase
long-range marine and atmospheric
transport of contaminants (Macdonald
et al. 2003, p. 5; Macdonald et al 2005,
p.15). For example, increased rainfall in
northern regions has increased river
discharges into the Arctic marine
environment. Many north-flowing rivers
originate in heavily industrialized
regions and carry heavy contaminant
burdens (Macdonald et al. 2005, p. 31).
The Arctic ecosystem is particularly
sensitive to environmental
contamination due to the slower rate of
breakdown of persistent organic
pollutants, including organochlorine
(OC) compounds, the relatively simple
food chains, and the presence of longlived organisms with low rates of
reproduction and high lipid levels. The
persistence and tendency of OCs to
reside and concentrate in fat tissues of
organisms increases the potential for
bioaccumulation and biomagnification
at higher trophic levels (Fisk et al. 2001,
pp. 225–226). Polar bears, because of
their position at the top of the Arctic
marine food chain, have some of the
highest concentrations of OCs of any
Arctic mammals (Braune et al. 2005, p.
23). Considering the potential for
increases in both local and long-range
transport of contaminants to the Arctic,
with warmer climate and less sea ice,
the influence these activities have on
polar bears is likely to increase.
The most studied POPs in polar bears
include polychlorinated biphenyls
(PCBs), chlordanes (CHL), DDT and its
metabolites, toxaphene, dieldrin,
hexachloroabenzene (HCB),
hexachlorocyclohexanes (HCHs), and
chlorobenzenes (ClBz). Overall, the
relative proportion of the more
recalcitrant compounds, such as PCB
153 and b-HCH, appears to be increasing
in polar bears (Braune et al. 2005, p. 50).
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Although temporal trend information is
lacking, newer compounds, such as
polybrominated diphenyl ethers
(PBDEs), polychlorinated naphthalenes
(PCNs), perflouro-octane sulfonate
(PFOsS), perfluoroalkyl acids (PFAs),
and perflourocarboxylic acids (PFCAs),
have been recently found in polar bears
(Braune et al. 2005, p. 5). Of this
relatively new suite of compounds,
there is concern that both PFOsS, which
are increasing rapidly, and PBDEs are a
potential risk to polar bears (Ikonomou
et al. 2002, p. 1,886; deWit 2002, p. 583;
Martin et al. 2004, p. 373; Braune et al.
2005, p. 25; Smithwick et al. 2006, p.
1,139).
Currently, polychlorinated dibenzo-pdioxins (PCDDs), dibenzofurans (PCDFs)
and dioxin-like PCBs are at relatively
low concentrations in polar bears
(Norstrom et al. 1990, p. 14). The
highest PCB concentrations have been
found in polar bears from the Russian
Arctic (Franz Joseph Land and the Kara
Sea), with decreasing concentrations to
the east and west (Andersen et al. 2001,
p. 231). Overall, there is evidence of
declines in PCBs for most polar bear
populations. The pattern of distribution
for most other chlorinated hydrocarbons
and metabolites generally follows that of
PCBs, with the highest concentrations of
DDT-related compounds and CHLs in
Franz Joseph Land and the Kara Sea,
followed by East Greenland, Svalbard,
the eastern Canadian Arctic
populations, the western Canadian
populations, the Siberian Sea, and
finally the lowest concentrations in
Alaska populations (Bernhoft et al.
1997; Norstrom et al. 1998, p. 361;
Andersen et al. 2001, p. 231; Kucklick
et al. 2002, p. 9; Lie et al. 2003, p. 159;
Verreault et al. 2005, pp. 369–370;
Braune et al. 2005, p. 23).
The polybrominated diphenyl ethers
(PBDEs) share similar physical and
chemical properties with PCBs (Wania
and Dugani 2003, p. 1,252; Muir et al.
2006, p. 449), and are thought to be
transported to the Arctic by similar
pathways. Muir et al. (2006, p. 450)
analyzed archived samples from Dietz et
al. (2004) and Verreault et al. (2005) for
PBDE concentrations, finding the
highest mean PBDE concentrations in
female polar bear adipose tissue from
East Greenland and Svalbard. Lower
concentrations of PBDEs were found in
adipose tissue from the Canadian and
Alaskan populations (Muir et al. 2006,
p. 449). Differences between the PBDE
concentrations and composition in liver
tissue between the Southern Beaufort
Sea and the Chukchi Seas populations
in Alaska suggest differences in the
sources of PBDEs exposure (Kannan et
al. 2005, p. 9057). Overall, the sum of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
the PBDE concentrations are much
lower and less of a concern compared to
PCBs, oxychlordane, and some of the
more recently discovered
perflouorinated compounds. PBDEs are
metabolized to a high degree in polar
bears and thus do not bioaccumulate as
much as PCBs (Wolkers et al. 2004, p.
1,674).
Although baseline information on
contaminant concentrations is available,
determining the biological effects of
these contaminants in polar bears is
difficult. Field observations of
reproductive impairment in females and
males, lower survival of cubs, and
increased mortality of females in
Svalbard, Norway, however, suggest that
high concentrations of PCBs may have
contributed to population level effects
in the past (Wiig 1998, p. 28; Wiig et al.
1998, p. 795; Skaare et al. 2000, p. 107;
Haave et al. 2003, pp. 431, 435; Oskam
et al. 2003, p. 2134; Derocher et al. 2003,
p. 163). At present, however, PCB
concentrations are not thought to be
resulting population level effects on
polar bears. Organochlorines may
adversely affect the endocrine system as
metabolites of these compounds are
toxic and some have demonstrated
endocrine disrupting activity (Letcher et
al. 2000; Braune et al. 2005, p. 23). High
concentrations of organochlorines may
also affect the immune system, resulting
in a decreased ability to produce
antibodies (Lie et al. 2004, pp. 555–556).
Despite the regulatory steps taken to
decrease the production or emissions of
toxic chemicals, increases in some
relatively new compounds are cause for
concern. Some of these compounds
have increased in the last decade
(Ikonomou et al. 2002, p. 1,886; Muir et
al. 2006, p. 453).
Metals
Numerous essential and non-essential
elements have been reported on for
polar bears and the most toxic or
abundant elements in marine mammals
are mercury, cadmium, selenium, and
lead. Of these, mercury is of greatest
concern because of its potential toxicity
at relatively low concentrations, and its
ability to biomagnify and bioaccumulate
in the food web. Polar bears from the
western Canadian Arctic and southwest
Melville Island, Canada (Braune et al.
1991, p. 263; Norstrom et al. 1986, p.
195; AMAP 2005, pp. 42, 62, 134), and
ringed seals from the western Canadian
Arctic (Wagemann et al. 1996, p. 41;
Deitz et al. 1998, p. 433; Dehn et al.
2005, p. 731; Riget et al. 2005, p. 312),
have some of the highest known
mercury concentrations. Wagemann et
al. (1996, pp. 51, 60) observed an
increase in mercury from eastern to
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28291
western Canadian ringed seal
populations and attributed this pattern
to a geologic gradient in natural mercury
deposits.
Although the contaminant
concentrations of mercury found in
marine mammals often exceed those
found to cause effects in terrestrial
mammals (Fisk et al. 2003, p. 107), most
marine mammals appear to have
evolved effective biochemical
mechanisms to tolerate high
concentrations of mercury (AMAP 2005,
p.123). Polar bears are able to break
down methylmercury and accumulate
higher levels than their terrestrial
counterparts without detrimental effects
(AMAP 2005, p. 123). Evidence of
mercury poisoning is rare in marine
mammals, but Dietz et al. (1990, p. 49)
noted that sick marine mammals often
have higher concentrations of
methylmercury, suggesting that these
animals may no longer be able to
detoxify methylmercury. Hepatic
mercury concentrations are well below
those expected to cause biological
effects in most polar bear populations
(AMAP 2005, p. 118). Only two polar
bear populations have concentrations of
mercury close to the biological
threshold levels of 60 micrograms wet
weight reported for marine mammals
(AMAP 2005, p. 121): the Viscount
Melville population (southwest Melville
Sound), Canada, and the Southern
Beaufort Sea population (eastern
Beaufort Sea) (Dietz et al. 1998, p. 435,
Figure 7–52).
Shipping and Transportation
Observations over the past 50 years
show a decline in Arctic sea ice extent
in all seasons, with the most prominent
retreat in the summer. Climate models
project an acceleration of this trend with
periods of extensive melting in spring
and autumn, thus opening new shipping
routes and extending the period that
shipping is practical (ACIA 2005, p.
1,002). Notably, the navigation season
for the Northern Sea Route (across
northern Eurasia) is projected to
increase from 20–30 days per year to
90–100 days per year. Russian scientists
cite increasing use of a Northern Sea
Route for transit and regional
development as a major source of
disturbance to polar bears in the
Russian Arctic (Wiig et al. 1996, pp. 23–
24; Belikov and Boltunov 1998, p. 113;
Ovsyanikov 2005, p. 171). Commercial
navigation on the Northern Sea Route
could disturb polar bear feeding and
other behaviors, and would increase the
risk of oil spills (Belikov et al. 2002, p.
87).
Increased shipping activity may
disturb polar bears in the marine
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
28292
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
environment, adding additional
energetic stresses. If ice-breaking
activities occur, they may alter habitats
used by polar bears, possibly creating
ephemeral lead systems and
concentrating ringed seals within the
refreezing leads. This, in turn, may
allow for easier access to ringed seals
and may have some beneficial values.
Conversely, this may cause polar bears
to use areas that may have a higher
likelihood of human encounters as well
as increased likelihood of exposure to
oil, waste products, or food wastes that
are intentionally or accidentally
released into the marine environment. If
shipping involved the tanker transport
of crude oil or oil products, there would
be some increased likelihood of small to
large volume spills and corresponding
oiling of polar bears, as well as potential
effects on seal prey species (AMAP
2005, pp. 91, 127).
The PBSG (Aars et al. 2006, pp. 22,
58, 171) recognized the potential for
increased shipping and marine
transportation in the Arctic with
declining seasonal sea ice conditions.
The PBSG recommended that the parties
to the 1973 Polar Bear Agreement take
appropriate measures to monitor,
regulate, and mitigate ship traffic
impacts on polar bear populations and
habitats (Aars et al. 2006, p. 58).
Ecotourism
Properly regulated ecotourism will
likely not have a negative effect on polar
bear populations, although increasing
levels of ecotourism and photography in
polar bear viewing areas and natural
habitats may lead to increased polar
bear-human conflicts. Ecotourists and
photographers may inadvertently
displace bears from preferred habitats or
alter natural behaviors (Lentfer 1990,
p.19; Dyck and Baydack 2004, p. 344).
Polar bears are inquisitive animals and
often investigate novel odors or sights.
This trait can lead to polar bears being
killed at cabins and remote stations
where they investigate food smells
(Herrero and Herrero 1997, p. 11).
Conversely, ecotourism has the effect of
increasing the worldwide constituency
of people with an interest in polar bears
and their conservation.
Conclusion for Factor E
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Rationale
Contaminant concentrations are not
presently thought to have population
level effects on most polar bear
populations. However, increased
exposure to contaminants has the
potential to operate in concert with
other factors, such nutritional stress
from loss or degradation of the sea ice
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
habitat or decreased prey availability
and accessibility, to lower recruitment
and survival rates that ultimately would
have negative population level effects.
Despite the regulatory steps taken to
decrease the production or emissions of
toxic chemicals, use of some relatively
new compounds has increased recently
in the last decade (Ikonomou et al. 2002,
p. 1,886; Muir et al. 2006, p. 453).
Several populations, such as the
Svalbard, East Greenland, and Kara Sea
populations, that currently have some of
the highest contaminant concentrations
may be affected, but we do not believe
these effects will be significant within
the foreseeable future. Increasing levels
of ecotourism and shipping may lead to
greater impacts on polar bears. The
potential extent of impact is related to
changing sea ice conditions and
resulting changes to polar bear
distribution.
Determination for Factor E
We have evaluated the best available
scientific information on other natural
or manmade factors that are affecting
polar bears, and have determined that
contaminants, ecotourism, and shipping
do not threaten the polar bear
throughout all or any significant portion
of its range. Some of these, particularly
contaminants and shipping, may
become more significant threats in the
future for polar bear populations
experiencing declines related to
nutritional stress brought on by sea ice
and environmental changes.
Finding
We have carefully considered all
available scientific and commercial
information past, present, and future
threats faced by the polar bear. We
reviewed the petition, information
available in our files, scientific journals
and reports, and other published and
unpublished information submitted to
us during the public comment periods
following our February 9, 2006 (71 FR
6745) 90-day petition finding, the
January 9, 2007 (72 FR 1064), 12-month
Finding and proposed rule, and during
public hearings held in Washington, DC
and Alaska. In addition, at the request
of the Secretary of the Interior, the
USGS analyzed and integrated a series
of studies on polar bear population
dynamics, range-wide habitat use and
changing sea ice conditions in the
Arctic, and provided the Service with
nine scientific reports on the results of
their studies. We carefully evaluated
these new reports and other published
and unpublished information submitted
to us following the public comment
period on these reports, initially opened
for 15 days (September 20, 2007; 72 FR
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
53749), but then extended until October
22, 2007 (72 FR 56979).
In accordance with our policy
published on July 1, 1994 (59 FR
34270), we solicited and received expert
opinions on both the Range Wide Status
Review of the Polar Bear (Ursus
maritimus) (Schliebe et al. 2006a), and
subsequently on the 12-month finding
and proposed rule (72 FR 1064). We
received reviews of the draft Status
Review from 10 independent experts
and on the proposed rule from 14
independent experts in the fields of
polar bear ecology, contaminants and
physiology, climatic science and
physics, Arctic ecology, pinniped (seal)
ecology, and traditional ecological
knowledge (TEK). We also consulted
with recognized polar bear experts and
other Federal, State, and range country
resource agencies.
In making this finding, we recognize
that polar bears evolved in the icecovered waters of the circumpolar
Arctic, and are reliant on sea ice as a
platform to hunt and feed on ice-seals,
to seek mates and breed, to move to
feeding sites and terrestrial maternity
denning areas, and for long-distance
movements. The rapid retreat of sea ice
in the summer and overall diminishing
sea ice throughout the year in the Arctic
is unequivocal and extensively
documented in scientific literature.
Further extensive recession of sea ice is
projected by the majority of state-of-theart climate models, with a seasonally
ice-free Arctic projected by the middle
of the 21st century by many of those
models. Sea ice habitat will be subjected
to increased temperatures, earlier melt
periods, increased rain-on-snow events,
and shifts in atmospheric and marine
circulation patterns.
Under Factor A (‘‘Present or
Threatened Destruction, Modification,
or Curtailment of its habitat or range’’),
we have determined that ongoing and
projected loss of the polar bear’s crucial
sea ice habitat threatens the species
throughout all of its range. Productivity,
abundance, and availability of ice seals,
the polar bear’s primary prey base,
would be diminished by the projected
loss of sea ice, and energetic
requirements of polar bears for
movement and obtaining food would
increase. Access to traditional denning
areas would be affected. In turn, these
factors would cause declines in the
condition of polar bears from nutritional
stress and reduced productivity. As
already evidenced in the Western
Hudson Bay and Southern Beaufort Sea
populations, polar bears would
experience reductions in survival and
recruitment rates. The eventual effect is
that polar bear populations would
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
decline. The rate and magnitude of
decline would vary among populations,
based on differences in the rate, timing,
and magnitude of impacts. However,
within the foreseeable future, all
populations would be affected, and the
species is likely to become in danger of
extinction throughout all of its range
due to declining sea ice habitat.
Under Factor B (‘‘Overutilization for
Commercial, Recreational, Scientific, or
Educational Purposes’’) we note that
polar bears are harvested in Canada,
Alaska, Greenland, and Russia, and we
acknowledge that harvest is the
consumptive use of greatest importance
and potential effect to polar bear.
Further we acknowledge that forms of
removal other than harvest (such as
defense-of-life take) have been
considered in this analysis. While
overharvest occurs for some
populations, laws and regulations for
most management programs have been
instituted to provide sustainable
harvests over the long term. As the
status of populations declines, it may be
necessary for management entitites to
implement harvest reductions in order
to limit the potential effect of harvest.
This capability has a proven track
record in Canada, and is adaptive to
future needs. Further, bilateral
agreements or conservation agreements
have been developed to address issues
of overharvest. Conservation benefits
from agreements that are in
development or have not yet been
implemented are not considered in our
evaluation. We also acknowledge that
increased levels of bear-human
encounters are expected in the future
and that encounters may result in
increased mortality to bears at some
unknown level. Adaptive management
programs, such as implementing polar
bear patrols, hazing programs, and
efforts to minimize attraction of bears to
communities, to address future bearhuman interaction issues, including onthe-land ecotourism activities, are
anticipated.
Harvest is likely exacerbating the
effects of habitat loss in several
populations. In addition, continued
harvest and increased mortality from
bear-human encounters or other forms
of mortality may become a more
significant threat factor in the future,
particularly for populations
experiencing nutritional stress or
declining population numbers as a
consequence of habitat change.
Although harvest, increased bear-human
interaction levels, defense-of-life take,
illegal take, and take associated with
scientific research live-capture programs
are occurring for several populations,
we have determined that overutilization
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
does not currently threaten the species
throughout all or a significant portion of
its range.
Under Factor C (‘‘Disease and
Predation’’) we acknowledge that
disease pathogens are present in polar
bears; no epizootic outbreaks have been
detected; and intra-specific stress
through cannibalism may be increasing;
however, population level effects have
not been documented. Potential for
disease outbreaks, an increased
possibility of pathogen exposure from
changed diet or the occurrence of new
pathogens that have moved northward
with a warming environment, and
increased mortality from intraspecific
predation (cannibalism) may become
more significant threat factors in the
future for polar bear populations
experiencing nutritional stress or
declining population numbers. We have
determined that disease and predation
(including intraspecific predation) do
not threaten the species throughout all
or a significant portion of its range.
Under Factor D (‘‘Inadequacy of
Existing Regulatory Mechanisms’’), we
have determined that existing regulatory
mechanisms at the national and
international level are generally
adequate to address actual and potential
threats to polar bears from direct take,
disturbance by humans, and incidental
or harassment take. We have determined
that there are no known regulatory
mechanisms in place at the national or
international level that directly and
effectively address the primary threat to
polar bears—the rangewide loss of sea
ice habitat within the foreseeable future.
We acknowledge that there are some
existing regulatory mechanisms to
address anthropogenic causes of climate
change, and these mechanisms are not
expected to be effective in counteracting
the worldwide growth of GHG
emissions in the foreseeable future.
Under Factor E (‘‘Other Natural or
Manmade Factors Affecting the Polar
Bear’s Continued Existence’’) we
reviewed contaminant concentrations
and find that, in most populations,
contaminants have not been found to
have population level effects. We
further evaluated increasing levels of
ecotourism and shipping that may lead
to greater impacts on polar bears. The
extent of potential impact is related to
changing ice conditions, polar bear
distribution changes, and relative risk
for a higher interaction between polar
bears and ecotourism or shipping.
Certain factors, particularly
contaminants and shipping, may
become more significant threats in the
future for polar bear populations
experiencing declines related to
nutritional stress brought on by sea ice
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28293
and environmental changes. We have
determined, however, that
contaminants, ecotourism, and shipping
do not threaten the polar bear
throughout all or a significant portion of
its range.
On the basis of our thorough
evaluation of the best available
scientific and commercial information
regarding present and future threats to
the polar bear posed by the five listing
factors under the Act, we have
determined that the polar bear is
threatened throughout its range by
habitat loss (i.e., sea ice recession). We
have determined that there are no
known regulatory mechanisms in place
at the national or international level that
directly and effectively address the
primary threat to polar bears—the
rangewide loss of sea ice habitat. We
have determined that overutilization
does not currently threaten the species
throughout all or a significant portion of
its range, but is exacerbating the effects
of habitat loss for several populations
and may become a more significant
threat factor within the foreseeable
future. We have determined that disease
and predation, in particular
intraspecific predation, and
contaminants do not currently threaten
the species throughout all or a
significant portion of its range, but may
become more significant threat factors
for polar bear populations, especially
those experiencing nutritional stress or
declining population levels, within the
foreseeable future.
Distinct Population Segment (DPS) and
Significant Portion of the Range (SPR)
Evaluation
The Act defines an endangered
species as a species in danger of
extinction throughout all or a significant
portion of its range, and a threatened
species as a species that is likely to
become an endangered species within
the foreseeable future throughout all or
a significant portion of its range.
In our analysis for this final rule we
initially evaluated the status of and
threats to the species throughout its
entire range. The polar bear is broadly
distributed throughout the circumpolar
Arctic, occurring in five countries and
numbering from 20,000–25,000 in total
population. The species has been
delineated into 19 populations for
management purposes by the PBSG
(Aars et al. 2006, p. 33), and these
populations have been aggregated into
four ecoregions for population and
habitat modeling exercises by Amstrup
et al. (2007). In our evaluation of threats
to the polar bear, we determined that
populations are being affected, and will
continue being affected, at different
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28294
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
times, rates, and magnitudes depending
on where they occur. Some of these
differential effects can be distinguished
at the ecoregional level, as demonstrated
by Amstrup et al. (2007). On the basis
of this evaluation, we determined that
the entire species meets the definition of
threatened under the Act due to the loss
of sea ice habitat. The basis of this
determination is captured within the
analysis of each of the five listing
factors, and the ‘‘Finding’’ immediately
preceding this section.
Recognizing the differences in the
timing, rate, and magnitude of threats,
we evaluated whether there were any
specific areas or populations that may
be disproportionately threatened such
that they currently meet the definition
of an endangered species versus a
threatened species. We first considered
whether listing one or more Distinct
Population Segments (DPS) as
endangered may be warranted. We then
considered whether there are any
significant portions of the polar bear’s
range (SPR) where listing the species as
endangered may be warranted. Our DPS
and SPR analyses follow.
Our ‘‘Policy Regarding the
Recognition of Distinct Vertebrate
Population Segments under the Act’’ (61
FR 4725; February 7, 1996) outlines
three elements that must be considered
with regard to the potential recognition
of a DPS as endangered or threatened:
(1) Discreteness of the population
segment in relation to the remainder of
the species to which it belongs; (2)
significance of the population segment
in relation to the remainder of the taxon;
and (3) conservation status of the
population segment in relation to the
Act’s standards for listing (i.e., when
treated as if it were a species, is the
population segment endangered or
threatened?).
Under our DPS Policy, a population
segment of a vertebrate species may be
considered discrete if it satisfies either
one of the following conditions: (1) It is
markedly separated from other
populations of the same taxon as a
consequence of physical, physiological,
ecological, or behavioral factors
(quantitative measures of genetic or
morphological discontinuity may
provide evidence of this separation); or
(2) it is delimited by international
governmental boundaries within which
differences in control of exploitation,
management of habitat, conservation
status, or regulatory mechanisms exist
that are significant in light of section
4(a)(1)(D) of the Act.
Genetic studies of polar bears have
documented that within-population
genetic variation is similar to black and
grizzly bears (Amstrup 2003, p. 590),
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
but that among populations, genetic
structuring or diversity is low (Paetkau
et al. 1995, p. 347; Cronin et al. 2006,
pp. 658–659). The latter has been
attributed to extensive population
mixing associated with large home
ranges and movement patterns, as well
as the more recent divergence of polar
bears in comparison to grizzly and black
bears (Talbot and Shields 1996a, p. 490;
Talbot and Shields 1996b, p. 574;
Paetkau et al. 1999, p. 1580). Genetic
analyses support delineated boundaries
between some populations (Paetkau et
al. 1999, p. 1,571; Amstrup 2003, p.
590), while confirming the existence of
overlap and mixing among others
(Paetkau et al. 1999, p. 1,571; Cronin et
al. 2006, p. 655). We have concluded
that these small genetic differences are
not sufficient to distinguish population
segments under the DPS Policy.
Moreover, there are no morphological or
physiological differences across the
range of the species that may indicate
adaptations to environmental variations.
Although polar bears within different
populations or ecoregions (as defined by
Amstrup et al. 2007) may have minor
differences in demographic parameters,
behavior, or life history strategies, in
general polar bears have a similar
dependence upon sea ice habitats, rely
upon similar prey, and exhibit similar
life history characteristics throughout
their range.
Consideration might be given to
utilizing international boundaries to
satisfy the discreteness portion of the
DPS Policy. However, each range
country shares populations with other
range countries, and many of the shared
populations are also co-managed. Given
that the threats to the polar bear’s sea
ice habitat is global in scale and not
limited to the confines of a single
country, and that populations are being
managed collectively by the range
countries (through bi-lateral and multilateral agreements), we do not find that
differences in conservation status or
management for polar bears across the
range countries is sufficient to justify
the use of international boundaries to
satisfy the discreteness criterion of the
DPS Policy. Therefore, we conclude that
there are no population segments that
satisfy the discreteness criterion of the
DPS Policy. As a consequence, we could
not identify any geographic areas or
populations that would qualify as a DPS
under our 1996 DPS Policy (61 FR
4722).
Having determined that the polar bear
meets the definition of a threatened
species rangewide and that there are no
populations that meet the discreteness
criteria under our DPS policy (and,
therefore, that there are no Distinct
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Population Segments for the polar bear),
we then considered whether there are
any significant portions of its range
where the species is in danger of
extinction.
On March 16, 2007, a formal opinion
was issued by the Solicitor of the
Department of the Interior, ‘‘The
Meaning of ‘In Danger of Extinction
Throughout All or a Significant Portion
of Its Range’’’ (USDI 2007c). We have
summarized our interpretation of that
opinion and the underlying statutory
language below. A portion of a species’
range is significant if it is part of the
current range of the species and it
contributes substantially to the
representation, resiliency, or
redundancy of the species. The
contribution must be at a level such that
its loss would result in a decrease in the
ability to conserve the species.
Some may argue that lost historical
range should be considered by the
Service when evaluating effects posed to
a significant portion of the species’
range. While we disagree with this
argument, we note that the polar bear
currently occupies its entire historical
range.
In determining whether a species is
threatened or endangered in a
significant portion of its range, we first
identify any portions of the range of the
species that warrant further
consideration. The range of a species
can theoretically be divided into
portions in an infinite number of ways.
However, there is no purpose to
analyzing portions of the range that are
not reasonably likely to be significant
and threatened or endangered. To
identify those portions that warrant
further consideration, we determine
whether there is substantial information
indicating that (i) the portions may be
significant and (ii) the species may be in
danger of extinction there or likely to
become so within the foreseeable future.
In practice, a key part of this analysis is
whether the threats are geographically
concentrated in some way. If the threats
to the species are essentially uniform
throughout its range, no portion is likely
to warrant further consideration.
Moreover, if any concentration of
threats applies only to portions of the
range that are unimportant to the
conservation of the species, such
portions will not warrant further
consideration.
If we identify any portions that
warrant further consideration, we then
determine whether in fact the species is
threatened or endangered in any
significant portion of its range.
Depending on the biology of the species,
its range, and the threats it faces, it may
be more efficient for the Service to
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
address the significance question first,
or the status question first. Thus, if the
Service determines that a portion of the
range is not significant, the Service need
not determine whether the species is
threatened or endangered there. If the
Service determines that the species is
not threatened or endangered in a
portion of its range, the Service need not
determine if that portion is significant.
If the Service determines that both a
portion of the range of a species is
significant and the species is threatened
or endangered there, the Service will
specify that portion of the range as
threatened or endangered pursuant to
section 4(c)(1) of the Act.
The terms ‘‘resiliency,’’
‘‘redundancy,’’ and ‘‘representation’’ are
intended to be indicators of the
conservation value of portions of the
range. Resiliency of a species allows the
species to recover from periodic
disturbance. A species will likely be
more resilient if large populations exist
in high-quality habitat that is
distributed throughout the range of the
species in such a way as to capture the
environmental variability found within
the range of the species. In addition, the
portion may contribute to resiliency for
other reasons—for instance, it may
contain an important concentration of
certain types of habitat that are
necessary for the species to carry out its
life-history functions, such as breeding,
feeding, migration, dispersal, or
wintering. Redundancy of populations
may be needed to provide a margin of
safety for the species to withstand
catastrophic events. This does not mean
that any portion that provides
redundancy is a significant portion of
the range of a species. The idea is to
conserve enough areas of the range such
that random perturbations in the system
act on only a few populations.
Therefore, each area must be examined
based on whether that area provides an
increment of redundancy that is
important to the conservation of the
species. Adequate representation
ensures that the species’ adaptive
capabilities are conserved. Specifically,
the portion should be evaluated to see
how it contributes to the genetic
diversity of the species. The loss of
genetically based diversity may
substantially reduce the ability of the
species to respond and adapt to future
environmental changes. A peripheral
population may contribute meaningfully
to representation if there is evidence
that it provides genetic diversity due to
its location on the margin of the species’
habitat requirements.
To determine whether any portions of
the range of the polar bear warrant
further consideration as possible
VerDate Aug<31>2005
21:43 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
endangered significant portions of the
range, we reviewed the entire
supporting record for this final listing
determination with respect to the
geographic concentration of threats and
the significance of portions of the range
to the conservation of the species. As
previously mentioned, we evaluated
whether substantial information
indicated that (i) the portions may be
significant and (ii) the species in that
portion may currently be in danger of
extinction. We recognize that the level,
rate, and timing of threats are uneven
across the Arctic and, thus, that polar
bear populations will be affected at
different rates and magnitudes
depending on where they occur and the
resiliency of each specific population.
On this basis, we determined that some
portions of the polar bear’s range might
warrant further consideration as
possible endangered significant portions
of the range.
To determine which areas may
warrant further consideration, we
initially evaluated the four ecoregions
defined by Amstrup et al. (2007), each
of which consists of a subset of the 19
IUCN-defined management populations,
plus a new population—the Queen
Elizabeth Islands—created by the
authors. The four ecoregions are: (1) the
Seasonal Ice ecoregion; (2) the
Archipelago ecoregion of the central
Canadian Arctic; (3) the polar basin
Divergent ecoregion; and (4) the polar
basin Convergent ecoregion. On the
basis of observational results from longterm studies of polar bear populations
and sea ice conditions, plus projections
from GCM climate simulations and the
results of preliminary Carrying Capacity
and Bayesian Network modeling
exercises by Amstrup et al. (2007), we
have determined that there is
substantial information that polar bear
populations in the Seasonal Ice and
polar basin Divergent ecoregions may
face a greater level of threat than
populations in the Archipelago and
polar basin Convergent ecoregions (see
detailed discussion under Factor A).
The large geographic area included in
each of these ecoregions, plus the
substantial proportion of the total polar
bear population inhabiting those
ecoregions, also indicate that they may
be significant portions of the range.
Having met these two initial tests, a
further evaluation was deemed
necessary to determine if these two
portions of the range are both significant
and endangered (that analysis follows
below). We determined that the
Archipelago and polar Convergent
ecoregions do not satisfy the two initial
tests, because there is not substantial
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28295
information to suggest that the species
in those portions may currently be in
danger of extinction.
After reviewing the four ecoregions,
we proceeded to an evaluation of the 19
populations delineated for management
purposes by the IUCN PBSG (Aars et al.
2006, p. 33) plus the Queen Elizabeth
Island population created by Amstrup et
al. (2007). For fourteen of the PBSGdefined populations, population status
is considered stable, increasing, or data
deficient, and there is not substantial
information indicating that they may
currently be in danger of extinction. We
eliminated these populations from
further consideration. We also
eliminated the Queen Elizabeth Island
population because there is no current
evidence of decline in the population,
and because it occurs in the polar basin
Convergent ecoregion where sea ice is
projected to persist longest into the
future (along with the Archipelago
ecoregion). Thus, there is not substantial
information indicating that this
population may currently be in danger
of extinction. For the remaining five
populations, there is some information
indicating actual or projected
population declines according to the
most recent subpopulation viability
analysis conducted by the PBSG (i.e.,
Southern Beaufort Sea, Norwegian Bay,
Western Hudson Bay, Kane Basin,
Baffin Bay) (Aars et al. 2006, pp. 34–35).
Two of these populations—Norwegian
Bay and Kane Basin—occur within the
Archipelago ecoregion, and are small
both in terms of geographic area
included within their boundaries and
number of polar bears in the population.
Even if these two populations are
considered together, the overall
geographic area they occupy and overall
population size are still small. On this
basis we determined that these two
populations do not satisfy one portion
of the initial test, because there is not
substantial information to suggest that
these areas are significant portions of
the range. In addition, the two
populations occur in the Archipelago
ecoregion, where sea ice is projected to
persist the longest into the future. In
addition, available population estimates
for these two populations are less
reliable because they are older (circa
1998) and are based on limited years
and incomplete coverage of sampling.
Because of the projected persistence of
sea ice in this area throughout the
foreseeable future, and the lack of
reliable information on population
trends, we have determined that there is
not substantial information to indicate
that these populations are currently in
danger of extinction. Having not
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28296
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
satisfied either of the two initial tests,
we have determined that these two
populations do not warrant any further
consideration in this analysis.
The relatively larger area and
population size of each of the three
remaining populations—Southern
Beaufort Sea, Western Hudson Bay,
Baffin Bay—indicate that they may be
significant portions of the range. For
these three populations there is
information indicating actual or
potential population declines according
to the most recent subpopulation
viability analysis conducted by the
PBSG (Baffin Bay) and other recent
studies (Regehr et al. 2007a for Western
Hudson Bay; Regehr et al. 2007b for
Southern Beaufort Sea), as well as
projected population declines based on
recent modeling exercises (Hunter et al.
2007; Amstrup et al. 2007). Having met
these two initial tests, a further
evaluation was deemed necessary to
determine if these three populations are
both significant and endangered (that
analysis follows below). Based on our
review of the record, we did not find
substantial information indicating that
any other portions of the polar bear’s
range might be considered significant
and qualify as endangered.
Having identified the five portions of
the range that warrant further
consideration (two ecoregions and three
populations), we then proceeded to
determine whether any of those portions
are both significant and endangered. We
initially discuss our evaluation of the
two ecoregions identified above, and
then proceed to discuss our evaluation
of the three populations identified
above.
On an ecoregional level, the most
significant results suggesting that the
two ecoregions may be endangered
comes from the results of Bayesian
network modeling (BM) exercises by
Amstrup et al. (2007). In particular, the
BM exercise results suggest that polar
bear populations in the Seasonal Ice and
polar basin Divergent ecoregions may be
lost by the mid-21st century given rates
of sea ice recession projected in the 10GCM ensemble used by the authors. As
previously discussed above under the
heading ‘‘Bayesian Network Model’’
within Factor A, we believe that this
initial effort has several limitations that
reduce our confidence in the actual
numerical probabilities associated with
each outcome of the BM, as opposed to
the general direction and magnitude of
the projected outcomes. The BM
analysis is a preliminary effort that
requires additional development
(Amstrup et al. 2007, p. 27). The current
prototype is based on qualitative input
from a single expert, and input from
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
additional polar bear experts is needed
to advance the model beyond the alpha
prototype stage. There are also
uncertainties associated with statistical
estimation of various parameters such as
the extent of sea ice or size of polar bear
populations (Amstrup et al. 2007, p. 23).
In addition, the BM needs further
refinement to develop variance
estimates to go with its outcomes.
Because of these uncertainties
associated with the complex BM, it is
more appropriate to focus on the general
direction and magnitude of the
projected outcomes rather than the
actual numerical probabilities
associated with each outcome. Because
of these limitations, we have
determined that the BM model
outcomes are not a sufficient basis, in
light of the other available scientific
information, to find that threats to polar
bears currently warrant a determination
of endangered status for the two
ecoregions. However, despite these
limitations, we also recognize that the
BM results are a useful contribution to
the overall weight of evidence and
likelihood regarding changing sea ice,
population stressors, and effects. We
believe that the results are consistent
with other available scientific
information, including results of the CM
(see discussion under ‘‘Carrying
Capacity Model’’ under Factor A), and
quantitative evidence of the gradual rate
of population decline in three
populations within the ecoregions. We
further note that, although these
Seasonal Ice and polar basin Divergent
ecoregions face differential threats, both
ecoregions currently are estimated to
have large numbers of polar bears, and
there is no evidence of any population
currently undergoing a precipitous
decline. Therefore, we find that the
polar bear is not currently in danger of
extinction in either the Seasonal Ice
ecoregion or the polar basin Divergent
ecoregion.
The three populations identified
above as actually or potentially
declining are the Western Hudson Bay,
Southern Beaufort Sea, and Baffin Bay
populations. Over an 18-year period,
Regehr et al. (2007, p. 2,673)
documented a statistically significant
decline in the Western Hudson Bay
polar bear population of 22 percent. For
this period, the mean annual growth
rate was 0.986 (with a 95 percent
confidence interval of 0.978–0.995),
indicative of a gradual population
decline. The decline has been attributed
primarily to the effects of climate
change (earlier break-up of sea ice in the
spring), with harvest also playing a role
(see discussion of ‘‘Western Hudson
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Bay’’ under Factor A). A reduction in
harvest quota in this population (from
54 to 38) for the 2007–2008 harvest
season might begin to reduce the effect
of harvest; however, we expect
continued population declines from
earlier and earlier break-up of sea ice
and corresponding longer fasting
periods of bears on land (Stirling and
Parkinson 2006). Nonetheless, we note
that the Western Hudson Bay
population remains greater than 900
bears, and that reproduction and
recruitment are still occurring in the
population (Regehr et al. 2006). Because
the current rate of decline for the
Western Hudson Bay population is
gradual rather than precipitous,
reproduction and recruitment are still
occurring, and the current size of the
population remains reasonably large, we
have determined that the population is
not currently in danger of extinction,
but is likely to become so within the
foreseeable future.
The apparent decline in the Southern
Beaufort Sea population, documented
over a 20-year period, has not been
demonstrated to be statistically
significant. However, available
information indicates that there will be
a statistically-significant population
decline in the coming decades. Hunter
et al. (2007) conducted a sophisticated
demographic analysis of the Southern
Beaufort Sea population using both
deterministic and stochastic
demographic models, and parameters
estimated from capture-recapture data
collected between 2001 and 2006. The
authors focused on measures of longterm population growth rate and on
projections of population size over the
next 100 years. Taking the average
observed frequency of bad sea ice years
(0.21), they predicted a gradual
population decline of about one percent
per year (similar to the rate of decline
observed in Western Hudson Bay), and
an extinction probability of around 35–
40 percent at year 45 (see Figure 14 of
Hunter et al. 2007). However, the
precision of vital rates used in the
analysis (estimated by Regehr et al.
(2007b, pp. 17–18)) was subject to large
degrees of sampling and model selection
uncertainty (Hunter et al. 2007, p. 6),
the length of the study period (5 years)
was short, and the spatial resolution of
the GCMs at the scale of the southern
Beaufort Sea is less reliable than at the
scale of the entire range of the polar
bear. These sources of uncertainty lead
us to have greater confidence in the
general direction and magnitude of the
trend of the model outcomes in Hunter
et al. (2007) than in the specific
percentages associated with each
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
outcome. In addition, we note that the
Southern Beaufort Sea population
remains fairly large, that reproduction
and recruitment is still occurring in the
population, and that changes in the sea
ice have not yet been associated with
changes in the size of the population
(Regehr et al. 2007, p. 2). These results
all indicate that this population is not
currently in danger of extinction but is
likely to become so in the foreseeable
future.
As regards Baffin Bay, the recent
population estimates of 2,074 bears in
1998 and 1,546 bears in 2004 have
limited reliability because of the
population survey methods used. There
is clear evidence that the population has
been overharvested (Aars et al. 2006).
Although the PBSG subpopulation
viability analysis projects a declining
trend, most likely as a result of
overharverst, there is no reliable
estimate of population trend based on
valid population survey results. In
recent years, some efforts have been
made to reduce harvest of the Baffin Bay
population. Greenland put a quota
system in place for Baffin Bay in 2006;
its current quota is 75 bears. Stirling and
Parkinson (2006, p. 268) have
documented earlier spring sea ice breakup dates in Baffin Bay since 1978 (i.e.,
ice breakup has been occurring 6 to 7
days earlier per decade since late 1978).
Earlier breakup is likely to lead to
longer periods of fasting onshore, with
concomitant effects on bear body
condition as documented in other
populations. However, there are no data
on body condition of polar bears or the
survival of cubs or subadults from
Baffin Bay (Stirling and Parkinson 2006,
p. 269) that would allow an analysis of
the relationship between changes in
body condition and changes in sea ice
habitat. In terms of projecting sea ice
trends in Baffin Bay in the foreseeable
future, Overland and Wang (2007)
evaluated a suite of the 12 most
applicable GCMs, and found that,
‘‘according to these models, Baffin Bay
does not show significant ice loss by
2050.’’ These results are at apparent
odds with observed sea ice trends,
which further complicates projecting
future effects of sea ice loss on polar
bears. Without statistically reliable
indices of declines in survival, body
condition indices, or population size,
and with evidence of earlier spring
breakup dates but equivocal information
on future sea ice conditions, we cannot
conclude that the species is currently in
danger of extinction in Baffin Bay, but
can conclude it is likely to become so
in the foreseeable future.
Therefore, on the basis of the
discussion presented in the previous
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
three paragraphs, we find that the polar
bear populations of Western Hudson
Bay, Southern Beaufort Sea, and Baffin
Bay are not currently in danger of
extinction, but are likely to become so
in the foreseeable future.
As a result, while the best scientific
data available allows us to make a
determination as to the rangewide status
of the polar bear, we have determined
that when analyzed on a population or
even an ecoregion level, the available
data show that there are no significant
portions of the range in which the
species is currently in danger of
extinction. Because we find that the
polar bear is not endangered in the five
portions of the range that we previously
determined to warrant further
consideration (two ecoregions and three
populations), we need not address the
question of significance for those five
portions.
Critical Habitat
Critical habitat is defined in section
3(5) of the Act as: (i) the specific areas
within the geographical area occupied
by a species, at the time it is listed in
accordance with the Act, on which are
found those physical or biological
features (I) essential to the conservation
of the species and (II) that may require
special management considerations or
protection; and (ii) specific areas
outside the geographical area occupied
by a species at the time it is listed, upon
a determination that such areas are
essential for the conservation of the
species. ‘‘Conservation’’ is defined in
section 3(3) of the Act as meaning the
use of all methods and procedures
needed to bring the species to the point
at which listing under the Act is no
longer necessary. The primary
regulatory effect of critical habitat is the
requirement, under section 7(a)(2) of the
Act, that Federal agencies shall ensure
that any action they authorize, fund, or
carry out is not likely to result in the
destruction or adverse modification of
designated critical habitat.
Section 4(a)(3) of the Act and
implementing regulations (50 CFR
424.12) require that, to the maximum
extent prudent and determinable, we
designate critical habitat at the time a
species is determined to be endangered
or threatened. Critical habitat may only
be designated within the jurisdiction of
the United States, and may not be
designated for jurisdictions outside of
the United States (50 CFR 424(h)). Our
regulations (50 CFR 424.12(a)(1)) state
that designation of critical habitat is not
prudent when one or both of the
following situations exist: (1) the
species is threatened by taking or other
activity and the identification of critical
PO 00000
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28297
habitat can be expected to increase the
degree of threat to the species; or (2)
such designation of critical habitat
would not be beneficial to the species.
Our regulations (50 CFR 424.12(a)(2))
further state that critical habitat is not
determinable when one or both of the
following situations exist: (1)
Information sufficient to perform
required analysis of the impacts of the
designation is lacking; or (2) the
biological needs of the species are not
sufficiently well known to permit
identification of an area as critical
habitat.
Delineation of critical habitat
requires, within the geographical area
occupied by the polar bear,
identification of the physical and
biological features essential to the
conservation of the species. In general
terms, physical and biological features
essential to the conservation of the polar
bear may include (1) annual and
perennial marine sea ice habitats that
serve as a platform for hunting, feeding,
traveling, resting, and to a limited
extent, for denning, and (2) terrestrial
habitats used by polar bears for denning
and reproduction for the recruitment of
new animals into the population, as
well as for seasonal use in traveling or
resting. The most important polar bear
life functions that occur in these
habitats are feeding (obtaining adequate
nutrition) and reproduction. These
habitats may be influenced by several
factors and the interaction among these
factors, including: (1) water depth; (2)
atmospheric and oceanic currents or
events; (3) climatologic phenomena
such as temperature, winds,
precipitation and snowfall; (4)
proximity to the continental shelf; (5)
topographic relief (which influences
accumulation of snow for denning); (6)
presence of undisturbed habitats; and
(7) secure resting areas that provide
refuge from extreme weather or other
bears or humans. Unlike some other
marine mammal species, polar bears
generally do not occur at high-density
focal areas such as rookeries and
haulout sites. However, certain
terrestrial areas have a history of higher
use, such as core denning areas, or are
experiencing an increasing tendancy of
use for resting, such as coastal areas
during the fall open water phase for
which polar bear use has been
increasing in duration for additional
and expanded areas. During the winter
period, when energetic demands are the
greatest, nearshore lead systems (linear
openings or cracks in the sea ice) and
emphemeral or recurrent polynyas
(areas of open sea surrounded by sea
ice) are areas of importance for seals
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
28298
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
and, correspondingly for polar bears
that hunt seals for nutrition. During the
spring period, nearshore lead systems
continue to be important habitat for
bears for hunting seals and feeding. Also
the shorefast ice zone where ringed
seals construct subnivean birth lairs for
pupping is an important feeding habitat
during this season. In northern Alaska,
while denning habitat is more diffuse
than in other areas where core, highdensity denning has been identified,
certain areas such as barrier islands,
river bank drainages, much of the North
Slope coastal plain (including the Arctic
NWR), and coastal bluffs that occur at
the interface of mainland and marine
habitat receive proportionally greater
use for denning than other areas. Habitat
suitable for the accumulation of snow
and use for denning has been delineated
on the North Slope.
While information regarding
important polar bear life functions and
habitats associated with these functions
has expanded greatly in Alaska during
the past 20 years, the identification of
specific physical and biological features
and specific geographic areas for
consideration as critical habitat is
complicated, and the future values of
these habitats may change in a rapidly
changing environment. Arctic sea ice
provides a platform for critical lifehistory functions, including hunting,
feeding, travel, and nuturing cubs. That
habitat is projected to be significantly
reduced within the next 45 years, and
some models project complete absence
of sea ice during summer months in
shorter timeframes.
A careful assessment of the
designation of marine areas as critical
habitat will require additional time to
fully evaluate physical and biological
features essential to the conservation of
the polar bear and how those features
are likely to change over the foreseeable
future. In addition, near-shore and
terrestrial habitats that may qualify for
designation as critical habitat will
require a similar thorough assessment
and evaluation in light of projected
climate change and other threats.
Additionally, we have not gathered
sufficient economic and other data on
the impacts of a critical habitat
designation. These factors must be
considered as part of the designation
procedure. Thus, we find that critical
habitat is not determinable at this time.
Available Conservation Measures
The Service will continue to work
with other countries that have
jurisdiction in the Arctic, the IUCN/SSC
Polar Bear Specialist Group, U.S.
government agencies (e.g., NASA,
NOAA), species experts, Native
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
organizations, and other parties as
appropriate to consider new information
as it becomes available to track the
status of polar bear populations over
time, to develop a circumpolar
monitoring program for the species, and
to develop management actions to
conserve the polar bear. Using current
ongoing and future monitoring programs
for the 19 IUCN-designated populations
we will continue to evaluate the status
of the species in relation to its listing
under the Act. In addition, status of
domestic populations will continue to
be evaluated as required under the
MMPA.
Conservation measures provided to
species listed as endangered or
threatened under the Act include
recognition of the status, increased
priority for research and conservation
funding, recovery actions, requirements
for Federal protection, and prohibitions
against certain activities. Recognition
through listing results in public
awareness and conservation actions by
Federal, State, and local agencies,
private organizations, and individuals.
The Act provides for possible land
acquisition and cooperation with the
States, and for conservation actions to
be carried out for listed species.
The listing of the polar bear will lead
to the development of a recovery plan
for this species in Alaska. The recovery
plan will bring together international,
Federal, State, and local agencies, and
private efforts, for the conservation of
this species. A recovery plan for Alaska
will establish a framework for interested
parties to coordinate activities and to
cooperate with each other in
conservation efforts. The plan will set
recovery priorities, identify
responsibilities, and estimate the costs
of the tasks necessary to accomplish the
priorities. Under section 6 of the Act,
we would be able to grant funds to the
State of Alaska for management actions
promoting the conservation of the polar
bear.
Additionally, the Service will pursue
conservation strategies among all
countries that share management of
polar bears. The existing multilateral
agreement provides an international
framework to pursue such strategies,
and the outcome of the June 2007
meeting of polar bear range countries
(held at the National Conservation
Training Center in West Virginia)
clearly documents the shared interest by
all to pursue such an effort. Range-wide
strategies will be particularly important
as the sea ice habitat likely to persist the
longest is not in U.S. jurisdiction and
collaborative efforts to support ongoing
research and management actions for
purposes of restoring or supplementing
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the most dramatically affected
population will be important. The PBSG
is recognized as the technical advisor
for the 1973 Agreement for the
Conservation of Polar Bears and
provides recommendations to each of
the range states on conservation and
management; recommendations from
this group will be sought throughout the
entire process.
Section 7(a) of the Act, as amended,
requires Federal agencies to evaluate
their actions with respect to any species
that is listed as endangered or
threatened and with respect to its
critical habitat, if any is designated.
Regulations implementing this
interagency cooperation provision of the
Act are codified at 50 CFR part 402. For
threatened species such as the polar
bear, section 7(a)(2) of the Act requires
Federal agencies to ensure that activities
they authorize, fund, or carry out are not
likely to jeopardize the continued
existence of the species. If a Federal
action may affect a polar bear, the
responsible Federal agency must consult
with us under the provisions of section
7(a)(2) of the Act.
Several Federal agencies are expected
to have involvement under section 7 of
the Act regarding the polar bear. The
National Marine Fisheries Service may
become involved, such as if a joint
rulemaking for the incidental take of
marine mammals is undertaken. The
EPA may become involved through its
permitting authority under the Clean
Water Act and Clean Air Act for
activities conducted in Alaska. The U.S
Army Corps of Engineers may become
involved through its responsibilities and
permitting authority under section 404
of the Clean Water Act and through
future development of harbor projects.
The MMS may become involved
through administering their programs
directed toward offshore oil and gas
development, and the BLM for onshore
activities in NPRA. The Denali
Commission may be involved through
its potential funding of fuel and power
generation projects. The U.S. Coast
Guard may become involved through
their deployment of icebreakers in the
Arctic Ocean.
Much of Alaska oil and gas
development occurs within the range of
polar bears, and the Service has worked
effectively with the industry for a
number of years to minimize impacts to
polar bears through implementation of
the incidental take program authorized
under the MMPA. Under the MMPA,
incidental take cannot be authorized
unless the Service finds that any take
that is reasonably likely to occur will
have no more than a negligible impact
on the species. Incidental take
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
authorization has been in place for the
Beaufort Sea region since 1993 and for
the Chukchi Sea in 2006 and 2007. New
MMPA incidental take authorization
covering oil and gas exploration
activities in the Chukchi Sea was
proposed in June 2007. Mitigation
measures required under these
authorizations minimize potential
impacts to polar bears and ensure that
any take remains at the negligible level;
these measures are implemented on a
case-by-case basis through Letters of
Authorization (LOAs) under the MMPA.
Because the MMPA negligible impact
standard is a tighter management
standard than ensuring that an activity
is not likely to jeopardize the continued
existence of the species under section 7
of the Act, we do not anticipate that any
entity holding incidental take
authorization for polar bears under the
MMPA and in compliance with all
mitigation measures under that
authorization will be required to
implement further measures under the
section 7 consultation process.
Regulatory Implications for
Consultations under Section 7 of the
Act
When a species is listed as threatened
under the Act, section 7(a)(2) provides
that Federal agencies must insure that
any actions they authorize, fund, or
carry out are not likely to jeopardize the
continued existence of any listed
species or result in the destruction or
adverse modification of designated
critical habitat. Furthermore, under the
authority of section 4(d), the Secretary
shall establish regulatory provisions on
the take of threatened species that are
‘‘necessary and advisable to provide for
the conservation of the species’’ (16
U.S.C. 1533(d)).
The coverage of the section 9 taking
prohibition is much broader than a
simple prohibition against killing an
individual of the species. Section 3(19)
of the Act defines the term ‘‘take’’ as
‘‘* * * harass, harm, pursue, hunt,
shoot, wound, kill, trap, capture, or
collect, or attempt to engage in any such
conduct.’’ Federal regulations
promulgated by the Service (50 CFR
17.3) define the terms ‘‘harm’’ and
‘‘harass’’ as:
Harass in the definition of ‘‘take’’ in
the Act means an intentional or
negligent act or omission which creates
the likelihood of injury to wildlife by
annoying it to such an extent as to
significantly disrupt normal behavioral
patterns which include, but are not
limited to, breeding, feeding, or
sheltering. This definition, when
applied to captive wildlife does not
include generally accepted: (1) animal
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
husbandry practices that meet or exceed
the minimum standards for facilities
and care under the Animal Welfare Act,
(2) breeding procedures, or (3)
provisions of veterinary care for
confining, tranquilizing, or
anesthetizing, when such practices,
procedures, or provisions are not likely
to result in injury to the wildlife.
Harm in the definition of ‘‘take’’ in
the Act means an act that actually kills
or injures wildlife. Such act may
include significant habitat modification
or degradation where it actually kills or
injures wildlife by significantly
impairing essential behaviorial patterns,
including breeding, feeding, or
sheltering.
Certain levels of incidental take may
be authorized through provisions under
section 7(b)(4) and (o)(2) (incidental
take statements for Federal agency
actions) and section 10(a)(1)(B)
(incidental take permits).
In making a determination to
authorize incidental take under section
7 or section 10, the Service must assess
the effects of the proposed action to
evaluate the potential negative and
positive impacts that are expected to
occur as a result of the action. Under
Section 7, this would be done through
a consultation between the Service and
the Federal agency on a specific
proposed agency action. Section 7
consultation regulations generally limit
the Service’s review of the effects of the
proposed action to the direct and
indirect effects of the action and any
activities that are interrelated or
interdependent with the proposed
action. ‘‘Indirect’’ effects are caused by
the proposed action, later in time, and
are ‘‘reasonably certain to occur.’’
Essentially, the Service evaluates those
effects that would not occur ‘‘but for’’
the action under consultation and that
are also reasonably certain to occur.
Cumulative effects, which are the effects
of future non-Federal actions that are
also reasonably certain to occur within
the action area of the proposed action,
must also be taken into consideration.
The direct, indirect, and cumulative
effects are then analyzed along with the
status of the species and the
environmental baseline to determine
whether the action under consultation is
likely to reduce appreciably both the
survival and recovery of the listed
species or result in the destruction or
adverse modification of critical habitat.
If the Service determines that the action
is not likely to jeopardize the continued
existence of a listed species, a ‘‘no
jeopardy’’ opinion will be issued, along
with an incidental take statement. The
purpose of the incidental take statement
is to identify the amount or extent of
PO 00000
Frm 00089
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28299
take that is reasonably likely to result
from the proposed action and to
minimize the impact of any take
through reasonable and prudent
measures (RPMs). The regulations
require, however, that any RPM’s be
only a ‘‘minor change’’ to the proposed
action. If the Federal agency and any
applicant comply with the terms and
conditions of the incidental take
statement, then section 7(o)(2) of the Act
provides an exception to the take
prohibition.
The 9th Circuit Court of Appeals has
determined that the Service cannot use
the consultation process or the issuance
of an Incidental Take Statement as a
form of regulation limiting what are
otherwise legal activities by action
agencies, if no incidental take is
reasonably likely to occur as a result of
the Federal action (Arizona Cattle
Growers’ Association v. U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, 273 F.3d 1229 (9th Cir.
2001)). In that case, the court reviewed
several biological opinions that were the
result of consultations on numerous
grazing permits. The 9th Circuit
analyzed the Service’s discussion of
effects and the incidental take
statements for several specific grazing
allotments. The court found that the
Service, in some allotments, assumed
there would be ‘‘take’’ without
explaining how the agency action (in
this case, cattle grazing) would cause
the take of specific individuals of the
listed species. Further, for other permits
the court did not see evidence or
argument to demonstrate how cattle
grazing in one part of the permit area
would take listed species in another part
of that permit area. The court concluded
that the Service must ‘‘connect the dots’’
between its evaluation of effects of the
action and its assessment of take. That
is, the Service cannot simply speculate
that take may occur. The Service must
first articulate the causal connection
between the effects of the action under
consultation and the anticipated take. It
must then demonstrate that the take is
reasonably likely to occur.
The significant cause of the decline of
the polar bear, and thus the basis for
this action to list it as a threatened
species, is the loss of arctic sea ice that
is expected to continue to occur over the
next 45 years. The best scientific
information available to us today,
however, has not established a causal
connection between specific sources
and locations of emissions to specific
impacts posed to polar bears or their
habitat.
Some commenters to the proposed
rule suggested that the Service should
require other agencies (e.g., the
Environmental Protection Agency) to
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
28300
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
regulate emissions from all sources,
including automobile and power plants.
The best scientific information available
today would neither allow nor require
the Service to take such action.
First, the primary substantive
mandate of section 7(a)(2)—the duty to
avoid likely jeopardy to an endangered
or threatened species—rests with the
Federal action agency and not with the
Service. The Service consults with the
Federal action agency on proposed
Federal actions that may affect an
endangered or threatened species, but
its consultative role under section 7
does not allow for encroachment on the
Federal action agency’s jurisdiction or
policy-making role under the statutes it
administers.
Second, the Federal action agency
decides when to initiate formal
consultation on a particular proposed
action, and it provides the project
description to the Service. The Service
may request the Federal action agency
to initiate formal consultation for a
particular proposed action, but it cannot
compel the agency to consult, regardless
of the type of action or the magnitude
of its projected effects.
Recognizing the primacy of the
Federal action agency’s role in
determining how to conform its
proposed actions to the requirements of
section 7, and taking into account the
requirement to examine the ‘‘effects of
the action’’ through the formal
consultation process, the Service does
not anticipate that the listing of the
polar bear as a threatened species will
result in the initiation of new section 7
consultations on proposed permits or
licenses for facilities that would emit
GHGs in the conterminous 48 States.
Formal consultation is required for
proposed Federal actions that ‘‘may
affect’’ a listed species, which requires
an examination of whether the direct
and indirect effects of a particular action
meet this regulatory threshold. GHGs
that are projected to be emitted from a
facility would not, in and of themselves,
trigger formal section 7 consultation for
a particular licensure action unless it is
established that such emissions
constitute an ‘‘indirect effect’’ of the
proposed action. To constitute an
‘‘indirect effect,’’ the impact to the
species must be later in time, must be
caused by the proposed action, and
must be ‘‘reasonably certain to occur’’
(50 CFR 402.02 (definition of ‘‘effects of
the action’’)). As stated above, the best
scientific data available today are not
sufficient to draw a causal connection
between GHG emissions from a facility
in the conterminous 48 States to effects
posed to polar bears or their habitat in
the Arctic, nor are there sufficient data
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
to establish that such impacts are
‘‘reasonably certain to occur’’ to polar
bears. Without sufficient data to
establish the required causal
connection—to the level of ‘‘reasonable
certainty’’—between a new facility’s
GHG emissions and impacts to polar
bears, section 7 consultation would not
be required to address impacts to polar
bears.
A question has also been raised
regarding the possible application of
section 7 to effects posed to polar bears
that may arise from oil and gas
development activities conducted on
Alaska’s North Slope or in the Chukchi
Sea. It is clear that any direct effects
from oil and gas development
operations, such as drilling activities,
vehicular traffic to and from drill sites,
and other on-site operational support
activities, that pose adverse effects to
polar bears would need to be evaluated
through the section 7 consultation
process. It is also clear that any
‘‘indirect effects’’ from oil and gas
development activities, such as impacts
from the spread of contaminants
(accidental oil spills, or the
unintentional release of other
contaminants) that result from the oil
and gas development activities and that
are ‘‘reasonably certain to occur,’’ that
flow from the ‘‘footprint’’ of the action
and spread into habitat areas used by
polar bears would also need to be
evaluated through the section 7
consultation process.
However, the future effects of any
emissions that may result from the
consumption of petroleum products
refined from crude oil pumped from a
particular North Slope drilling site
would not constitute ‘‘indirect effects’’
and, therefore, would not be considered
during the section 7 consultation
process. The best scientific data
available to the Service today does not
provide the degree of precision needed
to draw a causal connection between the
oil produced at a particular drilling site,
the GHG emissions that may eventually
result from the consumption of the
refined petroleum product, and a
particular impact to a polar bear or its
habitat. At present there is a lack of
scientific or technical knowledge to
determine a relationship between an oil
and gas leasing, development, or
production activity and the effects of the
ultimate consumption of petroleum
products (GHG emissions). There are
discernible limits to the establishment
of a causal connection, such as
uncertainties regarding the productive
yield from an oil and gas field; whether
any or all of such production will be
refined for plastics or other products
that will not be burned; what mix of
PO 00000
Frm 00090
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
vehicles or factories might use the
product; and what mitigation measures
would offset consumption. Furthermore,
there is no traceable nexus between the
ultimate consumption of the petroleum
product and any particular effect to a
polar bear or its habitat. In short, the
emissions effects resulting from the
consumption of petroleum derived from
North Slope or Chukchi Sea oil fields
would not constitute an ‘‘indirect
effect’’ of any federal agency action to
approve the development of that field.
Other Provisions of the Act
Section 9 of the Act, except as
provided in sections 6(g)(2) and 10 of
the Act, prohibits take (within the
United States and on the high seas) and
import into or export out of the United
States of endangered species. The Act
defines take to mean harass, harm,
pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill, trap,
capture, or collect, or to attempt to
engage in any such conduct. However,
the Act also provides for the
authorization of take and exceptions to
the take prohibitions. Take of
endangered wildlife species by nonFederal property owners can be
permitted through the process set forth
in section 10 of the Act. The Service has
issued regulations (50 CFR 17.31) that
generally afford to fish and wildlife
species listed as threatened the
prohibitions that section 9 of the Act
establishes with respect to species listed
as endangered.
The Service may also develop a
special rule specifically tailored to the
conservation needs of a threatened
species instead of applying the general
threatened species regulations. In
today’s Federal Register we have
published a special rule for the polar
bear that generally adopts existing
conservation regulatory requirements
under the MMPA and the Convention
on International Trade in Endangered
Species of Wild Fauna and Flora
(CITES) as the appropriate regulatory
provisions for this threatened species.
Section 10(e) of the Act provides an
exemption for any Indian, Aleut, or
Eskimo who is an Alaskan Native and
who resides in Alaska to take a
threatened or endangered species if
such taking is primarily for subsistence
purposes and the taking is not
accomplished in a wasteful manner.
Non-native permanent residents of an
Alaska native village are also covered by
this exemption, but since such persons
are not covered by the similar
exemption under the MMPA, take of
polar bears for subsistence purposes by
non-native permanent residents of an
Alaskan native village would not be
lawful. While the collaborative co-
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
management mechanisms to institute
sustainable harvest levels are in place,
the challenges of managing harvest for
declining populations are new and will
require extensive dialogue with the
Alaska Native hunting community and
their leadership organizations.
Development of risk assessment models
that describe the probability and effect
of a range of harvest levels interrelated
to demographic population life tables
are needed. Any future consideration of
harvest regulation will be done with the
full involvement of the subsistence
community through the Alaska Nanuuq
Commission and North Slope Borough
and should build upon the comanagement approach to harvest
management that we have developed
through the Inupiat-Inuvialuit
Agreement and which we will work to
expand through the United StatesRussia Bilateral Agreement. The
Inupiat-Inuvialuit Agreement is a
voluntary harvest agreement between
the native peoples of Alaska and Canada
who share access to the Southern
Beaufort Sea polar bear population. The
agreement includes harvest restrictions,
including a quota. A 10-year review of
the agreement published in 2002
revealed high compliance rates and
support for the agreement. The United
States-Russia Bilateral Agreement calls
for the active involvement of the United
States, Russian Federation, and native
people of both countries in managing
subsistence harvest. The Service is
currently developing recommendations
for the Bilateral Commission that will
direct research and establish sustainable
and enforceable harvest limits needed to
address current potential population
declines due to overharvest of the stock.
Development of population estimates
and harvest monitoring protocols must
be developed in a cooperative bilateral
manner. The Alaska Nanuuq
Commission, the North Slope Borough,
USGS, and the Alaska Department of
Fish and Game (ADF&G) have indicated
support for these future efforts and wish
to be a part of implementation of this
agreement.
Under the section 10(e) exemption,
nonedible byproducts of species taken
pursuant to this section may be sold in
interstate commerce when made into
authentic native articles of handicrafts
and clothing. It is illegal to possess, sell,
deliver, carry, transport, or ship any
such wildlife that has been taken
illegally. Further, it is illegal for any
person to commit, to solicit another
person to commit, or cause to be
committed, any of these acts. Certain
exceptions to the prohibitions apply to
our agents and State conservation
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
agencies. See our special rule published
in today’s edition of the Federal
Register that would align allowable
activities with authentic native articles
of handicrafts and clothing made from
polar bear parts with existing provisions
under the MMPA.
Under the general threatened species
regulations at 50 CFR 17.32, permits to
carry out otherwise prohibited activities
may be issued for particular purposes,
including scientific purposes,
enhancement of the propagation or
survival of the species, zoological
exhibitions, educational purposes,
incidental take in the course of
otherwise lawful activities, or special
purposes consistent with the purposes
of the Act. However, see today’s Federal
Register for our rule that presents
provisions specifically tailored to the
conservation needs of the polar bear that
generally adopts provisions of the
MMPA and CITES. Requests for copies
of the regulations that apply to the polar
bear and inquiries about prohibitions
and permits may be addressed to the
Endangered Species Coordinator, U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, 1011 East
Tudor Road, Anchorage, AK 99503.
It is our policy, published in the
Federal Register on July 1, 1994 (59 FR
34272), to identify, to the maximum
extent practicable at the time a species
is listed, those activities that would or
would not likely constitute a violation
of regulations at 50 CFR 17.31. The
intent of this policy is to increase public
awareness of the effects of the listing on
proposed and ongoing activities within
a species’ range.
For the polar bear we have not yet
determined which, if any, provisions
under section 9 would apply, provided
these activities are carried out in
accordance with existing regulations
and permit requirements. Some
permissible uses or actions have been
identified below. Note that the special
rule for polar bears (see the special rule
published in today’s Federal Register)
affects certain activities otherwise
regulated under the Act.
(1) Possession and noncommercial
interstate transport of authentic native
articles of handicrafts and clothing
made from polar bears taken for
subsistence purposes in a nonwasteful
manner by Alaska Natives;
(2) Any action authorized, funded, or
carried out by a Federal agency that may
affect the polar bear, when the action is
conducted in accordance with the terms
and conditions of authorizations under
section 101(a)(5) of the MMPA and the
terms and conditions of an incidental
take statement issued by us under
section 7 of the Act;
PO 00000
Frm 00091
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
28301
(3) Any action carried out for
scientific purposes, to enhance the
propagation or survival of polar bears,
for zoological exhibitions, for
educational purposes, or for special
purposes consistent with the purposes
of the Act that is conducted in
accordance with the conditions of a
permit issued by us under 50 CFR 17.32;
and
(4) Any incidental take of polar bears
resulting from an otherwise lawful
activity conducted in accordance with
the conditions of an incidental take
permit issued under 50 CFR 17.32. NonFederal applicants may design a habitat
conservation plan (HCP) for the species
and apply for an incidental take permit.
HCPs may be developed for listed
species and are designed to minimize
and mitigate impacts to the species to
the greatest extent practicable. See also
requirements for incidental take of a
polar bear under (3) above.
We believe the following activities
could potentially result in a violation of
the special rule for polar bears;
however, possible violations are not
limited to these actions alone:
(1) Unauthorized killing, collecting,
handling, or harassing of individual
polar bears;
(2) Possessing, selling, transporting, or
shipping illegally taken polar bears or
their parts;
(3) Unauthorized destruction or
alteration of denning, feeding, or resting
habitats, or of habitats used for travel,
that actually kills or injures individual
polar bears by significantly impairing
their essential behavioral patterns,
including breeding, feeding, or
sheltering; and
(4) Discharge or dumping of toxic
chemicals, silt, or other pollutants (i.e.,
sewage, oil, pesticides, and gasoline)
into the marine environment that
actually kills or injures individual polar
bears by significantly impairing their
essential behavioral patterns, including
breeding, feeding, or sheltering.
We will review other activities not
identified above on a case-by-case basis
to determine whether they may be likely
to result in a violation of 50 CFR 17.31.
We do not consider these lists to be
exhaustive and provide them as
information to the public. You may
direct questions regarding whether
specific activities may constitute a
violation of the Act to the Field
Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Fairbanks Fish and Wildlife
Field Office, 101 12th Avenue, Box 110,
Fairbanks, Alaska 99701.
Regarding ongoing importation of
sport-hunted polar bear trophies from
Canada, under sections 101(a)(3)(B) and
102(b) of the MMPA, it is unlawful to
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
28302
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
import into the United States any
marine mammal that has been
designated as a depleted species or
stock unless the importation is for the
purpose of scientific research or
enhancement of the survival or recovery
of the species. Under the MMPA, the
polar bear will be a depleted species as
of the effective date of the rule. Under
sections 102(b) and 101(a)(3)(B) of the
MMPA therefore, as a depleted species,
polar bears and their parts cannot be
imported into the United States except
for scientific research or enhancement.
Therefore, sport-hunted polar bear
trophies from Canada cannot be
imported after the effective date of this
listing rule. Nothing in the special rule
for polar bears published in today’s
Federal Register affects these provisions
under the MMPA.
Future Opportunities
Earlier in the preamble to this final
rule, we determined that polar bear
habitat—principally sea ice—is
declining throughout the species’ range,
that this decline is expected to continue
for the foreseeable future, and that this
loss threatens the species throughout all
of its range. We also determined that
there are no known regulatory
mechanisms in place, and none that we
are aware of that could be put in place,
at the national or international level,
that directly and effectively address the
rangewide loss of sea ice habitat within
the foreseeable future. We also
acknowledged that existing regulatory
mechanisms to address anthropogenic
causes of climate change are not
expected to be effective in counteracting
the worldwide growth of GHG
emissions within the foreseeable future,
as defined in this rule.
Fully aware of the current situation
and projected trends within the
foreseeable future, and recognizing the
great challenges ahead of us, we remain
optimistic that the future can be a bright
one for the polar bear. The root causes
and consequences of the loss of Arctic
sea ice extend well beyond the five
countries that border the Arctic and
comprise the range of the polar bear,
and will extend beyond the foreseeable
future as determined in this rule. This
is a global issue and will be resolved as
the global community comes together
and acts in concert to achieve that
resolution. Polar bear range countries
are working, individually and
cooperatively, to conserve polar bears
and alleviate stressors on polar bear
populations that may exacerbate the
threats posed by sea ice loss. The global
community is also beginning to act more
cohesively, by developing national and
international regulatory mechanisms
VerDate Aug<31>2005
21:36 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
and implementing measures to mitigate
the anthropogenic causes of climate
change.
In December 2007, the United States
joined other Nations at the United
Nations (UN) Climate Change
Conference in Bali to launch a
comprehensive ‘‘roadmap’’ for global
climate negotiations. The Bali Action
Plan is a critical step in moving the UN
negotiation process forward toward a
comprehensive and effective post-2012
arrangement by 2009. (Please note that
measures in the Bali Action Plan, in and
of themselves, were not considered as
offsetting or otherwise dimishing the
risk of sea ice loss in our determination
of the appropriate listing classification
for the polar bear.) In December 2007,
President Bush signed the Energy
Independence and Security Act of 2007,
which responded to his ‘‘Twenty in
Ten’’ challenge in his 2006 State of the
Union Address to improve vehicle fuel
economy and increase alternative fuels.
This bill will help improve energy
efficiency and cut GHG emissions.
With the world community acting in
concert, we are confident the future of
the polar bear can be secured.
proposed rule and subsequent public
comment period, regularly briefing the
board of commissioners and staff on
relevant issues. We also requested the
Commission to act as a peer reviewer of
the Polar Bear Status Review (Schliebe
et al. 2006a) and the proposed rule to
list the species throughout its range (72
FR 1064). In addition to working closely
with the Commission, we sent copies of
the proposed rule (72 FR 1064) to, or
contacted directly, 46 Alaska Native
Tribal Councils and specifically
requested their comments on the
proposed listing action. As such, we
believe that we have and will continue
to coordinate with affected Tribal
entities in compliance with the
applicable Executive and Secretarial
Orders.
National Environmental Policy Act
We have determined that we do not
need to prepare an environmental
assessment or an environmental impact
statement as defined under the authority
of the National Environmental Policy
Act of 1969, in connection with
regulations adopted under section 4(a)
of the Act. We published a notice
outlining our reasons for this
determination in the Federal Register
on October 25, 1983 (48 FR 49244).
Authors
Government-to-Government
Relationship with Tribes
In accordance with the President’s
memorandum of April 29, 1994,
‘‘Government-to-Government Relations
with Native American Tribal
Governments’’ (59 FR 22951), Executive
Order 13175, Secretarial Order 3225,
and the Department of Interior’s manual
at 512 DM 2, we readily acknowledge
our responsibility to communicate
meaningfully with recognized Federal
Tribes on a government-to-government
basis. Since 1997, we have signed
cooperative agreements annually with
The Alaska Nanuuq Commission
(Commission) to fund their activities.
The Commission was established in
1994 to represent the interests of
subsistence users and Alaska Native
polar bear hunters when working with
the Federal government on the
conservation of polar bears in Alaska.
We attended Commission board
meetings during the preparation of the
PO 00000
Frm 00092
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
References Cited
A complete list of all references cited
in this rule is available upon request.
You may request a list of all references
cited in this document from the
Supervisor, Marine Mammals
Management Office (see ADDRESSES
section).
The primary authors of this rule are
Scott Schliebe, Marine Mammals
Management Office (see ADDRESSES
section), and Kurt Johnson, PhD, Branch
of Listing, Endangered Species Program,
Arlington, VA.
List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 17
Endangered and threatened species,
Exports, Imports, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements,
Transportation.
Final Regulation Promulgation
Accordingly, part 17, subchapter B of
chapter I, title 50 of the Code of Federal
Regulations, is amended as set forth
below:
I
PART 17—[AMENDED]
1. The authority citation for part 17
continues to read as follows:
I
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1361–1407; 16 U.S.C.
1531–1544; 16 U.S.C. 4201–4245; Pub. L. 99–
625, 100 Stat. 3500; unless otherwise noted.
2. Amend § 17.11(h) by adding an
entry for ‘‘Bear, polar’’ in alphabetical
order under MAMMALS, to the List of
Endangered and Threatened Wildlife to
read as follows:
I
§ 17.11 Endangered and threatened
wildlife.
*
*
*
(h) * * *
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
*
*
28303
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Species
Common name
Historic
Range
Scientific name
Vertebrate population
where endangered or
threatened
When
listed
Status
Critical
habitat
Special
rules
MAMMALS
*
Bear, polar .................
*
*
Ursus maritimus .......
*
*
*
*
U.S.A. (AK), Canada, Entire ........................
Russia, Denmark
(Greenland), Norway.
*
*
T
*
....................
*
*
Dated: May 14, 2008.
Dirk Kempthorne,
Secretary of the Interior.
[FR Doc. E8–11105 Filed 5–14–08; 3:15 pm]
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with RULES2
BILLING CODE 4310–55–P
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:29 May 14, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00093
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\15MYR2.SGM
15MYR2
*
NA
*
NA
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 73, Number 95 (Thursday, May 15, 2008)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 28212-28303]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: E8-11105]
[[Page 28211]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Department of the Interior
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fish and Wildlife Service
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
50 CFR Part 17
Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Determination of
Threatened Status for the Polar Bear (Ursus maritimus) Throughout Its
Range; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 73 , No. 95 / Thursday, May 15, 2008 / Rules
and Regulations
[[Page 28212]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Fish and Wildlife Service
50 CFR Part 17
[FWS-R7-ES-2008-0038; 1111 FY07 MO-B2]
RIN 1018-AV19
Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Determination of
Threatened Status for the Polar Bear (Ursus maritimus) Throughout Its
Range
AGENCY: Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), determine
threatened status for the polar bear (Ursus maritimus) under the
Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (Act) (16 U.S.C. 1531 et
seq.). Polar bears evolved to utilize the Arctic sea ice niche and are
distributed throughout most ice-covered seas of the Northern
Hemisphere. We find, based upon the best available scientific and
commercial information, that polar bear habitat--principally sea ice--
is declining throughout the species' range, that this decline is
expected to continue for the foreseeable future, and that this loss
threatens the species throughout all of its range. Therefore, we find
that the polar bear is likely to become an endangered species within
the foreseeable future throughout all of its range. This final rule
activates the consultation provisions of section 7 of the Act for the
polar bear. The special rule for the polar bear, also published in
today's edition of the Federal Register, sets out the prohibitions and
exceptions that apply to this threatened species.
DATES: This rule is effective May 15, 2008. The U.S. District Court
order in Center for Biological Diversity v. Kempthorne, No. C 08-1339
CW (N.D. Cal., April 28, 2008) ordered that the 30-day notice period
otherwise required by the Administrative Procedure Act be waived,
pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3).
ADDRESSES: Comments and materials received, as well as supporting
scientific documentation used in the preparation of this rule, will be
available for public inspection, by appointment, during normal business
hours at: U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Marine Mammals Management
Office, 1011 East Tudor Road, Anchorage, AK 99503. Copies of this final
rule are also available on the Service's Marine Mammal website: https://
alaska.fws.gov/fisheries/mmm/polarbear/issues.htm.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Scott Schliebe, Marine Mammals
Management Office (see ADDRESSES section) (telephone 907-786-3800).
Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call
the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339, 24
hours a day, 7 days a week.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
Information in this section is summarized from the following
sources: (1) The Polar Bear Status Review (Schliebe et al. 2006a); (2)
information received from public comments in response to our proposal
to list the polar bear as a threatened species published in the Federal
Register on January 9, 2007 (72 FR 1064); (3) new information published
since the proposed rule (72 FR 1064), including additional sea ice and
climatological studies contained in the Intergovernmental Panel on
Climate Change (IPCC) Fourth Assessment Report (AR4) and other
published papers; and (4) scientific analyses conducted by the U.S.
Geological Survey (USGS) and co-investigators at the request of the
Secretary of the Department of the Interior specifically for this
determination. For more detailed information on the biology of the
polar bear, please consult the Status Review and additional references
cited throughout this document.
Species Biology
Taxonomy and Evolution
Throughout the Arctic, polar bears are known by a variety of common
names, including nanook, nanuq, ice bear, sea bear, isbj[oslash]rn,
white bears, and eisb[auml]r. Phipps (1774, p. 174) first proposed and
described the polar bear as a species distinct from other bears and
provided the scientific name Ursus maritimus. A number of alternative
names followed, but Harington (1966, pp. 3-7), Manning (1971, p. 9),
and Wilson (1976, p. 453) (all three references cited in Amstrup 2003,
p. 587) subsequently promoted the name Ursus maritimus that has been
used since.
The polar bear is usually considered a marine mammal since its
primary habitat is the sea ice (Amstrup 2003, p. 587), and it is
evolutionarily adapted to life on sea ice (see further discussion under
General Description section). The polar bear is included on the list of
species covered under the U.S. Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, as
amended (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) (MMPA).
Polar bears diverged from grizzly bears (Ursus arctos) somewhere
between 200,000 and 400,000 years ago (Talbot and Shields 1996a, p.
490; Talbot and Shields 1996b, p. 574). However, fossil evidence of
polar bears does not appear until after the Last Interglacial Period
(115,000 to 140,000 years ago) (Kurten 1964, p. 25; Ingolfsson and Wiig
2007). Only in portions of northern Canada, Chukotka, Russia, and
northern Alaska do the ranges of polar bears and grizzly bears overlap.
Cross-breeding of grizzly bears and polar bears in captivity has
produced reproductively viable offspring (Gray 1972, p. 56; Stirling
1988, p. 23). The first documented case of cross-breeding in the wild
was reported in the spring of 2006, and Wildlife Genetics International
confirmed the cross-breeding of a female polar bear and male grizzly
bear (Paetkau, pers. comm. May 2006).
General Description
Polar bears are the largest of the living bear species (DeMaster
and Stirling 1981, p. 1; Stirling and Derocher 1990, p. 190). They are
characterized by large body size, a stocky form, and fur color that
varies from white to yellow. They are sexually dimorphic; females weigh
181 to 317 kilograms (kg) (400 to 700 pounds (lbs)), and males up to
654 kg (1,440 lbs). Polar bears have a longer neck and a proportionally
smaller head than other members of the bear family (Ursidae) and are
missing the distinct shoulder hump common to grizzly bears. The nose,
lips, and skin of polar bears are black (Demaster and Stirling 1981, p.
1; Amstrup 2003, p. 588).
Polar bears evolved in sea ice habitats and as a result are
evolutionarily adapted to this habitat. Adaptations unique to polar
bears in comparison to other Ursidae include: (1) White pelage with
water-repellent guard hairs and dense underfur; (2) a short, furred
snout; (3) small ears with reduced surface area; (4) teeth specialized
for a carnivorous rather than an omnivorous diet; and (5) feet with
tiny papillae on the underside, which increase traction on ice
(Stirling 1988, p. 24). Additional adaptations include large, paddle-
like feet (Stirling 1988, p. 24), and claws that are shorter and more
strongly curved than those of grizzly bears, and larger and heavier
than those of black bears (Ursus americanus) (Amstrup 2003, p. 589).
Distribution and Movements
Polar bears evolved to utilize the Arctic sea ice niche and are
distributed throughout most ice-covered seas of the Northern
Hemisphere. They occur throughout the East Siberian, Laptev, Kara, and
Barents Seas of Russia; Fram Strait (the narrow strait between northern
Greenland and Svalbard),
[[Page 28213]]
Greenland Sea and Barents Sea of northern Europe (Norway and Greenland
(Denmark)); Baffin Bay, which separates Canada and Greenland, through
most of the Canadian Arctic archipelago and the Canadian Beaufort Sea;
and in the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas located west and north of Alaska.
Over most of their range, polar bears remain on the sea ice year-
round or spend only short periods on land. However, some polar bear
populations occur in seasonally ice-free environs and use land habitats
for varying portions of the year. In the Chukchi Sea and Beaufort Sea
areas of Alaska and northwestern Canada, for example, less than 10
percent of the polar bear locations obtained via radio telemetry were
on land (Amstrup 2000, p. 137; Amstrup, USGS, unpublished data); the
majority of land locations were bears occupying maternal dens during
the winter. A similar pattern was found in East Greenland (Wiig et al.
2003, p. 511). In the absence of ice during the summer season, some
populations of polar bears in eastern Canada and Hudson Bay remain on
land for extended periods of time until ice again forms and provides a
platform for them to move to sea. Similarly, in the Barents Sea, a
portion of the population is spending greater amounts of time on land.
Although polar bears are generally limited to areas where the sea
is ice-covered for much of the year, they are not evenly distributed
throughout their range on sea ice. They show a preference for certain
sea ice characteristics, concentrations, and specific sea ice features
(Stirling et al. 1993, pp. 18-22; Arthur et al. 1996, p. 223; Ferguson
et al. 2000a, p. 1,125; Ferguson et al. 2000b, pp. 770-771; Mauritzen
et al. 2001, p. 1,711; Durner et al. 2004, pp. 18-19; Durner et al.
2006, p. pp. 34-35; Durner et al. 2007, pp. 17 and 19). Sea-ice habitat
quality varies temporally as well as geographically (Ferguson et al.
1997, p. 1,592; Ferguson et al. 1998, pp. 1,088-1,089; Ferguson et
al.2000a, p. 1,124; Ferguson et al.2000b, pp. 770-771; Amstrup et al.
2000b, p. 962). Polar bears show a preference for sea ice located over
and near the continental shelf (Derocher et al. 2004, p. 164; Durner et
al. 2004, p. 18-19; Durner et al. 2007, p. 19), likely due to higher
biological productivity in these areas (Dunton et al. 2005, pp. 3,467-
3,468) and greater accessibility to prey in near-shore shear zones and
polynyas (areas of open sea surrounded by ice) compared to deep-water
regions in the central polar basin (Stirling 1997, pp. 12-14). Bears
are most abundant near the shore in shallow-water areas, and also in
other areas where currents and ocean upwelling increase marine
productivity and serve to keep the ice cover from becoming too
consolidated in winter (Stirling and Smith 1975, p. 132; Stirling et
al. 1981, p. 49; Amstrup and DeMaster 1988, p. 44; Stirling 1990, pp.
226-227; Stirling and [Oslash]ritsland 1995, p. 2,607; Amstrup et al.
2000b, p. 960).
Polar bear distribution in most areas varies seasonally with the
seasonal extent of sea ice cover and availability of prey. The seasonal
movement patterns of polar bears emphasize the role of sea ice in their
life cycle. In Alaska in the winter, sea ice may extend 400 kilometers
(km) (248 miles (mi)) south of the Bering Strait, and polar bears will
extend their range to the southernmost proximity of the ice (Ray 1971,
p. 13). Sea ice disappears from the Bering Sea and is greatly reduced
in the Chukchi Sea in the summer, and polar bears occupying these areas
move as much as 1,000 km (621 mi) to stay with the pack ice (Garner et
al. 1990, p. 222; Garner et al. 1994, pp. 407-408). Throughout the
polar basin during the summer, polar bears generally concentrate along
the edge of or into the adjacent persistent pack ice. Significant
northerly and southerly movements of polar bears appear to depend on
seasonal melting and refreezing of ice (Amstrup 2000, p. 142). In other
areas, for example, when the sea ice melts in Hudson Bay, James Bay,
Davis Strait, Baffin Bay, and some portions of the Barents Sea, polar
bears remain on land for up to 4 or 5 months while they wait for winter
and new ice to form (Jonkel et al. 1976, pp. 13-22; Schweinsburg 1979,
pp. 165, 167; Prevett and Kolenosky 1982, pp. 934-935; Schweinsburg and
Lee 1982, p. 510; Ferguson et al. 1997, p. 1,592; Lunn et al. 1997, p.
235; Mauritzen et al. 2001, p. 1,710).
In areas where sea ice cover and character are seasonally dynamic,
a large multi-year home range, of which only a portion may be used in
any one season or year, is an important part of the polar bear life
history strategy. In other regions, where ice is less dynamic, home
ranges are smaller and less variable (Ferguson et al. 2001, pp.51-52).
Data from telemetry studies of adult female polar bears show that they
do not wander aimlessly on the ice, nor are they carried passively with
the ocean currents as previously thought (Pedersen 1945 cited in
Amstrup 2003, p. 587). Results show strong fidelity to activity areas
that are used over multiple years (Ferguson et al. 1997, p. 1,589). All
areas within an activity area are not used each year.
The distribution patterns of some polar bear populations during the
open water and early fall seasons have changed in recent years. In the
Beaufort Sea, for example, greater numbers of polar bears are being
found on shore than recorded at any previous time (Schliebe et al.
2006b, p. 559). In Baffin Bay, Davis Strait, western Hudson Bay and
other areas of Canada, Inuit hunters are reporting an increase in the
numbers of bears present on land during summer and fall (Dowsley and
Taylor 2005, p. 2; Dowsley 2005, p. 2). The exact reasons for these
changes may involve a number of factors, including changes in sea ice
(Stirling and Parkinson 2006, p. 272).
Food Habits
Polar bears are carnivorous, and a top predator of the Arctic
marine ecosystem. Polar bears prey heavily throughout their range on
ice-dependent seals (frequently referred to as ``ice seals''),
principally ringed seals (Phoca hispida), and, to a lesser extent,
bearded seals (Erignathus barbatus). In some locales, other seal
species are taken. On average, an adult polar bear needs approximately
2 kg (4.4 lbs) of seal fat per day to survive (Best 1985, p. 1035).
Sufficient nutrition is critical and may be obtained and stored as fat
when prey is abundant.
Although seals are their primary prey, polar bears occasionally
take much larger animals such as walruses (Odobenus rosmarus), narwhal
(Monodon monoceros), and belugas (Delphinapterus leucas) (Kiliaan and
Stirling 1978, p. 199; Smith 1980, p. 2,206; Smith 1985, pp. 72-73;
Lowry et al. 1987, p. 141; Calvert and Stirling 1990, p. 352; Smith and
Sjare 1990, p. 99). In some areas and under some conditions, prey other
than seals or carrion may be quite important to polar bear sustenance
as short-term supplemental forms of nutrition. Stirling and
[Oslash]ritsland (1995, p. 2,609) suggested that in areas where ringed
seal populations were reduced, other prey species were being
substituted. Like other ursids, polar bears will eat human garbage
(Lunn and Stirling 1985, p. 2,295), and when confined to land for long
periods, they will consume coastal marine and terrestrial plants and
other terrestrial foods (Russell 1975, p. 122; Derocher et al. 1993, p.
252); however the significance of such other terrestrial foods to the
long-term welfare of polar bears may be limited (Lunn and Stirling
1985, p. 2,296; Ramsay and Hobson 1991, p. 600; Derocher et al. 2004,
p. 169) as further expanded under the section entitled ``Adaptation''
below.
[[Page 28214]]
Reproduction
Polar bears are characterized by late sexual maturity, small litter
sizes, and extended parental investment in raising young, all factors
that contribute to a low reproductive rate (Amstrup 2003, pp. 599-600).
Reproduction in the female polar bear is similar to that in other
ursids. Females generally mature and breed for the first time at 4 or 5
years and give birth at 5 or 6 years of age. Litters of two cubs are
most common, but litters of three cubs are seen sporadically across the
Arctic (Amstrup 2003, p. 599). When foraging conditions are difficult,
polar bears may ``defer'' reproduction in favor of survival (Derocher
et al. 1992, p. 564).
Polar bears enter a prolonged estrus between March and June, when
breeding occurs. Ovulation is induced by mating (Wimsatt 1963, p. 72),
and implantation is delayed until autumn. The total gestation period is
195 to 265 days (Uspenski 1977, cited in Amstrup 2003, p. 599),
although active development of the fetus is suspended during most of
this period. The timing of implantation, and therefore the timing of
birth, is likely dependent on body condition of the female, which
depends on a variety of environmental factors. Pregnant females that
spend the late summer on land prior to denning may not feed for 8
months (Watts and Hansen 1987, p. 627). This may be the longest period
of food deprivation of any mammal, and it occurs at a time when the
female gives birth to and then nourishes new cubs.
Newborn polar bears are helpless and have hair, but are blind and
weigh only 0.6 kg (1.3 lb) (Blix and Lentfer 1979, p. 68). Cubs grow
rapidly, and may weigh 10 to 12 kg (22 to 26 lbs) by the time they
emerge from the den in the spring. Young bears will stay with their
mothers until weaning, which occurs most commonly in early spring when
the cubs are 2.3 years of age. Female polar bears are available to
breed again after their cubs are weaned; thus the reproductive interval
for polar bears is 3 years.
Polar bears are long-lived mammals not generally susceptible to
disease, parasites, or injury. The oldest known female in the wild was
32 years of age and the oldest known male was 28, though few polar
bears in the wild live to be older than 20 years (Stirling 1988, p.
139; Stirling 1990, p. 225). Due to extremely low reproductive rates,
polar bears require a high survival rate to maintain population levels
(Eberhardt 1985, p. 1,010; Amstrup and Durner 1995, pp. 1,313, 1,319).
Survival rates increase up to a certain age, with cubs-of-the-year
having the lowest rates and prime age adults (between 5 and 20 years of
age) having survival rates that can exceed 90 percent. Amstrup and
Durner (1995, p. 1,319) report that high survival rates (exceeding 90
percent for adult females) are essential to sustain populations.
Polar Bear--Sea Ice Habitat Relationships
Polar bears are distributed throughout the ice-covered waters of
the circumpolar Arctic (Stirling 1988, p. 61), and rely on sea ice as
their primary habitat (Amstrup 2003, p. 587). Polar bears depend on sea
ice for a number of purposes, including as a platform from which to
hunt and feed upon seals; as habitat on which to seek mates and breed;
as a platform to move to terrestrial maternity denning areas, and
sometimes for maternity denning; and as a substrate on which to make
long-distance movements (Stirling and Derocher 1993, p. 241). Mauritzen
et al. (2003b, p. 123) indicated that habitat use by polar bears during
certain seasons may involve a trade-off between selecting habitats with
abundant prey availability versus the use of safer retreat habitats
(i.e., habitats where polar bears have lower probability of becoming
separated from the main body of the pack ice) of higher ice
concentrations with less prey. Their findings indicate that polar bear
distribution may not be solely a reflection of prey availability, but
other factors such as energetic costs or risk may be involved.
Stirling et al. (1993, p. 15) defined seven types of sea ice
habitat and classified polar bear use of these ice types based on the
presence of bears or bear tracks in order to determine habitat
preferences. The seven types of sea ice are: (1) stable fast ice with
drifts; (2) stable fast ice without drifts; (3) floe edge ice; (4)
moving ice; (5) continuous stable pressure ridges; (6) coastal low
level pressure ridges; and (7) fiords and bays. Polar bears were not
evenly distributed over these sea ice habitats, but concentrated on the
floe ice edge, on stable fast ice with drifts, and on areas of moving
ice (Stirling 1990 p. 226; Stirling et al. 1993, p. 18). In another
assessment, categories of ice types included pack ice, shore-fast ice,
transition zone ice, polynyas, and leads (linear openings or cracks in
the ice) (USFWS 1995, p. 9). Pack ice, which consists of annual and
multi-year older ice in constant motion due to winds and currents, is
the primary summer habitat for polar bears in Alaska. Shore-fast ice
(also known as ``fast ice'', it is defined by the Arctic Climate Impact
Assessment (2005, p. 190) as ice that grows seaward from a coast and
remains in place throughout the winter; typically it is stabilized by
grounded pressure ridges at its outer edge) is used for feeding on seal
pups, for movement, and occasionally for maternity denning. Open water
at leads and polynyas attracts seals and other marine mammals and
provides preferred hunting habitats during winter and spring. Durner et
al. (2004, pp. 18-19; Durner et al. 2007, pp. 17-18) found that polar
bears in the Arctic basin prefer sea ice concentrations greater than 50
percent located over the continental shelf with water depths less than
300 m (984 feet (ft)).
Polar bears must move throughout the year to adjust to the changing
distribution of sea ice and seals (Stirling 1988, p. 63; USFWS 1995, p.
4). In some areas, such as Hudson Bay and James Bay, polar bears remain
on land when the sea ice retreats in the spring and they fast for
several months (up to 8 months for pregnant females) before fall
freeze-up (Stirling 1988, p. 63; Derocher et al. 2004, p. 163; Amstrup
et al. 2007, p. 4). Some populations unconstrained by land masses, such
as those in the Barents, Chukchi, and Beaufort Seas, spend each summer
on the multi-year ice of the polar basin (Derocher et al. 2004, p. 163;
Amstrup et al. 2007, p. 4). In intermediate areas such as the Canadian
Arctic, Svalbard, and Franz Josef Land archipelagos, bears stay on the
sea ice most of the time, but in some years they may spend up to a few
months on land (Mauritizen et al. 2001, p. 1,710). Most populations use
terrestrial habitat partially or exclusively for maternity denning;
therefore, females must adjust their movements in order to access land
at the appropriate time (Stirling 1988, p. 64; Derocher et al. 2004, p.
166).
Sea ice changes between years in response to environmental factors
may have consequences for the distribution and productivity of polar
bears as well as their prey. In the southern Beaufort Sea, anomalous
heavy sea ice conditions in the mid-1970s and mid-1980s (thought to be
roughly in phase with a similar variation in runoff from the Mackenzie
River) caused significant declines in productivity of ringed seals
(Stirling 2002, p. 68). Each event lasted approximately 3 years and
caused similar declines in the birth rate of polar bears and survival
of subadults, after which reproductive success and survival of both
species increased again.
Maternal Denning Habitat
Throughout the species' range, most pregnant female polar bears
excavate
[[Page 28215]]
dens in snow located on land in the fall-early winter period (Harington
1968, p. 6; Lentfer and Hensel 1980, p. 102; Ramsay and Stirling 1990,
p. 233; Amstrup and Gardner 1994, p. 5). The only known exceptions are
in western and southern Hudson Bay, where polar bears first excavate
earthen dens and later reposition into adjacent snow drifts (Jonkel et
al. 1972, p. 146; Ramsay and Stirling 1990, p. 233), and in the
southern Beaufort Sea, where a portion of the population dens in snow
caves located on pack and shore-fast ice. Successful denning by polar
bears requires accumulation of sufficient snow for den construction and
maintenance. Adequate and timely snowfall combined with winds that
cause snow accumulation leeward of topographic features create denning
habitat (Harington 1968, p. 12).
A great amount of polar bear denning occurs in core areas
(Harington 1968, pp. 7-8), which show high use over time (see Figure
8). In some portions of the species' range, polar bears den in a more
diffuse pattern, with dens scattered over larger areas at lower density
(Lentfer and Hensel 1980, p. 102; Stirling and Andriashek 1992, p. 363;
Amstrup 1993, p. 247; Amstrup and Gardner 1994, p. 5; Messier et al.
1994, p. 425; Born 1995, p. 81; Ferguson et al. 2000a, p. 1125; Durner
et al. 2001, p. 117; Durner et al. 2003, p. 57).
Habitat characteristics of denning areas vary substantially from
the rugged mountains and fjordlands of the Svalbard archipelago and the
large islands north of the Russian coast (L[oslash]n[oslash] 1970, p.
77; Uspenski and Kistchinski 1972, p. 182; Larsen 1985, pp. 321-322),
to the relatively flat topography of areas such as the west coast of
Hudson Bay (Ramsay and Andriashek 1986, p. 9; Ramsay and Stirling 1990,
p. 233) and north slope of Alaska (Amstrup 1993, p. 247; Amstrup and
Gardner 1994, p. 7; Durner et al. 2001, p. 119; Durner et al. 2003, p.
61), to offshore pack ice-pressure ridge habitat (Amstrup and Gardner
1994, p. 4; Fischbach et al. 2007, p. 1,400). The key characteristic of
all denning habitat is topographic features that catch snow in the
autumn and early winter (Durner et al. 2003, p. 61). Across the range,
most polar bear dens occur relatively near the coast. The main
exception to coastal denning occurs in the western Hudson Bay area,
where bears den farther inland in traditional denning areas (Kolenosky
and Prevett 1983, pp. 243-244; Stirling and Ramsay 1986, p. 349).
Current Population Status and Trend
The total number of polar bears worldwide is estimated to be
20,000-25,000 (Aars et al. 2006, p. 33). Polar bears are not evenly
distributed throughout the Arctic, nor do they comprise a single
nomadic cosmopolitan population, but rather occur in 19 relatively
discrete populations (Aars et al. 2006, p. 33). The use of the term
``relatively discrete population'' in this context is not intended to
equate to the Act's term ``distinct population segments'' (Figure 1).
Boundaries of the 19 polar bear populations have evolved over time and
are based on intensive study of movement patterns, tag returns from
harvested animals, and, to a lesser degree, genetic analysis (Aars et
al. 2006, pp. 33-47). The scientific studies regarding population
bounds began in the early 1970s and continue today. Within this final
rule we have adopted the use of the term ``population'' to describe
polar bear management units consistent with their designation by the
World Conservation Union-International Union for Conservation of Nature
and Natural Resources (IUCN), Species Survival Commission (SSC) Polar
Bear Specialist Group (PBSG) with information available as of October
2006 (Aars et al. 2006, p. 33), and to describe a combination of two or
more of these populations into ``ecoregions,'' as discussed in
following sections. Although movements of individual polar bears
overlap extensively, telemetry studies demonstrate spatial segregation
among groups or stocks of polar bears in different regions of their
circumpolar range (Schweinsburg and Lee 1982, p. 509; Amstrup et al.
1986, p. 252; Amstrup et al., 2000b, pp. 957-958.; Garner et al. 1990,
p. 224; Garner et al. 1994, pp.112-115; Amstrup and Gardner 1994, p. 7;
Ferguson et al. 1999, pp. 313-314; Lunn et al. 2002, p. 41). These
patterns, along with information obtained from survey and
reconnaissance, marking and tagging studies, and traditional knowledge,
have resulted in recognition of 19 relatively discrete polar bear
populations (Aars et al. 2006, p. 33). Genetic analysis reinforces the
boundaries between some designated populations (Paetkau et al. 1999, p.
1,571; Amstrup 2003, p. 590) while confirming the existence of overlap
and mixing among others (Paetkau et al. 1999, p. 1,571; Cronin et al.
2006, p. 655). There is considerable overlap in areas occupied by
members of these groups (Amstrup et al. 2004, p. 676; Amstrup et al.
2005, p. 252), and boundaries separating the groups are adjusted as new
data are collected. These boundaries, however, are thought to be
ecologically meaningful, and the 19 units they describe are managed as
populations, with the exception of the Arctic Basin population where
few bears are believed to be year-round residents.
[[Page 28216]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15MY08.002
Population size estimates and qualitative categories of current
trend and status for each of the 19 polar bear populations are
discussed below. This discussion was derived from information presented
at the IUCN/SSC PBSG meeting held in Seattle, Washington, in June 2005,
and updated with results that became available in October 2006 (Aars et
al. 2006, p. 33). The following narrative incorporates results from two
recent publications (Stirling et al. 2007; Obbard et al. 2007). The
remainder of the information on each population is based on the
available status reports and revisions given by each nation, as
reported in Aars et al. (2006).
Status categories include an assessment of whether a population is
believed to be not reduced, reduced, or severely reduced from historic
levels of abundance, or if insufficient data are available to estimate
status. Trend categories include an assessment of whether the
population is currently increasing, stable, or declining, or if
insufficient data are available to estimate trend. In general, an
assessment of trend requires a monitoring program or data to allow
population size to be estimated at more than one point in time.
Information on the date of the current population estimate and
information on previous population estimates and the basis for
[[Page 28217]]
those estimates is detailed in Aars et al. (2006, pp. 34-35). In some
instances a subjective assessment of trend has been provided in the
absence of either a monitoring program or estimates of population size
developed for more than one point in time. This status and trend
analysis only reflects information about the past and present polar
bear populations. Later in this final rule a discussion will be
presented about the scientific information on threats that will affect
the species within the foreseeable future. The Act establishes a five-
factor analysis for using this information in making listing decisions.
Populations are discussed in a counterclockwise order from Figure
1, beginning with East Greenland. There is no population size estimate
for the East Greenland polar bear population because no population
surveys have been conducted there. Thus, the status and trend of this
population have not been determined. The Barents Sea population was
estimated to comprise 3,000 animals based on the only population survey
conducted in 2004. Because only one abundance estimate is available,
the status and trend of this population cannot yet be determined. There
is no population size estimate for the Kara Sea population because
population surveys have not been conducted; thus status and trend of
this population cannot yet be determined. The Laptev Sea population was
estimated to comprise 800 to 1,200 animals, on the basis of an
extrapolation of historical aerial den survey data (1993). Status and
trend cannot yet be determined for this population.
The Chukchi Sea population is estimated to comprise 2,000 animals,
based on extrapolation of aerial den surveys (2002). Status and trend
cannot yet be determined for this population. The Southern Beaufort Sea
population is comprised of 1,500 animals, based on a recent population
inventory (2006). The predicted trend is declining (Aars et al. 2006,
p.33), and the status is designated as reduced. The Northern Beaufort
Sea population was estimated to number 1,200 animals (1986). The trend
is designated as stable, and status is believed to be not reduced.
Stirling et al. (2007, pp. 12-14) estimated long-term trends in
population size for the Northern Beaufort Sea population. The model-
averaged estimate of population size from 2004 to 2006 was 980 bears,
and did not differ in a statistically significantly way from estimates
for the periods of 1972 to 1975 (745 bears) and 1985 to 1987 (867
bears), and thus the trend is stable. Stirling et al. (2007, p. 13)
indicated that, based on a number of indications and separate annual
abundance estimates for the study period, the population estimate may
be slightly biased low (i.e., might be an underestimate) due to
sampling issues.
The Viscount Melville Sound population was estimated to number 215
animals (1992). The observed or predicted trend based on management
action is listed as increasing (Aars et al. 2006, p. 33), although the
status is designated as severely reduced from prior excessive harvest.
The Norwegian Bay population estimate was 190 animals (1998); the
trend, based on computer simulations, is noted as declining, while the
status is listed as not reduced. The Lancaster Sound population
estimate was 2,541 animals (1998); the trend is thought to be stable,
and status is not reduced. The M'Clintock Channel population is
estimated at 284 animals (2000); the observed or predicted trend based
on management actions is listed as increasing although the status is
severely reduced from excessive harvest. The Gulf of Boothia population
estimate is 1,523 animals (2000); the trend is thought to be stable,
and status is designated as not reduced. The Foxe Basin population was
estimated to number 2,197 animals in 1994; the population trend is
thought to be stable, and the status is not reduced. The Western Hudson
Bay population estimate is 935 animals (2004); the trend is declining,
and the status is reduced. The Southern Hudson Bay population was
estimated to be 1,000 animals in 1988 (Aars et al. 2006, p. 35); the
trend is thought to be stable, and status is not reduced. In a more
recent analysis, Obbard et al. (2007) applied open population capture-
recapture models to data collected from 1984-86 and 1999-2005 to
estimate population size, trend, and survival for the Southern Hudson
Bay population. Their results indicate that the size of the Southern
Hudson Bay population appears to be unchanged from the mid-1980s. From
1984-1986, the population was estimated at 641 bears; from 2003-2005,
the population was estimated at 681 bears. Thus, the trend for this
population is stable. The Kane Basin population was estimated to be
comprised of 164 animals (1998); its trend is declining, and status is
reduced. The Baffin Bay population was estimated to be 2,074 animals
(1998); the trend is declining, and status is reduced. The Davis Strait
population was estimated to number 1,650 animals based on traditional
ecological knowledge (TEK) (2004); data were unavailable to assess
trends or status. Preliminary information from the second of a 3-year
population assessment estimates the population number to be 2,375 bears
(Peacock et al. 2007, p. 7). The Arctic Basin population estimate,
trend, and status are unknown (Aars et al. 2006, p. 35).
On the basis of information presented above, two polar bear
populations are designated as increasing (Viscount Melville Sound and
M'Clintock Channel-both were severely reduced in the past and are
recovering under conservative harvest limits); six populations are
stable (Northern Beaufort Sea, Southern Hudson Bay, Davis Strait,
Lancaster Sound, Gulf of Bothia, Foxe Basin); five populations are
declining (Southern Beaufort Sea, Norwegian Bay, Western Hudson Bay,
Kane Basin, Baffin Bay); and six populations are designated as data
deficient (Barents Sea, Kara Sea, Laptev Sea, Chukchi Sea, Arctic
Basin, East Greenland) with no estimate of trend. The two populations
with the most extensive time series of data, Western Hudson Bay and
Southern Beaufort Sea, are both considered to be declining.
As previously noted, scientific information assessing this species
in the foreseeable future is provided later in this final rule.
Polar Bear Ecoregions
Amstrup et al. (2007, pp. 6-8) grouped the 19 IUCN-recognized polar
bear populations (Aars et al. 2006, p. 33) into four physiographically
different functional groups or ``ecoregions'' (Figure 2) in order to
forecast future polar bear population status on the basis of current
knowledge of polar bear populations, their relationships to sea ice
habitat, and predicted changes in sea ice and other environmental
variables. Amstrup et al. (2007, p. 7) defined the ecoregions ``on the
basis of observed temporal and spatial patterns of ice formation and
ablation (melting or evaporation), observations of how polar bears
respond to those patterns, and how general circulation models (GCMs)
forecast future ice patterns.''
The Seasonal Ice Ecoregion includes the Western and Southern Hudson
Bay populations, as well as the Foxe Basin, Baffin Bay, and Davis
Strait populations. These 5 IUCN-recognized populations are thought to
include a total of about 7,200 polar bears (Aars et al. 2006, p. 34-
35). The 5 populations experience sea ice that melts entirely in
summer, and bears spend extended periods of time on shore.
[[Page 28218]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15MY08.003
The Archipelago Ecoregion, islands and channels of the Canadian
Arctic, has approximately 5,000 polar bears representing 6 populations
recognized by the IUCN (Aars et al. 2006, p. 34-35). These populations
are Kane Basin, Norwegian Bay, Viscount Melville Sound, Lancaster
Sound, M'Clintock Channel, and the Gulf of Boothia. Much of this region
is characterized by heavy annual and multi-year ice that fills the
inter-island channels year round and polar bears remain on the sea ice
throughout the year.
The polar basin was split into a Convergent Ecoregion and a
Divergent Ecoregion, based upon the different patterns of sea ice
formation, loss (via melt and transport) (Rigor et al. 2002, p. 2,658;
Rigor and Wallace 2004, p. 4; Maslanik et al. 2007, pp. 1-3; Meier et
al. 2007, pp. 428-434; Ogi and Wallace 2007, pp. 2-3).
The Divergent Ecoregion is characterized by extensive formation of
annual sea ice that is transported toward the Canadian Arctic islands
and Greenland, or out of the polar basin through Fram Strait. The
Divergent ecoregion includes the Southern Beaufort, Chukchi, Laptev,
Kara, and Barents Seas populations, and is thought to contain up to
9,500 polar bears. In the Divergent Ecoregion, as in the Archipelago
Ecoregion, polar bears mainly stay on the sea ice year-round.
The Convergent Ecoregion, composed of the Northern Beaufort Sea,
Queen Elizabeth Islands (see below), and East Greenland populations, is
thought to contain approximately 2,200 polar bears. Amstrup et al.
(2007, p. 7) modified the IUCN-recognized population boundaries (Aars
et al. 2006, pp. 33,36) of this ecoregion by redefining a Queen
Elizabeth Islands population and extending the original boundary of
that population to include northwestern Greenland (see Figure 2). The
area contained within this boundary is characterized by heavy multi-
year ice, except for a recurring lead system that runs along the Queen
Elizabeth Islands from the northeastern Beaufort Sea to northern
Greenland (Stirling 1980, pp. 307-308). The area may contain over 200
polar bears and some bears from other regions have been recorded moving
through the area (Durner and Amstrup 1995, p. 339; Lunn et al. 1995,
pp. 12-13). The Northern Beaufort Sea and Queen Elizabeth Islands
populations occur in a region of the polar basin that accumulates ice
(hence, the Convergent Ecoregion) as it is moved from the polar basin
Divergent Ecoregion, while the East Greenland population occurs in area
where ice is transported out of the polar basin through the Fram Strait
(Comiso 2002, pp. 17-18; Rigor and Wallace 2004, p. 3; Belchansky et
al. 2005, pp. 1-2; Holland et al. 2006, pp. 1-5; Durner et al. 2007, p.
3; Ogi and Wallace 2007, p. 2; Serreze et al. 2007, pp. 1,533-1536).
Amstrup et al. (2007) do not incorporate the central Arctic Basin
population into an ecoregion. This population was defined by the IUCN
in 2001 (Lunn et al. 2002, p.29) to recognize polar bears that may
reside outside the territorial jurisdictions of the polar nations. The
Arctic Basin region is characterized by very deep water, which is known
to be unproductive (Pomeroy 1997, pp. 6-7). Available data indicate
that polar bears prefer sea ice over shallow water (less then 300 m
(984 ft) deep) (Amstrup et
[[Page 28219]]
al. 2000b, p. 962; Amstrup et al. 2004, p. 675; Durner et al. 2007, pp.
18-19), and it is thought that this preference reflects increased
hunting opportunities over more productive waters. Also, tracking
studies indicate that few if any bears are year-round residents of the
central Arctic Basin, and therefore this relatively unpopulated portion
of the Arctic was not designated as an ecoregion.
Sea Ice Environment
As described in detail in the ``Species Biology'' section of this
rule, above, polar bears are evolutionarily adapted to life on sea ice
(Stirling 1988, p. 24; Amstrup 2003, p. 587). They need sea ice as a
platform for hunting, for seasonal movements, for travel to terrestrial
denning areas, for resting, and for mating (Stirling and Derocher 1993,
p. 241). Moore and Huntington (in press) classify the polar bear as an
``ice-obligate'' species because of its reliance on sea ice as a
platform for resting, breeding, and hunting, while Laidre et al. (in
press) similarly describe the polar bear as a species that principally
relies on annual sea ice over the continental shelf and areas toward
the southern edge of sea ice for foraging. Some polar bears use
terrestrial habitats seasonally (e.g., for denning or for resting
during open water periods). Open water is not considered to be an
essential habitat type for polar bears, because life functions such as
feeding, reproduction, or resting do not occur in open water. However,
open water is a fundamental part of the marine system that supports
seal species, the principal prey of polar bears, and seasonally
refreezes to form the ice needed by the bears (see ``Open Water
Habitat'' section for more information). Further, the open water
interface with sea ice is an important habitat used to a great extent
by polar bears. In addition, the extent of open water is important
because vast areas of open water may limit a bear's ability to access
sea ice or land (see ``Open Water Swimming'' section for more detail).
Snow cover, both on land and on sea ice, is an important component of
polar bear habitat in that it provides insulation and cover for young
polar bears and ringed seals in snow dens or lairs (see ``Maternal
Denning Habitat'' section for more detail).
Sea Ice Habitat
Overview of Arctic Sea Ice
According to the Arctic Climate Impact Assessment (ACIA 2005),
approximately two-thirds of the Arctic is ocean, including the Arctic
Ocean and its shelf seas plus the Nordic, Labrador, and Bering Seas
(ACIA 2005, p. 454). Sea ice is the defining characteristic of the
marine Arctic (ACIA 2005, p. 30). The Arctic sea ice environment is
highly dynamic and follows annual patterns of expansion and
contraction. Sea ice is typically at its maximum extent (the term
``extent'' is formally defined in the ``Observed Changes in Arctic Sea
Ice'' section) in March and at its minimum extent in September
(Parkinson et al. 1999, p. 20,840). The two primary forms of sea ice
are seasonal (or first year) ice and perennial (or multi-year) ice
(ACIA 2005, p. 30). Seasonal ice is in its first autumn/winter of
growth or first spring/summer of melt (ACIA 2005, p. 30). It has been
documented to vary in thickness from a few tenths of a meter near the
southern margin of the sea ice to 2.5 m (8.2 ft) in the high Arctic at
the end of winter (ACIA 2005, p. 30), with some ice also that is
thinner and some limited amount of ice that can be much thicker,
especially in areas with ridging (C. Parkinson, NASA, in litt. to the
Service, November 2007). If first-year ice survives the summer melt, it
becomes multi-year ice. This ice tends to develop a distinctive
hummocky appearance through thermal weathering, becoming harder and
almost salt-free over several years (ACIA 2005, p. 30). Sea ice near
the shore thickens in shallow waters during the winter, and portions
become grounded. Such ice is known as shore-fast ice, land-fast ice, or
simply fast ice (ACIA 2005, p. 30). Fast ice is found along much of the
Siberian coast, the White Sea (an inlet of the Barents Sea), north of
Greenland, the Canadian Archipelago, Hudson Bay, and north of Alaska
(ACIA 2005, p. 457).
Pack ice consists of seasonal (or first-year) and multi-year ice
that is in constant motion caused by winds and currents (USFWS 1995,
pp. 7-9). Pack ice is used by polar bears for traveling, feeding, and
denning, and it is the primary summer habitat for polar bears,
including the Southern Beaufort Sea and Chukchi Sea populations, as
first year ice retreats and melts with the onset of spring (see ``Polar
Bear-Sea Ice Habitat Relationships'' section for more detail on ice
types used by polar bears). Movements of sea ice are related to winds,
currents, and seasonal temperature fluctuations that in turn promote
its formation and degradation. Ice flow in the Arctic often includes a
clockwise circulation of sea ice within the Canada Basin and a
transpolar drift stream that carries sea ice from the Siberian shelves
to the Barents Sea and Fram Strait.
Sea ice is an important component of the Arctic climate system
(ACIA 2005, p. 456). It is an effective insulator between the oceans
and the atmosphere. It also strongly reduces the ocean-atmosphere heat
exchange and reduces wind stirring of the ocean. In contrast to the
dark ocean, pond-free sea ice (i.e., sea ice that has no meltwater
ponds on the surface) reflects most of the solar radiation back into
space. Together with snow cover, sea ice greatly restricts the
penetration of light into the sea, and it also provides a surface for
particle and snow deposition (ACIA 2005, p. 456). Its effects can
extend far south of the Arctic, perhaps globally, e.g., through
impacting deepwater formation that influences global ocean circulation
(ACIA 2005, p. 32).
Sea ice is also an important environmental factor in Arctic marine
ecosystems. ``Several physical factors combine to make arctic marine
systems unique including: a very high proportion of continental shelves
and shallow water; a dramatic seasonality and overall low level of
sunlight; extremely low water temperatures; presence of extensive areas
of multi-year and seasonal sea-ice cover; and a strong influence from
freshwater, coming from rivers and ice melt'' (ACIA 2005, p. 454). Ice
cover is an important physical characteristic, affecting heat exchange
between water and atmosphere, and light penetration to organisms in the
water below. It also helps determine the depth of the mixed layer, and
provides a biological habitat above, within, and beneath the ice. The
marginal ice zone, at the edge of the pack ice, is important for
plankton production and plankton-feeding fish (ACIA 2005, p. 456)
Observed Changes in Arctic Sea Ice
Sea ice is the defining physical characteristic of the marine
Arctic environment and has a strong seasonal cycle (ACIA 2005, p. 30).
There is considerable inter-annual variability both in the maximum and
minimum extent of sea ice, but it is typically at its maximum extent in
March and minimum extent in September (Parkinson et al. 1999, p. 20,
840). In addition, there are decadal and inter-decadal fluctuations to
sea ice extent due to changes in atmospheric pressure patterns and
their associated winds, river runoff, and influx of Atlantic and
Pacific waters (Gloersen 1995, p. 505; Mysak and Manak 1989, p. 402;
Kwok 2000, p. 776; Parkinson 2000b, p. 10; Polyakov et al. 2003, p.
2,080; Rigor et al. 2002, p. 2,660; Zakharov 1994, p. 42). Sea ice
``extent'' is normally defined as the area of the ocean with at least
15 percent ice coverage, and sea ice ``area'' is normally defined as
the integral sum of areas actually covered by sea ice
[[Page 28220]]
(Parkinson et al. 1999). ``Area'' is a more precise measure of the
areal extent of the ice itself, since it takes into account the
fraction of leads (linear openings or cracks in the ice) within the
ice, but ``extent'' is more reliably observed (Zhang and Walsh 2006).
The following sections discuss specific aspects of observed sea ice
changes of relevance to polar bears.
Summer Sea Ice
Summer sea ice area and sea ice extent are important factors for
polar bear survival (see ``Polar Bear-Sea Ice Habitat Relationships''
section). Seasonal or first-year ice that remains at the end of the
summer melt becomes multi-year (or perennial) ice. The amount and
thickness of perennial ice is an important determinant of future sea
ice conditions (i.e., gain or loss of ice) (Holland and Bitz 2003; Bitz
and Roe 2004). Much of the following discussion focuses on summer sea
ice extent (rather than area).
Prior to the early 1970s, ice extent was measured with visible-band
satellite imagery and aircraft and ship reports. With the advent of
passive microwave (PM) satellite observations, beginning in December
1972 with a single channel instrument and then more reliably in October
1978 with a multi-channel instrument, we have a more accurate, 3-decade
record of changes in summer sea ice extent and area. Over the period
since October 1978, successive papers have documented an overall
downward trend in Arctic sea ice extent and area. For example,
Parkinson et al. (1999) calculated Arctic sea ice extents, areas, and
trends for late 1978 through the end of 1996, and documented a decrease
in summer sea ice extent of 4.5 percent per decade. Comiso (2002)
documented a decline of September minimum sea ice extent of 6.7 percent
plus or minus 2.4 percent per decade from 1981 through 2000. Stroeve et
al. (2005) analyzed data from 1978 through 2004, and calculated a
decline in minimum sea ice extent of 7.7 percent plus or minus 3
percent per decade. Comiso (2006, p. 72) included observations for
2005, and calculated a per-decade decline in minimum sea ice extent of
up to 9.8 percent plus or minus 1.5 percent. Most recently, Stroeve et
al. (2007, pp. 1-5) estimated a 9.1 percent per-decade decline in
September sea ice extent for 1979-2006, while Serreze et al. (2007, pp.
1,533-1,536) calculated a per-decade decline of 8.6 percent plus or
minus 2.9 percent for the same parameter over the same time period.
These estimates differ only because Serreze et al. (2007, pp. 1,533-
1,536) normalized the trend by the 1979-2000 mean, in order to be
consistent with how the National Snow and Ice Data Center \1\
calculates its estimates (J. Stroeve, in litt. to the Service, November
2007). This decline translates to a decrease of 60,421 sq km (23,328 sq
mi) per year (NSIDC Press Release, October 3, 2006).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The NSIDC is part of the University of Colorado Cooperative
Institute for Research in Environmental Sciences (CIRES), is funded
largely by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA),
and is affiliated with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA) National Geophysical Data Center through a
cooperative agreement. A large part of NSIDC is the Polar
Distributed Active Archive Center, which is funded by NASA.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The rate of decrease in September sea ice extent appears to have
accelerated in recent years, although the acceleration to date has not
been shown to be statistically significant (C. Bitz, in litt. to the
Service, November 2007). The years 2002 through 2007 all exceeded
previous record lows (Stroeve et al. 2005; Comiso 2006; Stroeve et al.
2007, pp. 1-5; Serreze et al. 2007, pp. 1,533-1,536; NSIDC Press
Release, October 1, 2007), and 2002, 2005, and 2007 had successively
lower record-breaking minimum extent values (https://www.nsidc.org). The
2005 absolute minimum sea ice extent of 5.32 million sq km (2.05
million sq mi) for the entire Arctic Ocean was a 21 percent reduction
compared to the mean for 1979 to 2000 (Serreze et al. 2007, pp. 1,533-
1,536). Nghiem et al. (2006) documented an almost 50 percent reduction
in perennial (multi-year) sea ice extent in the East Arctic Ocean (0 to
180 degrees east longitude) between 2004 and 2005, while the West
Arctic Ocean (0 and 180 degrees west longitude) had a slight gain
during the same period, followed by an almost 70 percent decline from
October 2005 to April 2006. Nghiem et al. (2007) found that the extent
of perennial sea ice was significantly reduced by 23 percent between
March 2005 and March 2007 as observed by the QuikSCAT/SeaWinds
satellite scatterometer. Nghiem et al. (2006) presaged the extensive
decline in September sea ice extent in 2007 when they stated: ``With
the East Arctic Ocean dominated by seasonal ice, a strong summer melt
may open a vast ice-free region with a possible record minimum ice
extent largely confined to the West Arctic Ocean.''
Arctic sea ice declined rapidly to unprecedented low extents in
summer 2007 (Stroeve et al. 2008). On August 16-17, 2007, Arctic sea
ice surpassed the previous single-day (absolute minimum) record for the
lowest extent ever measured by satellite (set in 2005), and the sea ice
was still melting (NSIDC Arctic Sea Ice News, August 17, 2007). On
September 16, 2007 (the end of the melt season), the 5-day running mean
sea ice extent reported by NSIDC was 4.13 million sq km (1.59 million
sq mi), an all-time record low. This was 23 percent lower than the
previous record minimum reported in 2005 (see Figure 3) (Stroeve et al.
2008) and 39 percent below the long-term average from 1979 to 2000 (see
Figure 4) (NSIDC Press Release, October 1, 2007). Arctic sea ice
receded so much in 2007 that the so-called ``Northwest Passage''
through the straits of the Canadian Arctic Archipelago completely
opened for the first time in recorded history (NSIDC Press Release,
October 1, 2007). Based on a time-series of data from the Hadley
Centre, extending back before the advent of the PM satellite era, sea
ice extent in mid-September 2007 may have fallen by as much as 50
percent from the 1950s to 1970s (Stroeve et al. 2008). The minimum
September Arctic sea ice extent since 1979 is now declining at a rate
of approximately 10.7 percent per decade (Stroeve et al. 2008), or
approximately 72,000 sq km (28,000 sq mi) per year (see Figure 3 below)
(NSIDC Press Release, October 1, 2007).
[[Page 28221]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15MY08.004
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15MY08.005
[[Page 28222]]
In August 2007, Arctic sea ice area (recall that ``area'' is a
different metric than ``extent'' used in the preceding paragraphs) also
broke the record for the minimum Arctic sea ice area in the period
since the satellite PM record began in the 1970s (University of
Illinois Polar Research Group 2007 web site; https://
arctic.atmos.uiuc.edu/cryosphere/). The new record was set a full month
before the historic summer minimum typically occurs, and the record
minimum continued to decrease over the next several weeks (University
of Illinois Polar Research Group 2007 web site). The Arctic sea ice
area reached an historic minimum of 2.92 million sq km (1.13 million sq
mi) on September 16, 2007, which was 27 percent lower than the previous
(2005) record Arctic ice minimum area (University of Illinois Polar
Research Group 2007 web site). In previous record sea ice minimum
years, ice area anomalies were confined to certain sectors (North
Atlantic, Beaufort/Bering Sea, etc.), but the character of the 2007
summer sea ice melt was unique in that it was both dramatic and covered
the entire Arctic Basin. Atlantic, Pacific, and the central Arctic
sectors all showed large negative sea ice area anomalies (University of
Illinois Polar Research Group 2007 web site).
Two key factors contributed to the September 2007 extreme sea ice
minimum: thinning of the pack ice in recent decades and an unusual
pattern of atmospheric circulation (Stroeve et al. 2008). Spring 2007
started out with less ice and thinner ice than normal. Ice thickness
estimates from the ICESat satellite laser altimeter instrument
indicated ice thicknesses over the Arctic Basin in March 2007 of only 1
to 2 m (3.3 to 6.6 ft) (J. Stroeve, in litt. to the Service, November
2007). Thinner ice takes less energy to melt than thicker ice, so the
stage was set for low levels of sea ice in summer 2007 (J. Stroeve,
quoted in NSIDC Press Release, October 1, 2007). In general, older sea
ice is thicker than younger ice. Maslanik et al. (2007) used an ice-
tracking computer algorithm to estimate changes in the distribution of
multi-year sea ice of various ages. They estimated: that the area of
sea ice at least 5 years old decreased by 56 percent between 1985 and
2007; that ice at least 7 years old decreased from 21 percent of the
ice cover in 1988 to 5 percent in 2007; and that sea ice at least 9
years old essentially disappeared from the central Arctic Basin.
Maslanik et al. (2007) attributed thinning in recent decades to both
ocean-atmospheric circulation patterns and warmer temperatures. Loss of
older ice in the late 1980s to mid-1990s was accentuated by the
positive phase of the Arctic Oscillation during that period, leading to
increased ice export through the Fram Strait (Stroeve et al. 2008).
Another significant change since the late 1990s has been the role of
the Beaufort Gyre, ``the dominant wind and ice drift regime in the
central Arctic'' (Maslanik et al. 2007). ``Since the late 1990s * * *
ice typically has not survived the transit through the southern portion
of the Beaufort Gyre,'' thus not allowing the ice to circulate in its
formerly typical clockwise pattern for years while it aged and
thickened (Maslanik et al. 2007). Temperature changes in the Arctic are
discussed in detail in the section entitled ``Air and Sea
Temperatures.''
Another factor that contributed to the sea ice loss in the summer
of 2007 was an unusual atmospheric pattern, with persistent high
atmospheric pressures over the central Arctic Ocean and lower pressures
over Siberia (Stroeve et al. 2008). The skies were fairly clear under
the high-pressure cell, promoting strong melt. At the same time, the
pattern of winds pumped warm air into the region. While the warm winds
fostered further melt, they also helped push ice away from the Siberian
shore.
Winter Sea Ice
The maximum extent of Arctic winter sea ice cover, as documented
with PM satellite data, has been declining at a lower rate than summer
sea ice (Parkinson et al. 1999, p. 20,840; Richter-Menge et al. 2006,
p. 16), but that rate appears to have accelerated in recent years.
Parkinson and Cavalieri (2002, p. 441) reported that winter sea ice
cover declined at a rate of 1.8 percent plus or minus 0.6 percent per
decade for the period 1979 through 1999. More recently, Richter-Menge
et al. (2006, p. 16) reported that March sea ice extent was declining
at a rate of 2 percent per decade based on data from 1979-2005, Comiso
(2006) calculated a decline of 1.9 plus or minus 0.5 percent per decade
for 1979-2006, and J. Stroeve (in litt. to the Service, November 2007)
calculated a decline of 2.5 percent per decade, also for 1979-2005.
In 2005 and 2006, winter maximum sea ice extent set record lows for
the era of PM satellite monitoring (October 1978 to present). The 2005
record low winter maximum preceded the then-record low summer minimum
during the same year, while winter sea ice extent in 2006 was even
lower than that of 2005 (Comiso 2006). The winter 2007 Arctic sea ice
maximum was the second-lowest in the satellite record, narrowly missing
the March 2006 record (NSIDC Press Release, April 4, 2007). J. Stroeve
(in litt. to the Service, November 2007) calculated a rate of decline
of 3.0 plus or minus 0.8 percent per decade for 1979-2007.
Cumulative Annual Sea Ice
Parkinson et al. (1999) documented that Arctic sea ice extent for
all seasons (i.e., annual sea ice extent) declined at a rate of 2.8
percent per decade for the period November 1978 through December 1996,
with considerable regional variation (the greatest absolute declines
were documented for the Kara and Barents Sea, followed by the Seas of
Okhotsk and Japan, the Arctic Ocean, Greenland Sea, Hudson Bay, and
Canadian Archipelago; percentage declines were greatest in the Seas of
Okhotsk and Japan, at 20.1 percent per decade, and the Kara and Barents
Seas, at 10.5 percent per decade). More recently, Comiso and Nishio
(2008) utilized satellite data gathered from late 1978 into 2006, and
estimated an annual rate decline of 3.4 percent plus or minus 0.2
percent per decade. They also found regions where higher negative
trends were apparent, including the Greenland Sea (8.0 percent per
decade), the Kara/Barents Seas (7.2 percent per decade), the Okhotsk
Sea (8.7 percent per decade), and Baffin Bay/Labrador Sea (8.6 percent
per decade). Comiso et al. (2008) included satellite data from 1979
through early September 2007 in their analyses. They found that the
trend of the entire sea ice cover (seasonal and perennial sea ice) has
accelerated from a decline of about 3 percent per decade in 1979-1996
to a decline of about 10 percent per decade in the last 10 years.
Statistically significant negative trends in Arctic sea ice extent now
occur n all calendar months (Serreze et al. 2007, pp. 1,533-1,536).
Sea Ice Thickness
Sea ice thickness is an important element of the Arctic climate
system. The sea ice thickness distribution influences the sea ice mass
budget and ice/ocean/atmosphere exchange (Holland et al. 2006a). Sea
ice thickness has primarily been measured with upward-looking sonar on
submarines and on moored buoys; this sonar provides information on ice
draft, the component of the total ice thickness (about 90 percent) that
projects below the water surface (Serreze et al. 2007, pp. 1,533-
1,536). Rothrock et al. (1999, p. 3,469) compared sea-ice draft data
acquired on submarine cruises between 1993 and 1997 with similar data
acquired between 1958 and 1976, and concluded that the mean sea-ice
draft at
[[Page 28223]]
the end of the melt season (i.e., perennial or multi-year ice) had
decreased by about 1.3 m (4.3 ft) in most of the deep water portion of
the Arctic Ocean. One limitation of submarine sonar data is sparse
sampling, which complicates interpretation of the results (Serreze et
al. 2007, pp. 1,533-1,536). Holloway and Sou (2002) noted concerns
regarding the temporal and spatial sampling of ice thickness data used
in Rothrock et al. (1999), and concluded from their modeling exercise
that ``a robust characterization over the half-century time series
consists of increasing volume to the mid-1960s, decadal variability
without significant trend from the mid-1960s to the mid-1980s, then a
loss of volume from the mid-1980s to the mid-1990s.'' Rothrock et al.
(2003, p. 28) conducted further analysis of the submarine-acquired data
in conjunction with model simulations and review of other modeling
studies, and concluded that all models agree that sea ice thickness
decreased between 0.6 and 0.9 m (2 and 3 ft) from 1987 to 1996. Their
model showed a modest recovery in thickness from 1996 to 1999. Yu et
al. (2004, p. 11) further analyzed submarine sonar data and concluded
that total ice volume decreased by 32 percent from the 1960s and 1970s
to the 1990s in the central Arctic Basin.
Fowler et al. (2004) utilized a new technique for combining
remotely-sensed sea ice motion and sea ice extent to ``track'' the
evolution of sea ice in the Arctic region from October 1978 through
March 2003. Their analysis revealed that the area of the oldest sea ice
(i.e., sea ice older than 4 years) was decreasing in the Arctic Basin
and being replaced by younger (first-year) ice. The extent of the older
ice was retreating to a relatively small area north of the Canadian
Archipelago, with narrow bands spreadin